From 63b32d6cec0dd0820844bdcffc6504edeed2a715 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DavidePrincipi Date: Mon, 6 May 2024 09:44:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Update po files --- locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po | 10286 ++++++++++++++-------------- 1 file changed, 5283 insertions(+), 5003 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po index 7298a711..9334d235 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po @@ -5,19 +5,19 @@ # msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: NS8\n" +"Project-Id-Version: NS8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-02 15:57+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-06 09:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-05-03 16:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Nicola Rauso \n" -"Language-Team: Italian \n" "Language: it\n" +"Language-Team: Italian " +"\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5.3\n" -"Generated-By: Babel 2.14.0\n" +"Generated-By: Babel 2.15.0\n" #: ../../backup.rst:5 msgid "Backup and restore" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "Backup e ripristino" #: ../../backup.rst:7 msgid "" -"The full cluster backup is composed by configuration and applications data. " -"Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore." +"The full cluster backup is composed by configuration and applications " +"data. Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore." msgstr "" "Il backup completo del cluster è composto da configurazione e dati delle " "applicazioni. Accedere alla pagina ``Backup`` per gestire il backup e il " @@ -38,22 +38,23 @@ msgstr "Repository di backup" #: ../../backup.rst:13 msgid "" -"First, you will need to configure a backup repository where the data will be " -"saved. A backup repository keeps all backup data encrypted using `restic " -"`_ engine." +"First, you will need to configure a backup repository where the data will" +" be saved. A backup repository keeps all backup data encrypted using " +"`restic `_ engine." msgstr "" -"In primo luogo, è necessario configurare un repository di backup in cui i " -"dati verranno salvati. Un repository di backup mantiene tutti i dati di " -"backup crittografati utilizzando il motore `restic `_." +"In primo luogo, è necessario configurare un repository di backup in cui i" +" dati verranno salvati. Un repository di backup mantiene tutti i dati di " +"backup crittografati utilizzando il motore `restic " +" `_." #: ../../backup.rst:16 msgid "" -"Access the ``Backup`` page, click on :guilabel:`Add repository` button and " -"choose a provider. Currently supported providers are:" +"Access the ``Backup`` page, click on :guilabel:`Add repository` button " +"and choose a provider. Currently supported providers are:" msgstr "" "Accedi alla pagina ``Backup``, clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:` Add " -"repository` e scegli un provider. Attualmente i fornitori supportati sono:" +"repository` e scegli un provider. Attualmente i fornitori supportati " +"sono:" #: ../../backup.rst:19 msgid "`Backblaze B2 `_" @@ -65,11 +66,11 @@ msgstr "`Amazon S3 `_" #: ../../backup.rst:21 msgid "" -"`Azure blob storage `_" +"`Azure blob storage `_" msgstr "" -"`Azure blob storage `_" +"`Azure blob storage `_" #: ../../backup.rst:22 msgid "Generic S3, like :ref:`MinIO `" @@ -89,13 +90,14 @@ msgstr "Compila i campi richiesti a seconda del fornitore scelto." #: ../../backup.rst:28 msgid "" -"A new encryption key will be automatically created for new repositories. If " -"you are accessing a repository which already contains a NS8 backup, remember " -"also to enter the ``Repository password`` under the ``Advanced`` section." +"A new encryption key will be automatically created for new repositories. " +"If you are accessing a repository which already contains a NS8 backup, " +"remember also to enter the ``Repository password`` under the ``Advanced``" +" section." msgstr "" -"Una nuova chiave di crittografia verrà creata automaticamente per i nuovi " -"repository. Se si accede a un repository che contiene già un backup NS8, " -"ricorda anche di inserire la ``Repository password`` sotto la sezione " +"Una nuova chiave di crittografia verrà creata automaticamente per i nuovi" +" repository. Se si accede a un repository che contiene già un backup NS8," +" ricorda anche di inserire la ``Repository password`` sotto la sezione " "``Advanced``." #: ../../backup.rst:35 @@ -120,8 +122,7 @@ msgstr "Creare un volume Podman chiamato ``backup00`` per esso: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:52 msgid "Configure the ``rclone-webdav.service`` unit to use that volume: ::" -msgstr "" -"Configura il ``rclone-webdav.service`` unità per l'uso di tale volume: ::" +msgstr "Configura il ``rclone-webdav.service`` unità per l'uso di tale volume: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:56 msgid "Restart the service. The disk is mounted automatically: ::" @@ -130,15 +131,16 @@ msgstr "Riavviare il servizio. Il disco viene montato automaticamente: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:62 msgid "The disk is unmounted when the ``rclone-webdav`` service is stopped" msgstr "" -"Il disco viene smontato quando viene interrotto il servizio ``rclone-webdav``" +"Il disco viene smontato quando viene interrotto il servizio ``rclone-" +"webdav``" #: ../../backup.rst:64 msgid "" -"Remove the default volume used by the service, because it is no longer used. " -"Existing content will be lost: ::" +"Remove the default volume used by the service, because it is no longer " +"used. Existing content will be lost: ::" msgstr "" -"Rimuovere il volume predefinito utilizzato dal servizio, perché non è più " -"utilizzato. I contenuti esistenti saranno persi: ::" +"Rimuovere il volume predefinito utilizzato dal servizio, perché non è più" +" utilizzato. I contenuti esistenti saranno persi: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:70 msgid "Application backup" @@ -158,8 +160,7 @@ msgstr "clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:`Schedule backup`" #: ../../backup.rst:75 msgid "select which application instances should be added to the backup" -msgstr "" -"selezionare quali istanze di applicazione devono essere aggiunte al backup" +msgstr "selezionare quali istanze di applicazione devono essere aggiunte al backup" #: ../../backup.rst:76 msgid "choose one backup repository" @@ -174,8 +175,7 @@ msgid "enter a name of the backup" msgstr "inserire un nome del backup" #: ../../backup.rst:79 -msgid "" -"save the configuration by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule backup` button" +msgid "save the configuration by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule backup` button" msgstr "salvare la configurazione facendo clic sul pulsante: `Schedule backup`" #: ../../backup.rst:81 @@ -183,24 +183,25 @@ msgid "" "Whenever you want to manually execute the backup, click the ``Run backup " "now`` item from the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." msgstr "" -"Ogni volta che si desidera eseguire manualmente il backup, fare clic sulla " -"voce ``Avvia backup ora `` dal menu a tre punti del backup programmato." +"Ogni volta che si desidera eseguire manualmente il backup, fare clic " +"sulla voce ``Avvia backup ora `` dal menu a tre punti del backup " +"programmato." #: ../../backup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To add more instances to an existing backup, click the ``Edit`` item from " -"the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." +"To add more instances to an existing backup, click the ``Edit`` item from" +" the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." msgstr "" "Per aggiungere più istanze a un backup esistente, fare clic sulla voce " "``Edit`` dal menu a tre punti del backup pianificato." #: ../../backup.rst:85 msgid "" -"After the first backup run, the backup status is reported under ``Backup > " -"Schedules > See details``." +"After the first backup run, the backup status is reported under ``Backup " +"> Schedules > See details``." msgstr "" -"Dopo la prima esecuzione di un backup, lo stato del backup viene mostrato " -"sotto ``Backup > Piani > Vedi i dettagli ``." +"Dopo la prima esecuzione di un backup, lo stato del backup viene mostrato" +" sotto ``Backup > Piani > Vedi i dettagli ``." #: ../../backup.rst:90 msgid "Application restore" @@ -211,8 +212,8 @@ msgid "" "You can restore an application only if there is at least one repository " "configured:" msgstr "" -"È possibile ripristinare un'applicazione solo se c'è almeno un repository " -"configurato:" +"È possibile ripristinare un'applicazione solo se c'è almeno un repository" +" configurato:" #: ../../backup.rst:94 msgid "click on the :guilabel:`Restore an app` button." @@ -220,20 +221,20 @@ msgstr "cliccare sul bottone :guilabel:`Restore an app`." #: ../../backup.rst:95 msgid "" -"a dialog box will list all applications inside the existing backup, select " -"the application you want to restore" +"a dialog box will list all applications inside the existing backup, " +"select the application you want to restore" msgstr "" -"una finestra di dialogo elenca tutte le applicazioni all'interno del backup " -"esistente, selezionare l'applicazione che si desidera ripristinare" +"una finestra di dialogo elenca tutte le applicazioni all'interno del " +"backup esistente, selezionare l'applicazione che si desidera ripristinare" #: ../../backup.rst:96 msgid "" -"as default the restore procedure will create a new instance, if you want to " -"replace the existing one select the ``Replace existing app`` option" +"as default the restore procedure will create a new instance, if you want " +"to replace the existing one select the ``Replace existing app`` option" msgstr "" -"come predefinito la procedura di ripristino creerà una nuova istanza, se si " -"desidera sostituire quella esistente selezionare l'opzione ``Sostituire " -"l'app esistente``" +"come predefinito la procedura di ripristino creerà una nuova istanza, se " +"si desidera sostituire quella esistente selezionare l'opzione " +"``Sostituire l'app esistente``" #: ../../backup.rst:97 msgid "select the target node" @@ -249,61 +250,61 @@ msgstr "Cluster backup" #: ../../backup.rst:105 msgid "" -"The cluster configuration backup contains all required data to execute a :" -"ref:`disaster_recovery-section`. It is a compressed JSON file encrypted with " -"GPG." +"The cluster configuration backup contains all required data to execute a " +":ref:`disaster_recovery-section`. It is a compressed JSON file encrypted " +"with GPG." msgstr "" -"Il backup della configurazione del cluster contiene tutti i dati necessari " -"per eseguire un :ref: `disaster_recovery-section`. È un file JSON compresso " -"crittografato con GPG." +"Il backup della configurazione del cluster contiene tutti i dati " +"necessari per eseguire un :ref: `disaster_recovery-section`. È un file " +"JSON compresso crittografato con GPG." #: ../../backup.rst:108 msgid "" -"The first time ``Backup`` page is accessed an encryption password must be " -"set and stored in a safe place. A new encryption password is needed also " -"after a new leader node is elected (see :ref:`node-promotion-section`)." +"The first time ``Backup`` page is accessed an encryption password must be" +" set and stored in a safe place. A new encryption password is needed also" +" after a new leader node is elected (see :ref:`node-promotion-section`)." msgstr "" "La prima volta che si accede alla pagina ``Backup``, si deve impostare e " -"salvare in un luogo sicuro una password di crittografia. Una nuova password " -"di crittografia è necessaria anche dopo l'elezione di un nuovo nodo leader " -"(vedere :ref: `node-promotion-section`)." +"salvare in un luogo sicuro una password di crittografia. Una nuova " +"password di crittografia è necessaria anche dopo l'elezione di un nuovo " +"nodo leader (vedere :ref: `node-promotion-section`)." #: ../../backup.rst:112 msgid "" -"To download the cluster configuration backup, click on :guilabel:`Download " -"cluster backup` button under the ``Cluster configuration`` section of the " -"``Backup`` page." +"To download the cluster configuration backup, click on " +":guilabel:`Download cluster backup` button under the ``Cluster " +"configuration`` section of the ``Backup`` page." msgstr "" "Per scaricare il backup della configurazione del cluster, fare clic sul " -"tasto :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` sotto la sezione ``Configurazione " -"cluster`` della pagina ``Backup``." +"tasto :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` sotto la sezione " +"``Configurazione cluster`` della pagina ``Backup``." #: ../../backup.rst:115 msgid "" "Please, download the cluster configuration backup and keep it on a safe " "place." msgstr "" -"Si prega di scaricare il backup di configurazione cluster e tenerlo in un " -"luogo sicuro." +"Si prega di scaricare il backup di configurazione cluster e tenerlo in un" +" luogo sicuro." #: ../../backup.rst:117 msgid "" -"In addition, the cluster configuration backup is automatically copied to the " -"designated repository each time a scheduled operation occurs. This ensures " -"that the repository holds up-to-date backups of both your data and the " -"specific cluster setup, including all its configurations." +"In addition, the cluster configuration backup is automatically copied to " +"the designated repository each time a scheduled operation occurs. This " +"ensures that the repository holds up-to-date backups of both your data " +"and the specific cluster setup, including all its configurations." msgstr "" "Inoltre, il backup di configurazione del cluster viene copiato " "automaticamente nel repository designato ogni volta che si verifica " -"un'operazione pianificata. Questo assicura che il repository detiene backup " -"aggiornati sia dei dati che della configurazione specifica del cluster, " -"incluse tutte le sue configurazioni." +"un'operazione pianificata. Questo assicura che il repository detiene " +"backup aggiornati sia dei dati che della configurazione specifica del " +"cluster, incluse tutte le sue configurazioni." #: ../../backup.rst:121 msgid "" "In case you lose the configuration backup, you can still restore " -"applications to another cluster only if you know the encryption password of " -"the backup repository." +"applications to another cluster only if you know the encryption password " +"of the backup repository." msgstr "" "Nel caso in cui si perde il backup di configurazione, è ancora possibile " "ripristinare le applicazioni in un altro cluster solo se si conosce la " @@ -314,8 +315,9 @@ msgid "" "To inspect the content of the backup use the following command, where " "```` is the encryption password entered before the download: ::" msgstr "" -"Per ispezionare il contenuto del backup utilizzare il seguente comando, dove " -"```` è la password di crittografia inserita prima del download: ::" +"Per ispezionare il contenuto del backup utilizzare il seguente comando, " +"dove ```` è la password di crittografia inserita prima del " +"download: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:132 msgid "Disaster recovery" @@ -323,13 +325,14 @@ msgstr "Disaster recovery" #: ../../backup.rst:134 msgid "" -"You can restore a previously configured cluster using the disaster recovery " -"procedure. To follow this procedure you will need a :ref:`a cluster " -"configuration backup `:" +"You can restore a previously configured cluster using the disaster " +"recovery procedure. To follow this procedure you will need a :ref:`a " +"cluster configuration backup `:" msgstr "" -"È possibile ripristinare un cluster configurato in precedenza utilizzando la " -"procedura di disaster recovery. Per seguire questa procedura è necessario un:" -"ref: `un backup di configurazione del cluster `:" +"È possibile ripristinare un cluster configurato in precedenza utilizzando" +" la procedura di disaster recovery. Per seguire questa procedura è " +"necessario un:ref: `un backup di configurazione del cluster " +"`:" #: ../../backup.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -349,21 +352,22 @@ msgstr "clicca su :guilabel:`Restore cluster`" #: ../../backup.rst:140 msgid "" -"you can now choose whether to restore a cluster configuration hosted on a " -"remote HTTP server or upload the backup from your browser" +"you can now choose whether to restore a cluster configuration hosted on a" +" remote HTTP server or upload the backup from your browser" msgstr "" "è ora possibile scegliere se ripristinare una configurazione di cluster " "ospitata su un server HTTP remoto o caricare il backup dal browser" #: ../../backup.rst:142 msgid "" -"if on step 2 you entered the same password of the old cluster, the system " -"will automatically decrypt the configuration backup; otherwise enter the " -"encryption secret inside the ``Backup password`` field" +"if on step 2 you entered the same password of the old cluster, the system" +" will automatically decrypt the configuration backup; otherwise enter the" +" encryption secret inside the ``Backup password`` field" msgstr "" -"se al passaggio 2 hai inserito la stessa password del vecchio cluster, il " -"sistema decifra automaticamente il backup della configurazione; altrimenti " -"inserire il segreto di crittografia all'interno del campo ``Backup password`" +"se al passaggio 2 hai inserito la stessa password del vecchio cluster, il" +" sistema decifra automaticamente il backup della configurazione; " +"altrimenti inserire il segreto di crittografia all'interno del campo " +"``Backup password`" #: ../../backup.rst:144 msgid "select the applications to restore" @@ -375,18 +379,18 @@ msgstr "Certificati TLS" #: ../../certificates.rst:7 msgid "" -"An SSL/TLS certificate is a digital object issued by a Certificate Authority " -"(CA). The certificate is used to verify the identity of a host and to " -"establish encrypted communication channels. Upon installation, NethServer 8 " -"uses a default self-signed certificate for all TLS services, including the " -"Web user interface." +"An SSL/TLS certificate is a digital object issued by a Certificate " +"Authority (CA). The certificate is used to verify the identity of a host " +"and to establish encrypted communication channels. Upon installation, " +"NethServer 8 uses a default self-signed certificate for all TLS services," +" including the Web user interface." msgstr "" -"Un certificato SSL/TLS è un oggetto digitale rilasciato da un'Autorità di " -"certificazione (CA). Il certificato viene utilizzato per verificare " -"l'identità di un host e per stabilire canali di comunicazione crittografati. " -"Al momento dell'installazione, NethServer 8 utilizza un certificato " -"autofirmato predefinito per tutti i servizi TLS, inclusa l'interfaccia " -"utente Web." +"Un certificato SSL/TLS è un oggetto digitale rilasciato da un'Autorità di" +" certificazione (CA). Il certificato viene utilizzato per verificare " +"l'identità di un host e per stabilire canali di comunicazione " +"crittografati. Al momento dell'installazione, NethServer 8 utilizza un " +"certificato autofirmato predefinito per tutti i servizi TLS, inclusa " +"l'interfaccia utente Web." #: ../../certificates.rst:12 msgid "Let's Encrypt certificates" @@ -394,51 +398,54 @@ msgstr "Certificati Let's Encrypt" #: ../../certificates.rst:14 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 can request valid `Let's Encrypt `_ " -"certificates using `traefik `_." +"NethServer 8 can request valid `Let's Encrypt " +"`_ certificates using `traefik " +"`_." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 può richiedere certificati validi `Let's Encrypt `_ usando `traefik `_." +"NethServer 8 può richiedere certificati validi `Let's Encrypt " +"`_ usando `traefik `_." #: ../../certificates.rst:16 msgid "" -"Requesting Let's Encrypt is possible if the following requirements are met:" +"Requesting Let's Encrypt is possible if the following requirements are " +"met:" msgstr "" -"Richiedi Let's Encrypt è possibile se i seguenti requisiti sono soddisfatti:" +"Richiedi Let's Encrypt è possibile se i seguenti requisiti sono " +"soddisfatti:" #: ../../certificates.rst:18 msgid "" -"the server must be reachable from outside on port 80. Make sure your port 80 " -"is open to the public Internet (you can check with sites like `CSM `_)" +"the server must be reachable from outside on port 80. Make sure your port" +" 80 is open to the public Internet (you can check with sites like `CSM " +"`_)" msgstr "" -"il server deve essere raggiungibile dall'esterno sulla porta 80. Assicurarsi " -"che la vostra porta 80 sia aperto da Internet (puoi controllare con siti " -"come `CSM `_)" +"il server deve essere raggiungibile dall'esterno sulla porta 80. " +"Assicurarsi che la vostra porta 80 sia aperto da Internet (puoi " +"controllare con siti come `CSM `_)" #: ../../certificates.rst:21 msgid "" -"the domains for which you want the certificate must be public domain names " -"associated with the server's own public IP. Make sure you have public DNS " -"names pointing to your server for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. There are " -"plenty of sites like `VDNS `_ to check if the DNS is " -"correctly configured." +"the domains for which you want the certificate must be public domain " +"names associated with the server's own public IP. Make sure you have " +"public DNS names pointing to your server for both IPv4 and IPv6 " +"addresses. There are plenty of sites like `VDNS `_" +" to check if the DNS is correctly configured." msgstr "" "i domini per i quali si desidera il certificato devono essere nomi di " -"dominio pubblici associati all'IP pubblico del proprio server. Assicurati di " -"avere nomi DNS pubblici che puntano al tuo server sia per gli indirizzi IPv4 " -"che IPv6. Ci sono molti siti come `VDNS `_ per " -"verificare se il DNS è configurato correttamente." +"dominio pubblici associati all'IP pubblico del proprio server. Assicurati" +" di avere nomi DNS pubblici che puntano al tuo server sia per gli " +"indirizzi IPv4 che IPv6. Ci sono molti siti come `VDNS " +"`_ per verificare se il DNS è configurato " +"correttamente." #: ../../certificates.rst:29 msgid "Wildcard certificates (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) are not supported." -msgstr "" -"I certificati Wildcard (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) non sono supportati." +msgstr "I certificati Wildcard (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) non sono supportati." #: ../../certificates.rst:31 msgid "" -"If the above requirements are met, you can obtain a valid certificate for a " -"domain by following these steps:" +"If the above requirements are met, you can obtain a valid certificate for" +" a domain by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Se i requisiti di cui sopra sono soddisfatti, è possibile ottenere un " "certificato valido per un dominio seguendo questi passaggi:" @@ -446,8 +453,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:33 msgid "access the ``Settings`` page and click the ``TLS certificates`` card" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``certificati " -"TLS ``" +"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda " +"``certificati TLS ``" #: ../../certificates.rst:34 ../../certificates.rst:36 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Request certificate` button" @@ -460,8 +467,8 @@ msgstr "inserire il nodo FQDN e selezionare il nodo" #: ../../certificates.rst:38 msgid "" "The procedure will take a while, but the system will notify you when the " -"certificate is ready. The Let's Encrypt certificate is automatically renewed " -"30 days before expiration." +"certificate is ready. The Let's Encrypt certificate is automatically " +"renewed 30 days before expiration." msgstr "" "La procedura richiederà un po', ma il sistema vi informerà quando il " "certificato è pronto. Il certificato Let's Encrypt viene rinnovato " @@ -469,22 +476,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:41 msgid "" -"If the procedure fails, the certificate status is set to ``Not obtained`` " -"and an error notification is displayed." +"If the procedure fails, the certificate status is set to ``Not obtained``" +" and an error notification is displayed." msgstr "" -"Se la procedura fallisce, lo stato del certificato viene impostato su ``Non " -"ottenuto`` e viene visualizzata una notifica di errore." +"Se la procedura fallisce, lo stato del certificato viene impostato su " +"``Non ottenuto`` e viene visualizzata una notifica di errore." #: ../../certificates.rst:44 msgid "" "Failures may occur if the DNS record is not correctly configured, or DNS " -"update propagation is slower than expected. In both cases Traefik retries " -"to obtain the certificate at a later time when:" +"update propagation is slower than expected. In both cases Traefik " +"retries to obtain the certificate at a later time when:" msgstr "" "I guasti possono verificarsi se il record DNS non è configurato " "correttamente, o la propagazione dell'aggiornamento DNS è più lenta del " -"previsto. In entrambi i casi Traefik si ritira per ottenere il certificato " -"in un secondo momento quando:" +"previsto. In entrambi i casi Traefik si ritira per ottenere il " +"certificato in un secondo momento quando:" #: ../../certificates.rst:48 msgid "the Traefik service is restarted, or" @@ -493,17 +500,18 @@ msgstr "il servizio Traefik è riavviato, o" #: ../../certificates.rst:49 msgid "an HTTPS request that matches the certificate name is received." msgstr "" -"una richiesta HTTPS che corrisponde al nome del certificato viene ricevuta." +"una richiesta HTTPS che corrisponde al nome del certificato viene " +"ricevuta." #: ../../certificates.rst:53 msgid "" -"Traefik stores the time of the last certificate issue attempt in memory. Do " -"not restart Traefik too often, to avoid incurring in Let's Encrypt rate " -"limits." +"Traefik stores the time of the last certificate issue attempt in memory. " +"Do not restart Traefik too often, to avoid incurring in Let's Encrypt " +"rate limits." msgstr "" -"Traefik memorizza il tempo dell'ultimo tentativo di rilascio di certificato " -"in memoria. Non riavviare Traefik troppo spesso, per evitare di incorrere " -"nei limiti di velocità Let's Encrypt." +"Traefik memorizza il tempo dell'ultimo tentativo di rilascio di " +"certificato in memoria. Non riavviare Traefik troppo spesso, per evitare " +"di incorrere nei limiti di velocità Let's Encrypt." #: ../../certificates.rst:58 msgid "Custom certificates" @@ -511,18 +519,17 @@ msgstr "Certificati personalizzati" #: ../../certificates.rst:60 msgid "" -"If you are already in possession of a certificate and its private key, you " -"can upload them to the cluster. You can follow this procedure to install the " -"certificate:" +"If you are already in possession of a certificate and its private key, " +"you can upload them to the cluster. You can follow this procedure to " +"install the certificate:" msgstr "" -"Se sei già in possesso di un certificato e della sua chiave privata, puoi " -"caricarli sul cluster. È possibile seguire questa procedura per installare " -"il certificato:" +"Se sei già in possesso di un certificato e della sua chiave privata, puoi" +" caricarli sul cluster. È possibile seguire questa procedura per " +"installare il certificato:" #: ../../certificates.rst:63 msgid "access ``Settings`` page and click the ``TLS Certificates`` card" -msgstr "" -"accesso alla ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Certificati TLS``" +msgstr "accesso alla ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Certificati TLS``" #: ../../certificates.rst:64 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Upload certificate`" @@ -530,32 +537,33 @@ msgstr "cliccare su :guilabel:`Upload certificate`" #: ../../certificates.rst:65 msgid "" -"once the modal is open, select the Traefik instance where the certificate " -"will be installed to" +"once the modal is open, select the Traefik instance where the certificate" +" will be installed to" msgstr "" "una volta aperta la modalità, selezionare l'istanza Traefik dove verrà " "installato il certificato" #: ../../certificates.rst:66 msgid "" -"upload the key file and the certificate file. They are checked on upload and " -"if the key does not match the certificate, you receive an error" +"upload the key file and the certificate file. They are checked on upload " +"and if the key does not match the certificate, you receive an error" msgstr "" -"caricare il file chiave e il file di certificato. Sono controllati su upload " -"e se la chiave non corrisponde al certificato, si riceve un errore" +"caricare il file chiave e il file di certificato. Sono controllati su " +"upload e se la chiave non corrisponde al certificato, si riceve un errore" #: ../../certificates.rst:67 msgid "once selected the files for the upload, click on :guilabel:`Upload`" msgstr "" -"una volta selezionato i file per il caricamento, clicca su :guilabel:`Upload`" +"una volta selezionato i file per il caricamento, clicca su " +":guilabel:`Upload`" #: ../../certificates.rst:69 msgid "" -"You receive an error if something with the upload goes wrong, otherwise the " -"modal closes itself and the certificate list is refreshed." +"You receive an error if something with the upload goes wrong, otherwise " +"the modal closes itself and the certificate list is refreshed." msgstr "" -"Si riceve un errore se qualcosa con il caricamento va storto, altrimenti il " -"modal si chiude e l'elenco dei certificati viene aggiornato." +"Si riceve un errore se qualcosa con il caricamento va storto, altrimenti " +"il modal si chiude e l'elenco dei certificati viene aggiornato." #: ../../cluster.rst:5 msgid "Cluster management" @@ -563,11 +571,12 @@ msgstr "Gestione cluster" #: ../../cluster.rst:7 msgid "" -"A NethServer 8 `cluster `_ " -"is composed of one **leader** node and multiple **worker** nodes." +"A NethServer 8 `cluster " +"`_ is composed of one " +"**leader** node and multiple **worker** nodes." msgstr "" -"Un `cluster `_ NethServer 8 " -"è composto da un nodo **leader** e da più nodi **worker**." +"Un `cluster `_ NethServer" +" 8 è composto da un nodo **leader** e da più nodi **worker**." #: ../../cluster.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -581,10 +590,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:14 msgid "" -"All nodes are managed by the Web user interface running on the leader node." +"All nodes are managed by the Web user interface running on the leader " +"node." msgstr "" -"Tutti i nodi sono gestiti dall'interfaccia utente Web in esecuzione sul nodo " -"leader." +"Tutti i nodi sono gestiti dall'interfaccia utente Web in esecuzione sul " +"nodo leader." #: ../../cluster.rst:17 msgid "Add a node" @@ -595,8 +605,8 @@ msgid "" "You can add (join) a worker node to an existing cluster. The process " "consists of three steps:" msgstr "" -"È possibile aggiungere un nodo worker a un cluster esistente. Il processo " -"avviene in tre passaggi:" +"È possibile aggiungere un nodo worker a un cluster esistente. Il processo" +" avviene in tre passaggi:" #: ../../cluster.rst:22 msgid "install the new node" @@ -613,12 +623,13 @@ msgstr "inserire il codice di join nel nodo worker" #: ../../cluster.rst:26 msgid "" "First, prepare a machine with the same Linux distribution used for the " -"leader node, then follow the :ref:`install instruction ` " -"until the login to the Web user interface." +"leader node, then follow the :ref:`install instruction `" +" until the login to the Web user interface." msgstr "" "Anzitutto preparare una macchina con la stessa distribuzione Linux " "utilizzata per il nodo leader, quindi seguire le :ref:`istruzioni di " -"installazione ` fino al login all'interfaccia utente Web." +"installazione ` fino al login all'interfaccia utente " +"Web." #: ../../cluster.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -630,40 +641,41 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:31 ../../install.rst:122 msgid "" -"Ensure the node Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct, and respects " -"the :ref:`DNS requirements `." +"Ensure the node Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct, and " +"respects the :ref:`DNS requirements `." msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia corretto " -"e rispetta i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." +"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia " +"corretto e rispetta i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." #: ../../cluster.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the leader node, access the ``Nodes`` page and click on :guilabel:`Add " -"node to cluster` and copy the join code from the dialog box." +"On the leader node, access the ``Nodes`` page and click on :guilabel:`Add" +" node to cluster` and copy the join code from the dialog box." msgstr "" -"Sul nodo leader, accedere alla pagina ``Nodi`` e fare clic su :guilabel:" -"`Aggiungi nodo al cluster`. Quindi copiare il codice di join dalla finestra " -"di dialogo." +"Sul nodo leader, accedere alla pagina ``Nodi`` e fare clic su " +":guilabel:`Aggiungi nodo al cluster`. Quindi copiare il codice di join " +"dalla finestra di dialogo." #: ../../cluster.rst:36 msgid "" -"Return to the worker node and paste the code inside the ``Join code`` field " -"and click the :guilabel:`Join cluster` button. If the leader node does not " -"have a valid TLS certificate, remember to disable the ``TLS certification " -"validation`` option before clicking the join button." +"Return to the worker node and paste the code inside the ``Join code`` " +"field and click the :guilabel:`Join cluster` button. If the leader node " +"does not have a valid TLS certificate, remember to disable the ``TLS " +"certification validation`` option before clicking the join button." msgstr "" "Tornare al nodo worker e incollare il codice dentro il campo `Codice di " -"join`. Premere il pulsante :guilabel:`Join cluster`. Se il nodo leader non " -"ha un certificato TLS valido, ricordarsi di disabilitare l'opzione " +"join`. Premere il pulsante :guilabel:`Join cluster`. Se il nodo leader " +"non ha un certificato TLS valido, ricordarsi di disabilitare l'opzione " "``Verifica del certificato TLS`` prima di premere il pulsante di join." #: ../../cluster.rst:41 msgid "" -"When the node registration is complete, you can return to the leader user " -"interface and install applications running on the new worker node." +"When the node registration is complete, you can return to the leader user" +" interface and install applications running on the new worker node." msgstr "" -"Quando la registrazione del nodo è completa, si può tornare alla interfaccia " -"utente del nodo leader e installare applicazioni sul nuovo nodo worker." +"Quando la registrazione del nodo è completa, si può tornare alla " +"interfaccia utente del nodo leader e installare applicazioni sul nuovo " +"nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:44 msgid "Remove a node" @@ -671,57 +683,59 @@ msgstr "Rimuovere un nodo" #: ../../cluster.rst:46 msgid "" -"Worker nodes can be removed from the cluster. Before removing a given worker " -"node, ensure no account provider replica is running on it. In the ``Domains " -"and users`` page, for each domain follow the ``N providers`` link to see the " -"node where a provider replica is installed on, then remove it." +"Worker nodes can be removed from the cluster. Before removing a given " +"worker node, ensure no account provider replica is running on it. In the " +"``Domains and users`` page, for each domain follow the ``N providers`` " +"link to see the node where a provider replica is installed on, then " +"remove it." msgstr "" -"I nodi worker possono essere rimossi dal cluster. Prima di rimuovere un nodo " -"worker, assicurarsi che nessuna replica di account provider sia su di esso " -"in esecuzione. Nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``, per ogni dominio seguire il " -"link ``N provider`` per vedere in quale nodo è installata la replica, quindi " -"rimuoverla." +"I nodi worker possono essere rimossi dal cluster. Prima di rimuovere un " +"nodo worker, assicurarsi che nessuna replica di account provider sia su " +"di esso in esecuzione. Nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``, per ogni dominio" +" seguire il link ``N provider`` per vedere in quale nodo è installata la " +"replica, quindi rimuoverla." #: ../../cluster.rst:54 msgid "" "If the node is not reachable, or is not responding, the provider replica " "removal must be completed manually after the node removal." msgstr "" -"Se il nodo non è raggiungibile, o non risponde, la rimozione della replica " -"del provider deve essere completata manualmente dopo la rimozione del nodo." +"Se il nodo non è raggiungibile, o non risponde, la rimozione della " +"replica del provider deve essere completata manualmente dopo la rimozione" +" del nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:57 msgid "" -"Access the ``Nodes`` page, go to the three-dots menu of the node and click " -"on ``Remove from cluster`` to open a confirmation window. Applications " -"installed on the node are listed: review that list carefully because node " -"removal is not recoverable." +"Access the ``Nodes`` page, go to the three-dots menu of the node and " +"click on ``Remove from cluster`` to open a confirmation window. " +"Applications installed on the node are listed: review that list carefully" +" because node removal is not recoverable." msgstr "" "Accedere alla pagina ``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo e " -"cliccare su ``Rimuovi dal cluster`` per aprire una finestra di conferma. Le " -"applicazioni installate sul nodo sono elencate: rivedere quella lista con " -"attenzione perché la rimozione del nodo non è recuperabile." +"cliccare su ``Rimuovi dal cluster`` per aprire una finestra di conferma. " +"Le applicazioni installate sul nodo sono elencate: rivedere quella lista " +"con attenzione perché la rimozione del nodo non è recuperabile." #: ../../cluster.rst:62 msgid "" "If the node removal window is confirmed by pushing the :guilabel:`I " "understand, remove node` button, the node and its applications are " -"disconnected, their authorizations are revoked and they cannot access the " -"cluster any more." +"disconnected, their authorizations are revoked and they cannot access the" +" cluster any more." msgstr "" -"Se la finestra di rimozione del nodo viene confermata premendo il pulsante :" -"guilabel:`Sono consapevole, rimuovi il nodo`, il nodo e le sue applicazioni " -"sono disconnessi, le loro autorizzazioni vengono revocate e non possono " -"accedere più al cluster." +"Se la finestra di rimozione del nodo viene confermata premendo il " +"pulsante :guilabel:`Sono consapevole, rimuovi il nodo`, il nodo e le sue " +"applicazioni sono disconnessi, le loro autorizzazioni vengono revocate e " +"non possono accedere più al cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:67 msgid "" -"When a node is removed from the cluster the applications running on it are " -"not affected and they are left in a running state. Shutdown and switch off " -"the node to finalize the node removal." +"When a node is removed from the cluster the applications running on it " +"are not affected and they are left in a running state. Shutdown and " +"switch off the node to finalize the node removal." msgstr "" -"Quando un nodo viene rimosso dal cluster le applicazioni in esecuzione su di " -"esso non sono influenzate e sono lasciate in esecuzione. Arrestare e " +"Quando un nodo viene rimosso dal cluster le applicazioni in esecuzione su" +" di esso non sono influenzate e sono lasciate in esecuzione. Arrestare e " "spegnere il nodo per completarne la rimozione." #: ../../cluster.rst:75 @@ -733,28 +747,27 @@ msgid "" "Adding and removing nodes might raise the need of changing the cluster " "**leader node**." msgstr "" -"Aggiungere e rimuovere i nodi potrebbe aumentare la necessità di cambiare il " -"**nodo leader** del cluster." +"Aggiungere e rimuovere i nodi potrebbe aumentare la necessità di cambiare" +" il **nodo leader** del cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:80 msgid "A good leader node must be reachable by any other worker node." -msgstr "" -"Un buon nodo leader deve essere raggiungibile da ogni altro nodo worker." +msgstr "Un buon nodo leader deve essere raggiungibile da ogni altro nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:82 msgid "" "If DNS is used to find the leader IP address, every worker node must " -"properly resolve the leader host name and that must be the same for every " -"worker node." +"properly resolve the leader host name and that must be the same for every" +" worker node." msgstr "" -"Se il DNS viene utilizzato per trovare l'indirizzo IP del leader, ogni nodo " -"worker deve risolvere correttamente il nome host del leader e questo deve " -"essere lo stesso per ogni nodo worker." +"Se il DNS viene utilizzato per trovare l'indirizzo IP del leader, ogni " +"nodo worker deve risolvere correttamente il nome host del leader e questo" +" deve essere lo stesso per ogni nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:86 msgid "" -"Depending on the current leader node state there are two possible procedures " -"to promote a node to leader role:" +"Depending on the current leader node state there are two possible " +"procedures to promote a node to leader role:" msgstr "" "A seconda dello stato attuale del nodo leader ci sono due possibili " "procedure per promuovere un nodo al ruolo di leader:" @@ -777,8 +790,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:94 msgid "" -"The cluster backup password must be set again. See also :ref:`cluster_backup-" -"section`." +"The cluster backup password must be set again. See also :ref" +":`cluster_backup-section`." msgstr "" "La password di backup del cluster deve essere impostata di nuovo. Vedere " "anche :ref:`cluster_backup-section`." @@ -797,81 +810,84 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:109 msgid "" -"If the current leader node is working properly, access the ``Nodes`` page, " -"go to the three-dots menu of the node to promote and click on ``Promote to " -"leader``." +"If the current leader node is working properly, access the ``Nodes`` " +"page, go to the three-dots menu of the node to promote and click on " +"``Promote to leader``." msgstr "" "Se l'attuale nodo leader funziona correttamente, accedere alla pagina " -"``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo da promuovere e fare clic su " -"``Promuovi a leader``." +"``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo da promuovere e fare clic " +"su ``Promuovi a leader``." #: ../../cluster.rst:113 msgid "" -"Confirm or enter the leader host name in the ``VPN public address`` field. " -"An IP address is accepted, too." +"Confirm or enter the leader host name in the ``VPN public address`` " +"field. An IP address is accepted, too." msgstr "" "Confermare o inserire il nome host del leader nel campo ``Indirizzo VPN " "pubblico``. Viene accettato anche un indirizzo IP." #: ../../cluster.rst:116 msgid "" -"Confirm or enter the ``VPN public UDP port`` number. Every worker node will " -"connect the leader on that UDP port number. In most cases, the default VPN " -"port, which is ``55820``, should suffice, unless there is a network device " -"between the leader and the workers mapping it to a different port number." +"Confirm or enter the ``VPN public UDP port`` number. Every worker node " +"will connect the leader on that UDP port number. In most cases, the " +"default VPN port, which is ``55820``, should suffice, unless there is a " +"network device between the leader and the workers mapping it to a " +"different port number." msgstr "" "Confermare o inserire il numero di ``Porta UDP VPN pubblica``. Ogni nodo " -"worker contatterà il leader su quel numero di porta UDP. Nella maggior parte " -"dei casi, la porta VPN predefinita ``55820`` dovrebbe bastare, a meno che " -"non vi sia un dispositivo di rete tra il leader e i worker lo traduce in un " -"numero di porta diverso." +"worker contatterà il leader su quel numero di porta UDP. Nella maggior " +"parte dei casi, la porta VPN predefinita ``55820`` dovrebbe bastare, a " +"meno che non vi sia un dispositivo di rete tra il leader e i worker lo " +"traduce in un numero di porta diverso." #: ../../cluster.rst:122 msgid "" -"When the confirmation string is typed, the :guilabel:`I understand, promote " -"the node` button becomes active and it is possible to complete the node " -"promotion." +"When the confirmation string is typed, the :guilabel:`I understand, " +"promote the node` button becomes active and it is possible to complete " +"the node promotion." msgstr "" -"Quando la stringa di conferma viene digitata, il pulsante :guilabel:`Sono " -"consapevole, promuovi il nodo` diventa attivo ed è possibile completare la " -"promozione nodo." +"Quando la stringa di conferma viene digitata, il pulsante :guilabel:`Sono" +" consapevole, promuovi il nodo` diventa attivo ed è possibile completare " +"la promozione nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:126 msgid "" "The ``Check node connectivity`` checkbox verifies the connection of each " -"node with the selected one. Since the VPN connection cannot be probed, only " -"HTTPS is checked, and it may fail due to settings on other network devices, " -"such as port-forwarding. In this case, if you are certain that the entered " -"configuration is correct, you have the option to disable the check, but " -"proceed at your own risk!" -msgstr "" -"La casella di controllo ``Controlla la connettività del nodo`` verifica la " -"connessione di ogni nodo con quello selezionato. Dal momento che la " -"connessione VPN non può essere del tutto verificata, viene controllato solo " -"HTTPS, e può fallire a causa di impostazioni su altri dispositivi di rete, " -"come il port-forwarding. In questo caso, se si è certi che la configurazione " -"inserita è corretta, si ha la possibilità di disabilitare il controllo, ma " -"si procedere a proprio rischio!" +"node with the selected one. Since the VPN connection cannot be probed, " +"only HTTPS is checked, and it may fail due to settings on other network " +"devices, such as port-forwarding. In this case, if you are certain that " +"the entered configuration is correct, you have the option to disable the " +"check, but proceed at your own risk!" +msgstr "" +"La casella di controllo ``Controlla la connettività del nodo`` verifica " +"la connessione di ogni nodo con quello selezionato. Dal momento che la " +"connessione VPN non può essere del tutto verificata, viene controllato " +"solo HTTPS, e può fallire a causa di impostazioni su altri dispositivi di" +" rete, come il port-forwarding. In questo caso, se si è certi che la " +"configurazione inserita è corretta, si ha la possibilità di disabilitare " +"il controllo, ma si procedere a proprio rischio!" #: ../../cluster.rst:136 msgid "" "If the current leader node is not reachable, it is necessary to run a " -"command on any other worker node. Be prepared in advance for this situation " -"by enabling SSH, console or Cockpit **terminal root access** to the nodes." +"command on any other worker node. Be prepared in advance for this " +"situation by enabling SSH, console or Cockpit **terminal root access** to" +" the nodes." msgstr "" "Se il nodo leader attuale non è raggiungibile, è necessario eseguire un " -"comando su qualsiasi altro nodo worker. Prepararsi in anticipo per questa " -"situazione consentendo l'accesso ai nodi con un **terminale di root**, " +"comando su qualsiasi altro nodo worker. Prepararsi in anticipo per questa" +" situazione consentendo l'accesso ai nodi con un **terminale di root**, " "mediante SSH, console o Cockpit." #: ../../cluster.rst:141 msgid "" -"For example, to promote node with ID ``3``, VPN endpoint ``node3.example." -"com`` UDP port ``55820``, run the following command on every worker node: ::" +"For example, to promote node with ID ``3``, VPN endpoint " +"``node3.example.com`` UDP port ``55820``, run the following command on " +"every worker node: ::" msgstr "" -"Ad esempio, per promuovere il nodo con ID ``3``, VPN endpoint ``node3." -"example.com``, porta UDP ``55820``, eseguire il seguente comando su ogni " -"nodo worker: ::" +"Ad esempio, per promuovere il nodo con ID ``3``, VPN endpoint " +"``node3.example.com``, porta UDP ``55820``, eseguire il seguente comando " +"su ogni nodo worker: ::" #: ../../cluster.rst:150 ../../ejabberd.rst:82 msgid "Administrators" @@ -880,9 +896,9 @@ msgstr "Amministratori" #: ../../cluster.rst:152 msgid "" "Cluster administrators can fully manage the cluster. It's recommended to " -"create a personal user for each cluster administrator. All actions executed " -"by a cluster administrator are collected inside a security :ref:`audit-trail-" -"section`." +"create a personal user for each cluster administrator. All actions " +"executed by a cluster administrator are collected inside a security :ref" +":`audit-trail-section`." msgstr "" "Gli amministratori del cluster hanno il totale controllo del cluster. Si " "raccomanda di creare un utente personale per ogni amministratore del " @@ -891,18 +907,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:156 msgid "" -"To add a new cluster administrator go to the ``Settings`` page and select " -"the ``Cluster administrators`` card. Then click on :guilabel:`Create admin` " -"button and fill the required fields." +"To add a new cluster administrator go to the ``Settings`` page and select" +" the ``Cluster administrators`` card. Then click on :guilabel:`Create " +"admin` button and fill the required fields." msgstr "" "Per aggiungere un nuovo amministratore del cluster vai alla pagina " -"``Impostazioni`` e selezionare la scheda ``Amministratori cluster``. Quindi " -"fare clic su :guilabel:`Crea amministratore` e compilare i campi richiesti." +"``Impostazioni`` e selezionare la scheda ``Amministratori cluster``. " +"Quindi fare clic su :guilabel:`Crea amministratore` e compilare i campi " +"richiesti." #: ../../cluster.rst:159 msgid "" -"An administrator can't delete its own user. To delete an administrator, you " -"must log in with another existing cluster administrator." +"An administrator can't delete its own user. To delete an administrator, " +"you must log in with another existing cluster administrator." msgstr "" "Un amministratore non può eliminare il proprio utente. Per eliminare un " "amministratore, è necessario accedere come un altro amministratore del " @@ -925,9 +942,9 @@ msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (2FA) can be used to add an extra layer of " "security required to access the cluster management user interface." msgstr "" -"L'autenticazione a due fattori (2FA) può essere utilizzata per aggiungere un " -"ulteriore livello di sicurezza necessario per accedere all'interfaccia " -"utente di gestione del cluster." +"L'autenticazione a due fattori (2FA) può essere utilizzata per aggiungere" +" un ulteriore livello di sicurezza necessario per accedere " +"all'interfaccia utente di gestione del cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -935,8 +952,8 @@ msgid "" "``Settings`` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Enable 2FA` button." msgstr "" "L'amministratore può abilitare 2FA dalla scheda ``Account`` all'interno " -"della pagina ``Impostazioni`` facendo clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Abilita " -"2FA` ." +"della pagina ``Impostazioni`` facendo clic sul pulsante " +":guilabel:`Abilita 2FA` ." #: ../../cluster.rst:175 msgid "The user will have to:" @@ -952,8 +969,8 @@ msgstr "eseguire la scansione del codice QR con l'applicazione 2FA" #: ../../cluster.rst:179 msgid "" -"generate a new code and copy it inside the verification field, then click :" -"guilabel:`Verify code`" +"generate a new code and copy it inside the verification field, then click" +" :guilabel:`Verify code`" msgstr "" "generare un nuovo codice e copiarlo all'interno del campo di verifica, " "quindi fare clic su :guilabel:`Verifica codice`" @@ -972,17 +989,19 @@ msgstr "Disponibile sia per Android che per iOS:" #: ../../cluster.rst:188 msgid "" -"`FreeOTP `_: available for both Android and iOS" -msgstr "" -"`FreeOTP `_: disponibile sia per Android che per " +"`FreeOTP `_: available for both Android and " "iOS" +msgstr "" +"`FreeOTP `_: disponibile sia per Android che " +"per iOS" #: ../../cluster.rst:189 msgid "" -"`Authenticator `_: available on iOS only" +"`Authenticator `_: available on iOS " +"only" msgstr "" -"`Authenticator `_: disponibile solo su " -"iOS" +"`Authenticator `_: disponibile solo " +"su iOS" #: ../../cluster.rst:190 msgid "`2FAS `_: available for both Android and iOS" @@ -994,21 +1013,21 @@ msgstr "Reimpostare la password dell'amministratore del cluster" #: ../../cluster.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you are locked out of the web user interface and you can still access a " -"system command-line shell as ``root`` (e.g. by the system recovery console " -"or SSH), run the following command to disable 2FA and reset the password:" +"If you are locked out of the web user interface and you can still access " +"a system command-line shell as ``root`` (e.g. by the system recovery " +"console or SSH), run the following command to disable 2FA and reset the " +"password:" msgstr "" -"Se sei bloccato fuori dall'interfaccia utente web e puoi ancora accedere ad " -"un terminale come ``root`` (ad esempio dalla console di ripristino del " -"sistema o SSH), eseguire il seguente comando per disabilitare 2FA e " +"Se sei bloccato fuori dall'interfaccia utente web e puoi ancora accedere " +"ad un terminale come ``root`` (ad esempio dalla console di ripristino del" +" sistema o SSH), eseguire il seguente comando per disabilitare 2FA e " "ripristinare la password:" #: ../../cluster.rst:203 -msgid "" -"Replace the ``admin`` and ``Nethesis,1234`` default credentials as needed." +msgid "Replace the ``admin`` and ``Nethesis,1234`` default credentials as needed." msgstr "" -"Sostituisci le credenziali ``admin`` e ``Nethesis,1234`` predefinite come " -"necessario." +"Sostituisci le credenziali ``admin`` e ``Nethesis,1234`` predefinite come" +" necessario." #: ../../cluster.rst:209 msgid "Audit trail" @@ -1016,9 +1035,9 @@ msgstr "Audit log" #: ../../cluster.rst:211 msgid "" -"Inside the audit trail page, cluster administrators can inspect all actions " -"executed by any other administrator. Each event of the audit trail contains " -"at least:" +"Inside the audit trail page, cluster administrators can inspect all " +"actions executed by any other administrator. Each event of the audit " +"trail contains at least:" msgstr "" "All'interno della pagina del percorso di audit, gli amministratori di " "cluster possono ispezionare tutte le azioni eseguite da qualsiasi altro " @@ -1038,21 +1057,22 @@ msgstr "nome dell'azione" #: ../../cluster.rst:218 msgid "" -"Audit trail events can be filtered by user, date, action type, and custom " -"text match." +"Audit trail events can be filtered by user, date, action type, and custom" +" text match." msgstr "" -"Gli eventi del log di audit possono essere filtrati per utente, data, tipo " -"di azione e corrispondenza di testo personalizzata." +"Gli eventi del log di audit possono essere filtrati per utente, data, " +"tipo di azione e corrispondenza di testo personalizzata." #: ../../cluster.rst:222 msgid "" -"Audit trail information is stored in the leader node disk. In case of :ref:" -"`new leader promotion ` the audit trail information " -"in the old leader is no longer accessible." +"Audit trail information is stored in the leader node disk. In case of " +":ref:`new leader promotion ` the audit trail " +"information in the old leader is no longer accessible." msgstr "" "Le informazioni del log di audit vengono memorizzate nel disco del nodo " -"leader. In caso di :ref:`new leader promotion ` le " -"informazioni del log di audit nel vecchio leader non sono più accessibili." +"leader. In caso di :ref:`new leader promotion ` " +"le informazioni del log di audit nel vecchio leader non sono più " +"accessibili." #: ../../collabora.rst:5 ../../nextcloud.rst:60 msgid "Collabora Online" @@ -1060,24 +1080,24 @@ msgstr "Collaborare online" #: ../../collabora.rst:7 msgid "" -"Collabora Online is a powerful LibreOffice-based online office that supports " -"all major document, spreadsheet and presentation file formats, which you can " -"integrate in your own infrastructure. Please see the `official website " -"`_." +"Collabora Online is a powerful LibreOffice-based online office that " +"supports all major document, spreadsheet and presentation file formats, " +"which you can integrate in your own infrastructure. Please see the " +"`official website `_." msgstr "" "Collabora Online è un potente basato su LibreOffice online che supporta " "tutti i principali formati di file di documento, foglio di calcolo e " -"presentazione, che è possibile integrare nella propria infrastruttura. Si " -"prega di consultare il sito ufficiale `_." +"presentazione, che è possibile integrare nella propria infrastruttura. Si" +" prega di consultare il sito ufficiale `_." #: ../../collabora.rst:12 msgid "" -"You can install multiple Collabora Online instances on the same node from " -"the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Collabora Online instances on the same node from" +" the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare più istanze Collabora Online sullo stesso nodo dal :" -"ref:`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare più istanze Collabora Online sullo stesso nodo dal" +" :ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../collabora.rst:15 ../../crowdsec.rst:13 ../../dnsmasq.rst:20 #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:10 ../../ejabberd.rst:23 ../../imapsync.rst:31 @@ -1085,31 +1105,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:13 ../../minio.rst:12 ../../netdata.rst:20 #: ../../nethvoice.rst:20 ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:19 ../../nextcloud.rst:21 #: ../../roundcube.rst:19 ../../sogo.rst:39 ../../webserver.rst:14 -#: ../../webtop.rst:12 ../../mail.rst:34 +#: ../../webtop.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione" #: ../../collabora.rst:17 msgid "" -"Collabora needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``collabora.nethserver." -"org``." +"Collabora needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " +"``collabora.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Collabora ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come ``collabora." -"nethserver.org``." +"Collabora ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come " +"``collabora.nethserver.org``." #: ../../collabora.rst:19 ../../dokuwiki.rst:14 ../../mattermost.rst:17 #: ../../nextcloud.rst:25 ../../roundcube.rst:23 ../../sogo.rst:43 #: ../../webtop.rst:16 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name record inside your DNS server. If you are planning to use " -"a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have a " +"corresponding name record inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " +"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have a " "corresponding public DNS record." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il relativo " -"record all'interno del server DNS. Se hai intenzione di utilizzare un " -"certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, assicurati anche di avere un " -"record DNS pubblico corrispondente." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il " +"relativo record all'interno del server DNS. Se hai intenzione di " +"utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, assicurati " +"anche di avere un record DNS pubblico corrispondente." #: ../../collabora.rst:22 ../../dokuwiki.rst:17 ../../ejabberd.rst:32 #: ../../mariadb.rst:13 ../../mattermost.rst:24 ../../minio.rst:19 @@ -1128,16 +1148,16 @@ msgstr "inserire un FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Collabora FQDN``" #: ../../collabora.rst:26 msgid "" -"enter a strong password for the ``admin`` user which can be used to access " -"the admin console" +"enter a strong password for the ``admin`` user which can be used to " +"access the admin console" msgstr "" -"inserire una password forte per l'utente ``admin`` che può essere utilizzato " -"per accedere alla console di amministrazione" +"inserire una password forte per l'utente ``admin`` che può essere " +"utilizzato per accedere alla console di amministrazione" #: ../../collabora.rst:27 ../../dokuwiki.rst:20 ../../mattermost.rst:27 msgid "" -"enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly to your " -"needs" +"enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly to " +"your needs" msgstr "" "abilitare ``Let's Encrypt`` e le opzioni ``HTTP a HTTPS`` di conseguenza " "alle vostre esigenze" @@ -1153,16 +1173,16 @@ msgid "" "You can access the admin console by accessing the ``Status`` page and " "clicking the ``Open console`` link." msgstr "" -"È possibile accedere alla console di amministrazione accedendo alla pagina " -"``Status`` e cliccando sul link ``Apri console``." +"È possibile accedere alla console di amministrazione accedendo alla " +"pagina ``Status`` e cliccando sul link ``Apri console``." #: ../../collabora.rst:32 msgid "" "To integrate Collabora with Nextcloud, see :ref:`collabora-integration-" "section`." msgstr "" -"Per integrare Collabora con Nextcloud, vedere :ref:`collabora-integration-" -"section`." +"Per integrare Collabora con Nextcloud, vedere :ref:`collabora-" +"integration-section`." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:3 msgid "CrowdSec" @@ -1170,13 +1190,13 @@ msgstr "CrowdSec" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:5 msgid "" -"`CrowdSec `_ is a malicious activity detection " -"tool. It looks for known patterns, like malicious login attempts, inside the " -"applications logs and blocks the attacker IP address." +"`CrowdSec `_ is a malicious activity detection" +" tool. It looks for known patterns, like malicious login attempts, inside" +" the applications logs and blocks the attacker IP address." msgstr "" -"`CrowdSec `_ è un tool di rilevamento attività " -"sospette. Cerca pattern conosciuti, come tentativi di login malevoli, nei " -"log delle applicazioni e blocca l'indirizzo IP dell'attaccante." +"`CrowdSec `_ è un tool di rilevamento attività" +" sospette. Cerca pattern conosciuti, come tentativi di login malevoli, " +"nei log delle applicazioni e blocca l'indirizzo IP dell'attaccante." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:9 msgid "You can install only one CrowdSec instance for each node." @@ -1184,8 +1204,8 @@ msgstr "È possibile installare solo un'istanza CrowdSec per ogni nodo." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once installed, CrowdSec is already fully functional and protect many NS8 " -"applications." +"Once installed, CrowdSec is already fully functional and protect many NS8" +" applications." msgstr "" "Una volta installato, CrowdSec è già completamente funzionale e protegge " "molte applicazioni NS8." @@ -1217,25 +1237,27 @@ msgstr "tempo di divieto dinamico e statico" #, fuzzy msgid "" "As default, CrowdSec will send some telemetry to remote CrowdSec-owned " -"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which is " -"sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data and " -"disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the ``Enable " -"central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." +"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which" +" is sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data" +" and disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the " +"``Enable central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." msgstr "" "As default, CrowdSec will send some telemetry to remote CrowdSec-owned " -"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which is " -"sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data and " -"disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the ``Enable " -"central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." +"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which" +" is sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data" +" and disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the " +"``Enable central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console `_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec instance`` field." +"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console " +"`_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec " +"instance`` field." msgstr "" -"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console `_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec instance`` field." +"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console " +"`_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec " +"instance`` field." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:36 #, fuzzy @@ -1251,8 +1273,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:46 msgid "" -"Then the ``cscli`` command becomes available. For instance, print the help " -"message with" +"Then the ``cscli`` command becomes available. For instance, print the " +"help message with" msgstr "" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:3 @@ -1261,45 +1283,46 @@ msgstr "Utilizzo del disco" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:5 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 uses `podman `_ to manage OCI containers. " -"When running multiple containers the disk usage will grow quite fast and you " -"could quickly run out of space." +"NethServer 8 uses `podman `_ to manage OCI " +"containers. When running multiple containers the disk usage will grow " +"quite fast and you could quickly run out of space." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 utilizza `podman `_ per gestire i container " -"OCI. Quando si eseguono più container, l'utilizzo del disco crescerà " -"abbastanza velocemente e si potrebbe rapidamente esaurire lo spazio." +"NethServer 8 utilizza `podman `_ per gestire i " +"container OCI. Quando si eseguono più container, l'utilizzo del disco " +"crescerà abbastanza velocemente e si potrebbe rapidamente esaurire lo " +"spazio." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:8 msgid "" -"Rootless containers put their data inside the user home directory ``/home``. " -"So if you plan to run many services on the same host, consider mounting an " -"extra disk or partition at the ``/home`` path." +"Rootless containers put their data inside the user home directory " +"``/home``. So if you plan to run many services on the same host, consider" +" mounting an extra disk or partition at the ``/home`` path." msgstr "" -"I container rootless inseriscono i dati all'interno della directory ``/" -"home`` dell'utente. Quindi, se si prevede di eseguire molti servizi sullo " -"stesso host, prendere in considerazione montare un disco o una partizione " -"supplementare sul percorso ``/home``." +"I container rootless inseriscono i dati all'interno della directory " +"``/home`` dell'utente. Quindi, se si prevede di eseguire molti servizi " +"sullo stesso host, prendere in considerazione montare un disco o una " +"partizione supplementare sul percorso ``/home``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:11 msgid "" -"Rootful containers usually save images and volumes inside the ``/var/lib/" -"containers/storage`` directory." +"Rootful containers usually save images and volumes inside the " +"``/var/lib/containers/storage`` directory." msgstr "" -"I container rootful solitamente salvano immagini e volumi all'interno della " -"directory ``/var/lib/containers/storage``." +"I container rootful solitamente salvano immagini e volumi all'interno " +"della directory ``/var/lib/containers/storage``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:13 msgid "" -"To inspect podman storage configuration of your distribution, you can use " -"the following command: ::" +"To inspect podman storage configuration of your distribution, you can use" +" the following command: ::" msgstr "" -"Per ispezionare la configurazione di storage di podman della distribuzione, " -"è possibile utilizzare il seguente comando: ::" +"Per ispezionare la configurazione di storage di podman della " +"distribuzione, è possibile utilizzare il seguente comando: ::" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:17 msgid "" -"There is another growing directory ``/var/lib/nethserver``: it contains the " -"user interface and actions of rootful modules." +"There is another growing directory ``/var/lib/nethserver``: it contains " +"the user interface and actions of rootful modules." msgstr "" "C'è un'altra directory che tende a crescere ``/var/lib/nethserver``: " "contiene l'interfaccia utente e le azioni dei moduli rootful." @@ -1313,23 +1336,24 @@ msgid "" "If you’re running out of disk space, consider expanding the ``/home`` " "filesystem." msgstr "" -"Se stai esaurendo lo spazio su disco, considera di espandere il filesystem " -"``/home``." +"Se stai esaurendo lo spazio su disco, considera di espandere il " +"filesystem ``/home``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:24 msgid "" "On a physical machine, the best option is to setup LVM during the " -"distribution installation. On the other hand, on a virtual machine you could " -"easily expand the whole root filesystem." +"distribution installation. On the other hand, on a virtual machine you " +"could easily expand the whole root filesystem." msgstr "" -"Su una macchina fisica, l'opzione migliore è quella di impostare LVM durante " -"l'installazione della distribuzione. D'altra parte, su una macchina virtuale " -"si potrebbe facilmente espandere l'intero filesystem root." +"Su una macchina fisica, l'opzione migliore è quella di impostare LVM " +"durante l'installazione della distribuzione. D'altra parte, su una " +"macchina virtuale si potrebbe facilmente espandere l'intero filesystem " +"root." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:27 msgid "" -"If you can't do any of the above, consider adding a new disk and migrating " -"existing data using the script below. The script will:" +"If you can't do any of the above, consider adding a new disk and " +"migrating existing data using the script below. The script will:" msgstr "" "Se non è possibile nessuna delle suddette azioni, si può prendere in " "considerazione l'aggiunta di un nuovo disco e la migrazione dei dati " @@ -1362,9 +1386,9 @@ msgid "" "launch the script by passing the mount location as parameter, like: ::" msgstr "" "Prima di eseguire lo script, assicurarsi di collegare il disco alla " -"macchina, formattarlo e montarlo in un percorso personalizzato come ``/mnt/" -"temp_disk``. Quindi lanciare lo script inserendo il percorso di mount come " -"parametro, così: ::" +"macchina, formattarlo e montarlo in un percorso personalizzato come " +"``/mnt/temp_disk``. Quindi lanciare lo script inserendo il percorso di " +"mount come parametro, così: ::" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:42 msgid "The ``migrate`` script:." @@ -1376,17 +1400,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:7 msgid "" -"The DNSMasq module is a lightweight DNS and DHCP server designed to provide " -"its services within a private network. It is not recommended for use as a " -"public DNS server." +"The DNSMasq module is a lightweight DNS and DHCP server designed to " +"provide its services within a private network. It is not recommended for " +"use as a public DNS server." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "It can be installed through the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:13 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -1394,28 +1418,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The only prerequisite is a network interface configured. This means that the " -"network should have a valid IPv4 address and a valid subnet mask. Please " -"refer to your distro documentation on how to properly configure a network " -"interface." +"The only prerequisite is a network interface configured. This means that " +"the network should have a valid IPv4 address and a valid subnet mask. " +"Please refer to your distro documentation on how to properly configure a " +"network interface." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:22 msgid "" -"After installing the module, you can configure both the DNS and DHCP server " -"through the web interface." +"After installing the module, you can configure both the DNS and DHCP " +"server through the web interface." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:24 msgid "" -"Select in the ``Interface`` field the interface that you want to use for DNS " -"and DHCP server, then press :guilabel:`Save`." +"Select in the ``Interface`` field the interface that you want to use for " +"DNS and DHCP server, then press :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the configuration is saved, there will be available two toggle switches " -"to enable/disable DNS and DHCP server." +"Once the configuration is saved, there will be available two toggle " +"switches to enable/disable DNS and DHCP server." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:30 ../../nethvoice.rst:622 ../../nethvoice.rst:627 @@ -1428,8 +1452,7 @@ msgid "The DHCP server can be configured with the following options:" msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:34 -msgid "" -"``IP range start``: The first IP address that will be assigned to clients." +msgid "``IP range start``: The first IP address that will be assigned to clients." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:35 @@ -1438,15 +1461,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:36 msgid "" -"``Lease time``: The time that the IP address will be assigned to the client, " -"expressed in hours." +"``Lease time``: The time that the IP address will be assigned to the " +"client, expressed in hours." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:38 msgid "" "The fields are automatically filled with default values at the first " -"configuration, but you can change them according to your needs. Additional " -"options can be configured manually, please refer to `Advanced " +"configuration, but you can change them according to your needs. " +"Additional options can be configured manually, please refer to `Advanced " "Configuration`_ section." msgstr "" @@ -1464,28 +1487,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:45 msgid "" -"``Primary forwarding server``: The primary DNS server that will be used to " -"resolve the queries." +"``Primary forwarding server``: The primary DNS server that will be used " +"to resolve the queries." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:46 msgid "" -"``Secondary forwarding server``: The secondary DNS server that will be used " -"to resolve the queries." +"``Secondary forwarding server``: The secondary DNS server that will be " +"used to resolve the queries." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:48 msgid "" "When the DNS server is enabled, all Fully Qualified Domain Names (FQDNs) " -"configured within the node will be resolved using a 'CNAME' record pointing " -"to the node's hostname." +"configured within the node will be resolved using a 'CNAME' record " +"pointing to the node's hostname." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:51 msgid "" -"The DNS server will not automatically resolve the entries in the ``/etc/" -"hosts`` file. To resolve the entries in the ``/etc/hosts`` file, you need to " -"add them manually in the `DNS Records`_ section." +"The DNS server will not automatically resolve the entries in the " +"``/etc/hosts`` file. To resolve the entries in the ``/etc/hosts`` file, " +"you need to add them manually in the `DNS Records`_ section." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:55 @@ -1495,9 +1518,9 @@ msgstr "Record" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:57 msgid "" -"Additional DNS entries can be added in the ``DNS Records`` section. Simply " -"press the :guilabel:`Add DNS Record` button and fill the fields with the " -"desired values:" +"Additional DNS entries can be added in the ``DNS Records`` section. " +"Simply press the :guilabel:`Add DNS Record` button and fill the fields " +"with the desired values:" msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:59 @@ -1520,49 +1543,50 @@ msgstr "DNS configuration" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:68 msgid "" -"The module provides additional configuration options that can be accessed " -"manually through the configuration files." +"The module provides additional configuration options that can be accessed" +" manually through the configuration files." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:70 msgid "" -"The directories that accept custom files are located in the root directory " -"of the module, under the `state` directory." +"The directories that accept custom files are located in the root " +"directory of the module, under the `state` directory." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The following directories can be used to add custom configuration files:" +msgid "The following directories can be used to add custom configuration files:" msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:74 msgid "" -"``dnsmasq.d``: This directory is used to add custom configuration files for " -"the DNSMasq service. The files must have the `.conf` extension. Please refer " -"to the `DNSMasq documentation `_ " -"for more information on how to configure the service." +"``dnsmasq.d``: This directory is used to add custom configuration files " +"for the DNSMasq service. The files must have the `.conf` extension. " +"Please refer to the `DNSMasq documentation `_ for more information on how to configure the " +"service." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:77 msgid "" -"``dnsmasq_hosts.d``: This directory is used to add custom hosts files that " -"will be used by the DNSMasq service. The format of the file is the same as " -"the `/etc/hosts` file. Refer to the `manual `_ for more information on how to write the file." +"``dnsmasq_hosts.d``: This directory is used to add custom hosts files " +"that will be used by the DNSMasq service. The format of the file is the " +"same as the `/etc/hosts` file. Refer to the `manual " +"`_ for more " +"information on how to write the file." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:81 msgid "" -"After adding the custom files, you need to restart the service to apply the " -"changes." +"After adding the custom files, you need to restart the service to apply " +"the changes." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:83 msgid "" -"The custom files enrich the existing configuration. You can customize the " -"provided DHCP instance without creating a custom one using the tag " -"`default`, more info can be found in the `DNSMasq documentation `_." +"The custom files enrich the existing configuration. You can customize the" +" provided DHCP instance without creating a custom one using the tag " +"`default`, more info can be found in the `DNSMasq documentation " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../dnsmasq.rst:85 @@ -1577,17 +1601,17 @@ msgstr "Docker Hub pull limit" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container image " -"pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a specific time " -"period. This limit is in place to manage server load and ensure fair usage " -"of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the type of account you " -"have:" +"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container " +"image pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a " +"specific time period. This limit is in place to manage server load and " +"ensure fair usage of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the" +" type of account you have:" msgstr "" -"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container image " -"pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a specific time " -"period. This limit is in place to manage server load and ensure fair usage " -"of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the type of account you " -"have:" +"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container " +"image pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a " +"specific time period. This limit is in place to manage server load and " +"ensure fair usage of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the" +" type of account you have:" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:8 #, fuzzy @@ -1603,8 +1627,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:10 msgid "" "Authenticated users: registered users with free accounts have a certain " -"number of free image pulls allowed in a given time window. After reaching " -"this limit, you might need to wait or for more pulls." +"number of free image pulls allowed in a given time window. After reaching" +" this limit, you might need to wait or for more pulls." msgstr "" "Utenti autenticati: gli utenti registrati con account gratuiti hanno un " "certo numero di estrazioni gratuite consentite in una data finestra " @@ -1613,8 +1637,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:12 msgid "" -"If NethServer shares its public IP with other systems, it might encounter " -"such rate limit." +"If NethServer shares its public IP with other systems, it might encounter" +" such rate limit." msgstr "" "Se NethServer condivide il suo IP pubblico con altri sistemi, potrebbe " "incontrare tale limite di velocità." @@ -1623,12 +1647,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To increase your pull limit and avoid errors, log in to your Docker Hub " -"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to a " -"higher pull rate limit based on your account type." +"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to " +"a higher pull rate limit based on your account type." msgstr "" "To increase your pull limit and avoid errors, log in to your Docker Hub " -"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to a " -"higher pull rate limit based on your account type." +"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to " +"a higher pull rate limit based on your account type." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:17 #, fuzzy @@ -1638,24 +1662,24 @@ msgstr "In a root shell prompt, execute the following command:" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to generate " -"a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer to the " -"Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." +"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to " +"generate a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer " +"to the Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." msgstr "" -"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to generate " -"a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer to the " -"Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." +"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to " +"generate a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer " +"to the Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the ``/etc/nethserver/" -"registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-readable, as it's " -"required by NS8 modules." +"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the " +"``/etc/nethserver/registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-" +"readable, as it's required by NS8 modules." msgstr "" -"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the ``/etc/nethserver/" -"registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-readable, as it's " -"required by NS8 modules." +"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the " +"``/etc/nethserver/registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-" +"readable, as it's required by NS8 modules." #: ../../dockerhub.rst:30 #, fuzzy @@ -1675,29 +1699,29 @@ msgstr "For more information, consult the following references:" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" msgstr "" -"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`podman-login — Podman documentation `_" +"`podman-login — Podman documentation " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`podman-login — Podman documentation `_" +"`podman-login — Podman documentation " +"`_" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:42 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation " +"`_" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:3 #, fuzzy @@ -1707,44 +1731,43 @@ msgstr "DokuWiki" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile open " -"source Wiki." +"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile " +"open source Wiki." msgstr "" -"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile open " -"source Wiki." +"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile " +"open source Wiki." #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:12 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``wiki.nethserver." -"org``." +"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " +"``wiki.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``wiki.nethserver." -"org``." +"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " +"``wiki.nethserver.org``." #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" -msgstr "" -"access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" +msgstr "access the application configuration page and enter all required fields" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: ``https://wiki.nethserver." -"org``." +"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: " +"``https://wiki.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: ``https://wiki.nethserver." -"org``." +"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: " +"``https://wiki.nethserver.org``." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -1755,12 +1778,12 @@ msgstr "Ejabberd" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Ejabberd module installs the ejabberd Community Server Docker Image " -"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 or " -"5223)." +"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 " +"or 5223)." msgstr "" "The Ejabberd module installs the ejabberd Community Server Docker Image " -"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 or " -"5223)." +"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 " +"or 5223)." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:10 #, fuzzy @@ -1783,43 +1806,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server `_ Docker Image." +"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server " +"`_ Docker Image." msgstr "" -"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server `_ Docker Image." +"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server " +"`_ Docker Image." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and for " -"networks client. Check out the `official documentation `_ for further details." +"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and " +"for networks client. Check out the `official documentation " +"`_ for further details." msgstr "" -"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and for " -"networks client. Check out the `official documentation `_ for further details." +"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and " +"for networks client. Check out the `official documentation " +"`_ for further details." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like ``nethserver." -"org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " -"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but a " -"trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." +"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like " +"``nethserver.org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " +"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but" +" a trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." msgstr "" -"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like ``nethserver." -"org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " -"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but a " -"trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." +"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like " +"``nethserver.org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " +"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but" +" a trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:27 ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:23 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " "corresponding name record inside your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il relativo " -"record di nome all'interno del server DNS." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il " +"relativo record di nome all'interno del server DNS." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:30 #, fuzzy @@ -1858,11 +1881,11 @@ msgstr "Click the :guilabel:`Save` button" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host " -"name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." +"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host" +" name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host " -"name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." +"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host" +" name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:41 #, fuzzy @@ -1876,29 +1899,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port " -"5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd " -"using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " +"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port" +" 5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd" +" using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " "database, create and restore backups, view server statistics, …" msgstr "" -"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port " -"5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd " -"using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " +"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port" +" 5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd" +" using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " "database, create and restore backups, view server statistics, …" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:46 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." -msgstr "" -"The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." +msgid "The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." +msgstr "The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" -msgstr "" -"Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" +msgid "Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" +msgstr "Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:50 #, fuzzy @@ -1933,26 +1952,26 @@ msgstr "Server to server (S2S)" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users " -"with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote servers. " -"S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other, forming a " -"global 'federated' IM network." +"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users" +" with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote " +"servers. S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other," +" forming a global 'federated' IM network." msgstr "" -"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users " -"with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote servers. " -"S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other, forming a " -"global 'federated' IM network." +"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users" +" with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote " +"servers. S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other," +" forming a global 'federated' IM network." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For this purpose, the SRV DNS record must be configured for your domain " -"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server must " -"have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." +"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server " +"must have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." msgstr "" "For this purpose, the SRV DNS record must be configured for your domain " -"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server must " -"have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." +"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server " +"must have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:67 #, fuzzy @@ -1962,44 +1981,46 @@ msgstr "Message Archive Management" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive Management " -"as described in `XEP-0313 `_. When " -"enabled, all messages will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP " -"clients can use it to store their chat history on the server." +"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive " +"Management as described in `XEP-0313 " +"`_. When enabled, all messages " +"will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP clients can use it " +"to store their chat history on the server." msgstr "" -"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive Management " -"as described in `XEP-0313 `_. When " -"enabled, all messages will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP " -"clients can use it to store their chat history on the server." +"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive " +"Management as described in `XEP-0313 " +"`_. When enabled, all messages " +"will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP clients can use it " +"to store their chat history on the server." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:72 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages can " -"be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set :" -"guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." +"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages " +"can be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set " +":guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." msgstr "" -"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages can " -"be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set :" -"guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." +"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages " +"can be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set " +":guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:77 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This " -"behavior will affect the privacy of your users." +"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This" +" behavior will affect the privacy of your users." msgstr "" -"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This " -"behavior will affect the privacy of your users." +"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This" +" behavior will affect the privacy of your users." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the chat " -"server." +"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the " +"chat server." msgstr "" -"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the chat " -"server." +"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the " +"chat server." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:86 #, fuzzy @@ -2049,26 +2070,26 @@ msgstr "BeejibelIM for Android and iOS, Xabber only for Android" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:102 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter the " -"user name and the domain of the machine." +"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter " +"the user name and the domain of the machine." msgstr "" -"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter the " -"user name and the domain of the machine." +"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter " +"the user name and the domain of the machine." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could reject " -"connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate doesn't " -"match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two sub-domains " -"``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be obtained for free " -"with Let's Encrypt." +"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could " +"reject connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate " +"doesn't match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two " +"sub-domains ``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be " +"obtained for free with Let's Encrypt." msgstr "" -"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could reject " -"connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate doesn't " -"match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two sub-domains " -"``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be obtained for free " -"with Let's Encrypt." +"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could " +"reject connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate " +"doesn't match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two " +"sub-domains ``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be " +"obtained for free with Let's Encrypt." #: ../../email_notifications.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -2092,11 +2113,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_notifications.rst:12 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP " -"server`` and fill the required details." +"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP" +" server`` and fill the required details." msgstr "" -"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP " -"server`` and fill the required details." +"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP" +" server`` and fill the required details." #: ../../faq.rst:3 #, fuzzy @@ -2111,13 +2132,13 @@ msgstr "What is NethServer 8 (NS8)?" #: ../../faq.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's aimed " -"for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do not want " -"to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." +"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's " +"aimed for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do " +"not want to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's aimed " -"for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do not want " -"to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." +"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's " +"aimed for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do " +"not want to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." #: ../../faq.rst:13 #, fuzzy @@ -2145,11 +2166,11 @@ msgstr "What is the status of NS8?" #: ../../faq.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: read " -"the :ref:`release notes `." +"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: " +"read the :ref:`release notes `." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: read " -"the :ref:`release notes `." +"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: " +"read the :ref:`release notes `." #: ../../faq.rst:26 #, fuzzy @@ -2159,31 +2180,31 @@ msgstr "What is the difference between NethServer 7 (NS7) and NethServer 8?" #: ../../faq.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is heavily-" -"coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using RPMs package " -"and configure them with a configuration management system called e-smith." +"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is " +"heavily-coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using " +"RPMs package and configure them with a configuration management system " +"called e-smith." msgstr "" -"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is heavily-" -"coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using RPMs package " -"and configure them with a configuration management system called e-smith." +"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is " +"heavily-coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using " +"RPMs package and configure them with a configuration management system " +"called e-smith." #: ../../faq.rst:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" "NethServer 8 can run on different :ref:`Linux distributions `. It installs applications using containers and configures " -"them using a multi-node architecture." +"distros-section>`. It installs applications using containers and " +"configures them using a multi-node architecture." msgstr "" "NethServer 8 can run on different :ref:`Linux distributions `. It installs applications using containers and configures " -"them using a multi-node architecture." +"distros-section>`. It installs applications using containers and " +"configures them using a multi-node architecture." #: ../../faq.rst:37 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." -msgstr "" -"As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." +msgid "As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." +msgstr "As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." #: ../../faq.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -2205,16 +2226,16 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you need a new user domain, just create a new node and join it to the " -"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. Of " -"course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main node. " -"No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely connected with an " -"encrypted VPN." +"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. " +"Of course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main " +"node. No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely " +"connected with an encrypted VPN." msgstr "" "If you need a new user domain, just create a new node and join it to the " -"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. Of " -"course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main node. " -"No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely connected with an " -"encrypted VPN." +"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. " +"Of course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main " +"node. No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely " +"connected with an encrypted VPN." #: ../../faq.rst:51 #, fuzzy @@ -2229,13 +2250,13 @@ msgstr "Can I migrate from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8?" #: ../../faq.rst:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has been. " -"The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We " -"are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." +"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has " +"been. The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." msgstr "" -"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has been. " -"The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We " -"are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." +"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has " +"been. The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." #: ../../faq.rst:61 #, fuzzy @@ -2255,11 +2276,11 @@ msgstr "Where can I download it?" #: ../../faq.rst:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just :" -"ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." +"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just" +" :ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." msgstr "" -"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just :" -"ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." +"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just" +" :ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." #: ../../faq.rst:72 #, fuzzy @@ -2269,13 +2290,13 @@ msgstr "Can I install NethServer on a virtual machine?" #: ../../faq.rst:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting :ref:`these " -"distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built images " -"`." +"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting " +":ref:`these distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built" +" images `." msgstr "" -"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting :ref:`these " -"distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built images " -"`." +"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting " +":ref:`these distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built" +" images `." #: ../../faq.rst:79 #, fuzzy @@ -2295,11 +2316,11 @@ msgstr "What hardware is supported?" #: ../../faq.rst:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look to " -"the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." +"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look " +"to the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." msgstr "" -"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look to " -"the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." +"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look " +"to the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." #: ../../faq.rst:90 #, fuzzy @@ -2325,11 +2346,11 @@ msgstr "Can I use NethServer 8 as UTM firewall?" #: ../../faq.rst:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only local " -"running services." +"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only " +"local running services." msgstr "" -"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only local " -"running services." +"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only " +"local running services." #: ../../faq.rst:102 #, fuzzy @@ -2348,37 +2369,37 @@ msgstr "File server" #: ../../file_server.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba `_. It provides shared folders and home directories to users and groups " -"of an Active Directory domain." +"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba " +"`_. It provides shared folders and home directories" +" to users and groups of an Active Directory domain." msgstr "" -"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba `_. It provides shared folders and home directories to users and groups " -"of an Active Directory domain." +"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba " +"`_. It provides shared folders and home directories" +" to users and groups of an Active Directory domain." #: ../../file_server.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see :" -"ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " +"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see" +" :ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " "authentication to Windows clients`` switch enabled." msgstr "" -"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see :" -"ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " +"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see" +" :ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " "authentication to Windows clients`` switch enabled." #: ../../file_server.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN IP " -"address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. Other " -"DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to cluster " -"applications." +"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN " +"IP address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. " +"Other DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to" +" cluster applications." msgstr "" -"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN IP " -"address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. Other " -"DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to cluster " -"applications." +"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN " +"IP address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. " +"Other DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to" +" cluster applications." #: ../../file_server.rst:23 #, fuzzy @@ -2388,11 +2409,11 @@ msgstr "Shared folders" #: ../../file_server.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` from " -"the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." +"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` " +"from the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." msgstr "" -"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` from " -"the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." +"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` " +"from the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." #: ../../file_server.rst:28 #, fuzzy @@ -2407,27 +2428,31 @@ msgstr "``Name``: the name of the shared folder" #: ../../file_server.rst:32 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share comment\"" +"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share " +"comment\"" msgstr "" -"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share comment\"" +"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share " +"comment\"" #: ../../file_server.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to the " -"share" +"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to " +"the share" msgstr "" -"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to the " -"share" +"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to " +"the share" #: ../../file_server.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note that " -"in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full privileges." +"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note " +"that in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full " +"privileges." msgstr "" -"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note that " -"in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full privileges." +"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note " +"that in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full " +"privileges." #: ../../file_server.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -2448,21 +2473,21 @@ msgstr "Everyone can read and write, main group included" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To access the shared folder it is necessary to provide valid domain " -"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security reasons " -"[#anon]_\\ ." +"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security " +"reasons [#anon]_\\ ." msgstr "" "To access the shared folder it is necessary to provide valid domain " -"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security reasons " -"[#anon]_\\ ." +"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security " +"reasons [#anon]_\\ ." #: ../../file_server.rst:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are available " -"on the shared folder:" +"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are " +"available on the shared folder:" msgstr "" -"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are available " -"on the shared folder:" +"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are " +"available on the shared folder:" #: ../../file_server.rst:55 #, fuzzy @@ -2486,15 +2511,15 @@ msgstr "``Delete``: remove the shared folder and its contents" #: ../../file_server.rst:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to the " -"shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB client, " -"like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro flavours, " -"or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." +"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to " +"the shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB " +"client, like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro " +"flavours, or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." msgstr "" -"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to the " -"shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB client, " -"like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro flavours, " -"or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." +"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to " +"the shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB " +"client, like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro " +"flavours, or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." #: ../../file_server.rst:69 #, fuzzy @@ -2504,11 +2529,11 @@ msgstr "Restore file server from backup" #: ../../file_server.rst:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same IP " -"address used in the file server backup." +"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same" +" IP address used in the file server backup." msgstr "" -"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same IP " -"address used in the file server backup." +"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same" +" IP address used in the file server backup." #: ../../file_server.rst:76 #, fuzzy @@ -2531,31 +2556,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services are " -"started automatically and no further actions are required." +"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services " +"are started automatically and no further actions are required." msgstr "" -"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services are " -"started automatically and no further actions are required." +"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services " +"are started automatically and no further actions are required." #: ../../file_server.rst:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using the " -"system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to select " -"another IP address in a second time: ::" +"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using " +"the system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to " +"select another IP address in a second time: ::" msgstr "" -"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using the " -"system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to select " -"another IP address in a second time: ::" +"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using " +"the system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to " +"select another IP address in a second time: ::" #: ../../file_server.rst:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the `ipaddress` " -"value with the correct IP address." +"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the " +"`ipaddress` value with the correct IP address." msgstr "" -"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the `ipaddress` " -"value with the correct IP address." +"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the " +"`ipaddress` value with the correct IP address." #: ../../file_server.rst:95 #, fuzzy @@ -2586,12 +2611,12 @@ msgstr "Footnotes" #, fuzzy msgid "" "*Guest access in SMB2 and SMB3 disabled by default in Windows* `link to " -"learn.microsoft.com `_" +"learn.microsoft.com `_" msgstr "" "*Guest access in SMB2 and SMB3 disabled by default in Windows* `link to " -"learn.microsoft.com `_" +"learn.microsoft.com `_" #: ../../firewall.rst:3 msgid "Firewall" @@ -2605,15 +2630,15 @@ msgstr "NethServer 8 comes with a simple built-in firewall." #: ../../firewall.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where " -"all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a public " -"zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have the " -"following open ports:" +"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where" +" all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a " +"public zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have" +" the following open ports:" msgstr "" -"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where " -"all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a public " -"zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have the " -"following open ports:" +"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where" +" all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a " +"public zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have" +" the following open ports:" #: ../../firewall.rst:12 #, fuzzy @@ -2671,10 +2696,12 @@ msgstr "Manage ports manually" #, fuzzy msgid "" "To allow connections to the listening port of a third-party service, use " -"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port 9000: ::" +"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port " +"9000: ::" msgstr "" "To allow connections to the listening port of a third-party service, use " -"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port 9000: ::" +"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port " +"9000: ::" #: ../../firewall.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -2684,15 +2711,15 @@ msgstr "To close the same port: ::" #: ../../firewall.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart or " -"system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, adding also " -"the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` manual page for more " -"information." +"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart " +"or system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, " +"adding also the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` " +"manual page for more information." msgstr "" -"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart or " -"system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, adding also " -"the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` manual page for more " -"information." +"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart " +"or system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, " +"adding also the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` " +"manual page for more information." #: ../../firewall.rst:41 #, fuzzy @@ -2707,115 +2734,117 @@ msgstr "Imapsync" #: ../../imapsync.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This module installs Imapsync, an IMAP transfer tool used for copying and " -"moving emails from external IMAP servers to a :ref:`Mail server ` instance. This module can serve many purposes. For example:" msgstr "" -"This module installs Imapsync, an IMAP transfer tool used for copying and " -"moving emails from external IMAP servers to a :ref:`Mail server ` instance. This module can serve many purposes. For example:" #: ../../imapsync.rst:12 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." -msgstr "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." +msgid "If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." +msgstr "If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." #: ../../imapsync.rst:13 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several remote " -"ones." +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several " +"remote ones." msgstr "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several remote " -"ones." +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several " +"remote ones." #: ../../imapsync.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local one." +"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local " +"one." msgstr "" -"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local one." +"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local " +"one." #: ../../imapsync.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many times " -"as needed, also you can select the task frequency." +"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many " +"times as needed, also you can select the task frequency." msgstr "" -"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many times " -"as needed, also you can select the task frequency." +"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many " +"times as needed, also you can select the task frequency." #: ../../imapsync.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know the " -"password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user mailbox " -"with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has to know the " -"password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP administrative " -"authentication is implemented also by the remote email server." +"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know " +"the password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user " +"mailbox with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has " +"to know the password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP " +"administrative authentication is implemented also by the remote email " +"server." msgstr "" -"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know the " -"password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user mailbox " -"with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has to know the " -"password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP administrative " -"authentication is implemented also by the remote email server." +"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know " +"the password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user " +"mailbox with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has " +"to know the password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP " +"administrative authentication is implemented also by the remote email " +"server." #: ../../imapsync.rst:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the remote IMAP server is a NethServer 7, the IMAP admin user is " -"``vmail`` and its password can be read from ``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/" -"vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` suffix (e.g. ``username@domain." -"com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to be set in the IMAP " -"synchronization panel." +"``vmail`` and its password can be read from " +"``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` " +"suffix (e.g. ``username@domain.com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to" +" be set in the IMAP synchronization panel." msgstr "" "If the remote IMAP server is a NethServer 7, the IMAP admin user is " -"``vmail`` and its password can be read from ``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/" -"vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` suffix (e.g. ``username@domain." -"com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to be set in the IMAP " -"synchronization panel." +"``vmail`` and its password can be read from " +"``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` " +"suffix (e.g. ``username@domain.com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to" +" be set in the IMAP synchronization panel." #: ../../imapsync.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"List of `IMAP servers `_ with admin authentication in Imapsync " -"documentation" +"List of `IMAP servers " +"`_ with" +" admin authentication in Imapsync documentation" msgstr "" -"List of `IMAP servers `_ with admin authentication in Imapsync " -"documentation" +"List of `IMAP servers " +"`_ with" +" admin authentication in Imapsync documentation" #: ../../imapsync.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official documentation " -"`_ for further details." +"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official " +"documentation `_ for further details." msgstr "" -"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official documentation " -"`_ for further details." +"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official " +"documentation `_ for further details." #: ../../imapsync.rst:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in " -"the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks as " -"needed for each user of the domain." +"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in" +" the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks " +"as needed for each user of the domain." msgstr "" -"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in " -"the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks as " -"needed for each user of the domain." +"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in" +" the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks " +"as needed for each user of the domain." #: ../../imapsync.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at :ref:" -"`user-domains-section`." +"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at " +":ref:`user-domains-section`." msgstr "" -"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at :ref:" -"`user-domains-section`." +"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at " +":ref:`user-domains-section`." #: ../../index.rst:18 msgid "About" @@ -2862,12 +2891,14 @@ msgstr "Installation methods" #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can install NethServer 8 :ref:`on a supported distribution " -"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images `. Both methods require a working Internet connection." +"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images " +"`. Both methods require a working Internet " +"connection." msgstr "" "You can install NethServer 8 :ref:`on a supported distribution " -"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images `. Both methods require a working Internet connection." +"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images " +"`. Both methods require a working Internet " +"connection." #: ../../install.rst:17 #, fuzzy @@ -2901,24 +2932,24 @@ msgstr "Pre-built image" #: ../../install.rst:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky Linux " -"9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." +"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky " +"Linux 9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky Linux " -"9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." +"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky " +"Linux 9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." #: ../../install.rst:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The default " -"method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. Refer to your " -"virtualization platform documentation for more information about Cloud-init " -"support." +"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The " +"default method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. " +"Refer to your virtualization platform documentation for more information " +"about Cloud-init support." msgstr "" -"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The default " -"method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. Refer to your " -"virtualization platform documentation for more information about Cloud-init " -"support." +"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The " +"default method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. " +"Refer to your virtualization platform documentation for more information " +"about Cloud-init support." #: ../../install.rst:46 #, fuzzy @@ -2963,9 +2994,11 @@ msgstr "1.7 |nbsp| GB" #: ../../install.rst:1 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" +"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" +"linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" msgstr "" -"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" +"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" +"linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" #: ../../install.rst:1 #, fuzzy @@ -2985,35 +3018,37 @@ msgstr "3.0 |nbsp| GB" #: ../../install.rst:1 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" +"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" +"linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" msgstr "" -"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" +"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" +"linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" #: ../../install.rst:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose the ``qcow2`` image format if you are using a KVM-based " -"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or the " -"``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware `_." +"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or " +"the ``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware " +"`_." msgstr "" "Choose the ``qcow2`` image format if you are using a KVM-based " -"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or the " -"``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware `_." +"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or " +"the ``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware " +"`_." #: ../../install.rst:56 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When the image download has completed verify the file integrity with the " -"`sha256 checksum file `_. Download the checksum then run for example the following " -"command: ::" +"`sha256 checksum file " +"`_. Download the " +"checksum then run for example the following command: ::" msgstr "" "When the image download has completed verify the file integrity with the " -"`sha256 checksum file `_. Download the checksum then run for example the following " -"command: ::" +"`sha256 checksum file " +"`_. Download the " +"checksum then run for example the following command: ::" #: ../../install.rst:63 #, fuzzy @@ -3023,25 +3058,29 @@ msgstr "Virtualization platform-specific notes:" #: ../../install.rst:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the disk." +"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the " +"disk." msgstr "" -"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the disk." +"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the " +"disk." #: ../../install.rst:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than ``kvm64``." +"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than " +"``kvm64``." msgstr "" -"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than ``kvm64``." +"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than " +"``kvm64``." #: ../../install.rst:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or upload " -"it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." +"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or " +"upload it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." msgstr "" -"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or upload " -"it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." +"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or " +"upload it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." #: ../../install.rst:71 #, fuzzy @@ -3061,22 +3100,22 @@ msgstr "Password: ``Nethesis,1234``" #: ../../install.rst:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon the " -"first login, you will be prompted to change the password." +"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon " +"the first login, you will be prompted to change the password." msgstr "" -"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon the " -"first login, you will be prompted to change the password." +"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon " +"the first login, you will be prompted to change the password." #: ../../install.rst:79 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user " -"account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute the " -"following commands and enter the desired password: ::" +"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user" +" account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute" +" the following commands and enter the desired password: ::" msgstr "" -"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user " -"account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute the " -"following commands and enter the desired password: ::" +"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user" +" account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute" +" the following commands and enter the desired password: ::" #: ../../install.rst:86 #, fuzzy @@ -3106,11 +3145,11 @@ msgstr "Post-installation steps" #: ../../install.rst:102 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When the installation script ends or the pre-built image has started, access " -"the Web user interface at ::" +"When the installation script ends or the pre-built image has started, " +"access the Web user interface at ::" msgstr "" -"When the installation script ends or the pre-built image has started, access " -"the Web user interface at ::" +"When the installation script ends or the pre-built image has started, " +"access the Web user interface at ::" #: ../../install.rst:109 #, fuzzy @@ -3130,53 +3169,55 @@ msgstr "Username: ``admin``" #: ../../install.rst:116 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a new " -"single-node cluster." +"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a " +"new single-node cluster." msgstr "" -"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a new " -"single-node cluster." +"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a " +"new single-node cluster." #: ../../install.rst:119 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For security reasons, the admin password must be changed immediately if it " -"is still at the default value." +"For security reasons, the admin password must be changed immediately if " +"it is still at the default value." msgstr "" -"For security reasons, the admin password must be changed immediately if it " -"is still at the default value." +"For security reasons, the admin password must be changed immediately if " +"it is still at the default value." #: ../../install.rst:125 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Even if running on a single node, the system will setup a Virtual Private " -"Network (VPN) for the cluster. With the VPN in place, you will be able to " -"add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be good for " -"most environments, anyway make sure ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does not conflict " -"with your existing network environment, because it cannot be changed once it " -"has been set." +"Even if running on a single node, the system will setup a Virtual Private" +" Network (VPN) for the cluster. With the VPN in place, you will be able " +"to add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be " +"good for most environments, anyway make sure ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does " +"not conflict with your existing network environment, because it cannot be" +" changed once it has been set." msgstr "" -"Even if running on a single node, the system will setup a Virtual Private " -"Network (VPN) for the cluster. With the VPN in place, you will be able to " -"add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be good for " -"most environments, anyway make sure ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does not conflict " -"with your existing network environment, because it cannot be changed once it " -"has been set." +"Even if running on a single node, the system will setup a Virtual Private" +" Network (VPN) for the cluster. With the VPN in place, you will be able " +"to add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be " +"good for most environments, anyway make sure ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does " +"not conflict with your existing network environment, because it cannot be" +" changed once it has been set." #: ../../install.rst:132 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now ready." +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now " +"ready." msgstr "" -"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now ready." +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now " +"ready." #: ../../install.rst:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A new cluster has assigned the default name ``NethServer 8``. If you wish to " -"change it:" +"A new cluster has assigned the default name ``NethServer 8``. If you wish" +" to change it:" msgstr "" -"A new cluster has assigned the default name ``NethServer 8``. If you wish to " -"change it:" +"A new cluster has assigned the default name ``NethServer 8``. If you wish" +" to change it:" #: ../../install.rst:137 #, fuzzy @@ -3197,16 +3238,16 @@ msgstr "click the :guilabel:`Save settings` button" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Now sure where to go from here? You can install a :ref:`LDAP ` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user domain, " -"read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take a look at :" -"ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes `, or " -"setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." +"section>` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user " +"domain, read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take" +" a look at :ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes " +"`, or setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." msgstr "" "Now sure where to go from here? You can install a :ref:`LDAP ` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user domain, " -"read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take a look at :" -"ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes `, or " -"setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." +"section>` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user " +"domain, read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take" +" a look at :ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes " +"`, or setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." #: ../../install.rst:147 #, fuzzy @@ -3222,12 +3263,12 @@ msgstr "You can uninstall NS8 from your Linux distribution." #, fuzzy msgid "" "The uninstall command attempts to stop and erase core components and " -"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything under " -"``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." +"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything " +"under ``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." msgstr "" "The uninstall command attempts to stop and erase core components and " -"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything under " -"``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." +"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything " +"under ``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." #: ../../install.rst:154 #, fuzzy @@ -3244,41 +3285,41 @@ msgstr "Informazioni su NethServer 8" #: ../../introduction.rst:8 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 (NS8) is an application server specifically designed for small " -"offices and medium enterprises. It facilitates the management of " +"NethServer 8 (NS8) is an application server specifically designed for " +"small offices and medium enterprises. It facilitates the management of " "applications through a user-friendly web interface. NS8 operates as a " "container orchestrator, a system that can manage and coordinate the " "deployment of various applications." msgstr "" "NethServer 8 (NS8) è un application server appositamente progettato per " "piccoli uffici e medie imprese. Facilita la gestione delle applicazioni " -"attraverso un'interfaccia web user-friendly. NS8 opera come orchestratore di " -"container, un sistema in grado di gestire e coordinare l'installazione di " -"varie applicazioni." +"attraverso un'interfaccia web user-friendly. NS8 opera come orchestratore" +" di container, un sistema in grado di gestire e coordinare " +"l'installazione di varie applicazioni." #: ../../introduction.rst:14 msgid "" -"One of its key features is the ability to host different applications on a " -"single machine or distribute the workload across multiple nodes. This " -"flexibility allows for efficient resource utilization and scalability based " -"on the organization's needs." +"One of its key features is the ability to host different applications on " +"a single machine or distribute the workload across multiple nodes. This " +"flexibility allows for efficient resource utilization and scalability " +"based on the organization's needs." msgstr "" "Una delle sue caratteristiche chiave è la capacità di ospitare diverse " -"applicazioni su una singola macchina o distribuire il carico di lavoro su " -"più nodi. Questa flessibilità consente un utilizzo efficiente delle risorse " -"e una scalabilità basate sulle esigenze dell'organizzazione." +"applicazioni su una singola macchina o distribuire il carico di lavoro su" +" più nodi. Questa flessibilità consente un utilizzo efficiente delle " +"risorse e una scalabilità basate sulle esigenze dell'organizzazione." #: ../../introduction.rst:19 msgid "" "NS8 represents the evolution of NethServer 7, which was a complete Linux " -"distribution based on CentOS. However, NS8 departs from this model and can " -"now be installed over different Linux distributions, providing users with " -"more choices and compatibility options." +"distribution based on CentOS. However, NS8 departs from this model and " +"can now be installed over different Linux distributions, providing users " +"with more choices and compatibility options." msgstr "" "NS8 rappresenta l'evoluzione di NethServer 7, una distribuzione Linux " -"completa basata su CentOS. Tuttavia, NS8 si discosta da questo modello e ora " -"può essere installato su diverse distribuzioni Linux, fornendo agli utenti " -"più scelte e opzioni di compatibilità." +"completa basata su CentOS. Tuttavia, NS8 si discosta da questo modello e " +"ora può essere installato su diverse distribuzioni Linux, fornendo agli " +"utenti più scelte e opzioni di compatibilità." #: ../../introduction.rst:25 msgid "Get support" @@ -3286,31 +3327,31 @@ msgstr "Ottieni supporto" #: ../../introduction.rst:27 msgid "" -"You want to know more or look for some help? Check out our great `community " -"`_, or :ref:`subscription " +"You want to know more or look for some help? Check out our great " +"`community `_, or :ref:`subscription " "plans`!" msgstr "" -"Vuoi saperne di più o hai bisogno aiuto? Dai un'occhiata alla nostra grande " -"`community `_ , o ai :ref:`piani di " -"abbonamento`!" +"Vuoi saperne di più o hai bisogno aiuto? Dai un'occhiata alla nostra " +"grande `community `_ , o ai :ref:`piani" +" di abbonamento`!" #: ../../introduction.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you are looking for more technical details, take a look to the `developer " -"manual `_." +"If you are looking for more technical details, take a look to the " +"`developer manual `_." msgstr "" "Se sei alla ricerca di maggiori dettagli tecnici, dai un'occhiata al " "`manuale dello sviluppatore `_." #: ../../introduction.rst:33 msgid "" -"Bugs can be discussed and reported inside the `community forum `_. The public issue tracker is available at " -"`GitHub `_." +"Bugs can be discussed and reported inside the `community forum " +"`_. The public issue tracker is " +"available at `GitHub `_." msgstr "" -"I bug possono essere segnalati e discussi nel `forum community `_. L'issue tracker pubblico è disponibile su " -"`GitHub `_." +"I bug possono essere segnalati e discussi nel `forum community " +"`_. L'issue tracker pubblico è " +"disponibile su `GitHub `_." #: ../../log_server.rst:7 #, fuzzy @@ -3319,8 +3360,9 @@ msgstr "System logs" #: ../../log_server.rst:9 msgid "" -"Log records generated by any cluster node are collected and stored in the " -"leader node. See :ref:`logs-persistence-section` for additional information." +"Log records generated by any cluster node are collected and stored in the" +" leader node. See :ref:`logs-persistence-section` for additional " +"information." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:13 @@ -3330,11 +3372,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The System Logs page allows users to efficiently search logs based on date, " -"text query, or context. The available contexts include:" +"The System Logs page allows users to efficiently search logs based on " +"date, text query, or context. The available contexts include:" msgstr "" -"Logs are accessible from the ``System logs`` page. You can filter logs by " -"date, a text query or context. Available contexts are:" +"Logs are accessible from the ``System logs`` page. You can filter logs by" +" date, a text query or context. Available contexts are:" #: ../../log_server.rst:18 msgid "**Cluster**: Displays logs from all cluster nodes." @@ -3355,9 +3397,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:26 msgid "" -"**Dump mode** Retrieves a limited number of log records within a specified " -"time period. The maximum number of lines can be adjusted using the ``Max " -"lines`` field." +"**Dump mode** Retrieves a limited number of log records within a " +"specified time period. The maximum number of lines can be adjusted using " +"the ``Max lines`` field." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:30 @@ -3366,8 +3408,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:32 msgid "" -"If the ``Search query`` field is set, only log records matching the given " -"string are returned. Only exact substring matches are allowed." +"If the ``Search query`` field is set, only log records matching the given" +" string are returned. Only exact substring matches are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:35 @@ -3390,16 +3432,16 @@ msgstr "select ``Vertical layout`` from the three-dots menu" #: ../../log_server.rst:43 msgid "" -"For example, comparing logs can be useful to see the Traefik log from one " -"side, to see incoming HTTP requests, and Nextcloud logs on the other side to " -"see that application activity." +"For example, comparing logs can be useful to see the Traefik log from one" +" side, to see incoming HTTP requests, and Nextcloud logs on the other " +"side to see that application activity." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:49 msgid "" -"By default, log searches are directed to the active Loki instance. If there " -"are :ref:`inactive Loki instances ` within the " -"cluster, it is possible to select them to search past log entries." +"By default, log searches are directed to the active Loki instance. If " +"there are :ref:`inactive Loki instances ` within " +"the cluster, it is possible to select them to search past log entries." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:55 @@ -3421,22 +3463,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:68 msgid "" "**Follow mode for application instance:** Enables follow mode for the " -"specified application (module) instance, such as ``traefik1``. The ``--" -"entity`` flag selects the context:" +"specified application (module) instance, such as ``traefik1``. The " +"``--entity`` flag selects the context:" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:77 msgid "" -"**Dump mode for specific instance in a time period:** Initiates dump mode " -"for the same instance within a specific time period. Dates must adhere to " -"the ISO8601 format:" +"**Dump mode for specific instance in a time period:** Initiates dump mode" +" for the same instance within a specific time period. Dates must adhere " +"to the ISO8601 format:" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:86 msgid "" -"**Changing output timezone:** Modifies the output timezone while maintaining " -"the same query. Refer to ``timedatectl list-timezones`` for a full list of " -"options:" +"**Changing output timezone:** Modifies the output timezone while " +"maintaining the same query. Refer to ``timedatectl list-timezones`` for a" +" full list of options:" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:98 @@ -3445,10 +3487,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:100 msgid "" -"Upon cluster creation, a Loki [#loki]_ core module instance is installed on " -"the leader node and designated as the active instance. The leader node, like " -"any other worker node, continuously streams its log data to this active Loki " -"instance [#promtail]_." +"Upon cluster creation, a Loki [#loki]_ core module instance is installed " +"on the leader node and designated as the active instance. The leader " +"node, like any other worker node, continuously streams its log data to " +"this active Loki instance [#promtail]_." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:107 @@ -3459,9 +3501,9 @@ msgstr "Advanced settings" #: ../../log_server.rst:109 msgid "" "Navigate to the ``Settings`` page and click on the System logs card to " -"modify log retention (select ``Edit retention``) or assign a user-friendly " -"name to the active Loki instance (choose the three-dots menu, then ``Edit " -"label``)." +"modify log retention (select ``Edit retention``) or assign a user-" +"friendly name to the active Loki instance (choose the three-dots menu, " +"then ``Edit label``)." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:116 @@ -3470,11 +3512,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:118 msgid "" -"Log retention refers to the maximum age of stored log records. Records older " -"than the retention period are automatically purged. By default, System logs " -"have a retention period of 365 days, but this can be customized to any " -"desired duration. For compliance with common regulations and best practices, " -"a recommended retention period is 200 days or longer." +"Log retention refers to the maximum age of stored log records. Records " +"older than the retention period are automatically purged. By default, " +"System logs have a retention period of 365 days, but this can be " +"customized to any desired duration. For compliance with common " +"regulations and best practices, a recommended retention period is 200 " +"days or longer." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:128 @@ -3483,14 +3526,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:130 msgid "" -"When a worker node is promoted to leader, a new Loki instance is installed " -"on it and becomes the active instance, while the old instance is marked as " -"*inactive*." +"When a worker node is promoted to leader, a new Loki instance is " +"installed on it and becomes the active instance, while the old instance " +"is marked as *inactive*." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The new active instance inherits the retention setting from the old one." +msgid "The new active instance inherits the retention setting from the old one." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:136 @@ -3507,22 +3549,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:142 msgid "" -"To remove an inactive instance, select the three-dots menu and choose the " -"``Uninstall`` action." +"To remove an inactive instance, select the three-dots menu and choose the" +" ``Uninstall`` action." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:150 msgid "" "Grafana Loki is a special database designed to store, index and search " -"system logs. For more information, see https://github.com/nethserver/ns8-loki" +"system logs. For more information, see " +"https://github.com/nethserver/ns8-loki" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:156 msgid "" "The promtail.service core service operates on every node, reading system " -"journals, forwarding new records to the active Loki instance, and preserving " -"the last sent journal cursor position to ensure seamless restarts without " -"log loss." +"journals, forwarding new records to the active Loki instance, and " +"preserving the last sent journal cursor position to ensure seamless " +"restarts without log loss." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:7 @@ -3541,69 +3584,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Dovecot`__, an IMAP and POP3 server to read email, with Sieve language to " -"organize it." +"`Dovecot`__, an IMAP and POP3 server to read email, with Sieve language " +"to organize it." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "`Rspamd`__, an antispam filter, antivirus and attachments blocker." msgstr "" -"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e allegati" +"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e " +"allegati" #: ../../mail.rst:23 msgid "`ClamAV`__, an antivirus engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../mail.rst:27 ../../mail.rst:17 +#: ../../mail.rst:27 msgid "Benefits are:" msgstr "I vantaggi sono:" -#: ../../mail.rst:29 ../../mail.rst:19 +#: ../../mail.rst:29 msgid "complete autonomy in electronic mail management" msgstr "completa autonomia nella gestione elettronica della posta" -#: ../../mail.rst:30 ../../mail.rst:20 +#: ../../mail.rst:30 msgid "avoid problems due to the Internet Service Provider" msgstr "evitare problemi a causa del Servizio Provider internet" -#: ../../mail.rst:31 ../../mail.rst:21 +#: ../../mail.rst:31 msgid "ability to track the route of messages in order to detect errors" -msgstr "" -"capacità di tracciare il percorso dei messaggi al fine di rilevare errori" +msgstr "capacità di tracciare il percorso dei messaggi al fine di rilevare errori" -#: ../../mail.rst:32 ../../mail.rst:22 +#: ../../mail.rst:32 msgid "optimized antivirus and antispam scan" msgstr "antivirus ottimizzato e scansione antispam" #: ../../mail.rst:36 msgid "" -"Even if Software Center allows to install multiple instances of Mail on the " -"same node, you can configure and start only one mail server instance per " -"node, otherwise a TCP port conflict error occurs." +"Even if Software Center allows to install multiple instances of Mail on " +"the same node, you can configure and start only one mail server instance " +"per node, otherwise a TCP port conflict error occurs." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` application can be connected to Mail. " -"It allows scheduling periodical fetch jobs or migrating emails from external " -"IMAP servers to local user mailboxes." +"The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` application can be connected to " +"Mail. It allows scheduling periodical fetch jobs or migrating emails from" +" external IMAP servers to local user mailboxes." msgstr "" "Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section` può essere collegato a Mail. " -"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di migrazione " -"da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." +"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di " +"migrazione da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." #: ../../mail.rst:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mail requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` already " -"configured." +"Mail requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` " +"already configured." msgstr "" "Il modulo di posta richiede almeno uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." -#: ../../mail.rst:50 ../../mail.rst:38 +#: ../../mail.rst:50 msgid "The first configuration wizard will require the following information:" msgstr "" "La prima procedura guidata di configurazione richiederà le seguenti " @@ -3612,8 +3655,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:52 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the " -"same name configured inside your `MX DNS record`__." +"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the" +" same name configured inside your `MX DNS record`__." msgstr "" "``Mail server hostname``: inserire il nome del server di posta, questo " "dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome configurato all'interno del record MX DNS" @@ -3621,34 +3664,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``; " -"you will be able to add more domains later." +"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``;" +" you will be able to add more domains later." msgstr "" -"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come ``nethserver." -"org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" +"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come " +"``nethserver.org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" -#: ../../mail.rst:60 ../../mail.rst:45 +#: ../../mail.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, select the user domain to be connected to the mail server. An email " -"address will be created for every user in the selected domain." +"Then, select the user domain to be connected to the mail server. An email" +" address will be created for every user in the selected domain." msgstr "" -"Quindi, selezionare il dominio utente da collegare al server di posta. Un " -"indirizzo email verrà creato per ogni utente del dominio selezionato." +"Quindi, selezionare il dominio utente da collegare al server di posta. Un" +" indirizzo email verrà creato per ogni utente del dominio selezionato." -#: ../../mail.rst:67 ../../mail.rst:52 +#: ../../mail.rst:67 msgid "Domains" msgstr "Domini" #: ../../mail.rst:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mail can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable from the " -"``Domains`` page." +"Mail can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable from " +"the ``Domains`` page." msgstr "" -"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, configurabili " -"dalla pagina ``Domains``." +"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, " +"configurabili dalla pagina ``Domains``." -#: ../../mail.rst:72 ../../mail.rst:57 +#: ../../mail.rst:72 msgid "" "If a domain is deleted, email will not be deleted; any message already " "received is preserved." @@ -3656,20 +3699,21 @@ msgstr "" "Se un dominio viene cancellato, l'email non verrà cancellata; qualsiasi " "messaggio già ricevuto viene conservato." -#: ../../mail.rst:75 ../../mail.rst:60 +#: ../../mail.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can add a new domain by clicking on the :guilabel:`Create domain` button " -"and fill the ``Name`` field with the mail domain, like ``mymail.org``." +"You can add a new domain by clicking on the :guilabel:`Create domain` " +"button and fill the ``Name`` field with the mail domain, like " +"``mymail.org``." msgstr "" "È possibile aggiungere un nuovo dominio cliccando sul pulsante: `Crea " "dominio` e riempire il campo ``Name``` con il dominio della posta, come " "``mymail.org``````." -#: ../../mail.rst:78 ../../mail.rst:63 +#: ../../mail.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the ``Add user addresses from user domain`` option is disabled, you can " -"enable the ``Accept unknown recipients`` switch and select a mailbox that " -"will catch all messages sent to non-existing addresses." +"If the ``Add user addresses from user domain`` option is disabled, you " +"can enable the ``Accept unknown recipients`` switch and select a mailbox " +"that will catch all messages sent to non-existing addresses." msgstr "" "Se l'opzione ``Add user address from user domain`` è disabilitata, è " "possibile attivare l'opzione ``Accetta destinatari sconosciuti`` e " @@ -3679,17 +3723,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:81 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mail allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a particular " -"domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* to a custom " -"email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the ``Copy inbound messages`` " -"switch." +"Mail allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " +"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " +"also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the ``Copy" +" inbound messages`` switch." msgstr "" "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " -"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* " -"to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :guilabel:`Copy " -"inbound messages` switch." +"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " +"also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the " +":guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." -#: ../../mail.rst:86 ../../mail.rst:71 +#: ../../mail.rst:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" "On some countries, enabling the *Copy inbound messages* switch can be " @@ -3698,24 +3742,26 @@ msgstr "" "On some countries, enabling the *Copy inbound messages* switch can be " "against privacy laws." -#: ../../mail.rst:89 ../../mail.rst:74 +#: ../../mail.rst:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does " -"not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a mail " -"domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently deliver the " -"message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved by enabling " -"the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration is available " -"only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is disabled." +"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does" +" not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a " +"mail domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently " +"deliver the message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved" +" by enabling the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration" +" is available only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does " -"not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a mail " -"domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently deliver the " -"message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved by enabling " -"the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration is available " -"only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is disabled." +"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does" +" not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a " +"mail domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently " +"deliver the message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved" +" by enabling the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration" +" is available only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is " +"disabled." -#: ../../mail.rst:97 ../../mail.rst:82 +#: ../../mail.rst:97 #, fuzzy msgid "DKIM signature" msgstr "DKIM signature" @@ -3723,9 +3769,9 @@ msgstr "DKIM signature" #: ../../mail.rst:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"DomainKeys Identified Mail (`DKIM`__) provides a way to validate the sending " -"MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " -"headers." +"DomainKeys Identified Mail (`DKIM`__) provides a way to validate the " +"sending MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message" +" MIME headers." msgstr "" "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides a way to validate the sending " "MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " @@ -3733,62 +3779,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:105 msgid "" -"In the ``Domains`` page, click on the three-dots menu near the domain card " -"and select the ``Configure DKIM`` action, to enable or disable the message " -"DKIM signature." +"In the ``Domains`` page, click on the three-dots menu near the domain " +"card and select the ``Configure DKIM`` action, to enable or disable the " +"message DKIM signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../mail.rst:109 ../../mail.rst:90 +#: ../../mail.rst:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP ports " -"587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." +"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP " +"ports 587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." msgstr "" -"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP ports " -"587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." +"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP " +"ports 587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." -#: ../../mail.rst:112 ../../mail.rst:93 +#: ../../mail.rst:112 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to " -"the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" +"To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to" +" the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" msgstr "" -"To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to " -"the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" +"To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to" +" the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" #: ../../mail.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key ``default." -"_domainKey``." +"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key " +"``default._domainKey``." msgstr "" -"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." -"_domainKey\"" +"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key " +"\"default._domainKey\"" #: ../../mail.rst:118 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section." -msgstr "" -"Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" +msgid "Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section." +msgstr "Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" -#: ../../mail.rst:125 ../../mail.rst:431 ../../mail.rst:104 ../../mail.rst:240 +#: ../../mail.rst:125 ../../mail.rst:431 #, fuzzy msgid "Mailboxes" msgstr "Mailboxes" -#: ../../mail.rst:127 ../../mail.rst:106 +#: ../../mail.rst:127 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Each user has a personal mailbox and any user name in the form " -"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages into " -"it." +"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages " +"into it." msgstr "" "Each user has a personal mailbox and any user name in the form " -"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages into " -"it." +"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages " +"into it." -#: ../../mail.rst:130 ../../mail.rst:109 +#: ../../mail.rst:130 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The list of mailboxes is shown on the ``Mailboxes`` page. There are two " @@ -3797,12 +3841,12 @@ msgstr "" "The list of mailboxes is shown on the ``Mailboxes`` page. There are two " "types of mailboxes: users and public mailboxes." -#: ../../mail.rst:134 ../../mail.rst:113 +#: ../../mail.rst:134 #, fuzzy msgid "Users mailboxes" msgstr "Users mailboxes" -#: ../../mail.rst:136 ../../mail.rst:115 +#: ../../mail.rst:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can disable each mailbox by selecting the ``Disable`` item from the " @@ -3811,7 +3855,7 @@ msgstr "" "You can disable each mailbox by selecting the ``Disable`` item from the " "three-dots menu on the mailbox line." -#: ../../mail.rst:138 ../../mail.rst:117 +#: ../../mail.rst:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" "By clicking the ``Edit`` item from the three-dots menu it's possible to " @@ -3825,82 +3869,84 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another email address" msgstr "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" -#: ../../mail.rst:141 ../../mail.rst:120 +#: ../../mail.rst:141 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref:" -"`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref" +":`mail_settings-section`" msgstr "" -"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref:" -"`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref" +":`mail_settings-section`" -#: ../../mail.rst:142 ../../mail.rst:121 +#: ../../mail.rst:142 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the :ref:" -"`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the " +":ref:`mail_settings-section`" msgstr "" -"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the :ref:" -"`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the " +":ref:`mail_settings-section`" -#: ../../mail.rst:145 ../../mail.rst:124 +#: ../../mail.rst:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Public mailboxes" msgstr "Public mailboxes" -#: ../../mail.rst:147 ../../mail.rst:126 +#: ../../mail.rst:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The :guilabel:`Create " -"public mailbox` button allows creating a new public mailbox and defining one " -"or more owning groups and users. Public mailboxes can also be created by any " -"IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL protocol extension (RFC 4314)." +"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The " +":guilabel:`Create public mailbox` button allows creating a new public " +"mailbox and defining one or more owning groups and users. Public " +"mailboxes can also be created by any IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL " +"protocol extension (RFC 4314)." msgstr "" -"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The :guilabel:`Create " -"public mailbox` button allows creating a new public mailbox and defining one " -"or more owning groups and users. Public mailboxes can also be created by any " -"IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL protocol extension (RFC 4314)." +"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The " +":guilabel:`Create public mailbox` button allows creating a new public " +"mailbox and defining one or more owning groups and users. Public " +"mailboxes can also be created by any IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL " +"protocol extension (RFC 4314)." -#: ../../mail.rst:152 ../../mail.rst:131 +#: ../../mail.rst:152 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically add " -"a new address for all existing mail domains." +"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically " +"add a new address for all existing mail domains." msgstr "" -"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically add " -"a new address for all existing mail domains." +"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically " +"add a new address for all existing mail domains." -#: ../../mail.rst:159 ../../mail.rst:138 +#: ../../mail.rst:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Addresses" msgstr "Addresses" -#: ../../mail.rst:161 ../../mail.rst:140 +#: ../../mail.rst:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, described " -"in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an unlimited " -"number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each mail address is " -"associated with one or more destinations. A destination can be of the " -"following types:" +"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, " +"described in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an " +"unlimited number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each " +"mail address is associated with one or more destinations. A destination " +"can be of the following types:" msgstr "" -"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, described " -"in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an unlimited " -"number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each mail address is " -"associated with one or more destinations. A destination can be of the " -"following types:" +"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, " +"described in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an " +"unlimited number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each " +"mail address is associated with one or more destinations. A destination " +"can be of the following types:" -#: ../../mail.rst:167 ../../mail.rst:146 +#: ../../mail.rst:167 #, fuzzy msgid "user mailbox" msgstr "user mailbox" -#: ../../mail.rst:168 ../../mail.rst:147 +#: ../../mail.rst:168 #, fuzzy msgid "public mailbox" msgstr "public mailbox" -#: ../../mail.rst:169 ../../mail.rst:148 +#: ../../mail.rst:169 #, fuzzy msgid "external email address" msgstr "external email address" @@ -3926,8 +3972,8 @@ msgstr "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" #: ../../mail.rst:178 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A wildcard email address *info* is bound to all domains: it is equivalent to " -"both *info@mydomain.net* and *info@example.com*." +"A wildcard email address *info* is bound to all domains: it is equivalent" +" to both *info@mydomain.net* and *info@example.com*." msgstr "" "Email address *info* bound to any domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, " "``info@example.com``" @@ -3935,26 +3981,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:181 msgid "" "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " -"using personal email addresses. To change the *visibility* of an address, " -"click on the three-dots menu and select the ``Set as internal`` action " -"shortcut, or select ``Edit`` and enable the ``Internal`` check box under the " -"``Advanced`` section." +"using personal email addresses. To change the *visibility* of an address," +" click on the three-dots menu and select the ``Set as internal`` action " +"shortcut, or select ``Edit`` and enable the ``Internal`` check box under " +"the ``Advanced`` section." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When an address is *internal* it cannot receive messages from the outside. " -"Still an *internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other " -"accounts of the system." +"When an address is *internal* it cannot receive messages from the " +"outside. Still an *internal* address can be used to exchange messages " +"with other accounts of the system." msgstr "" "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " "using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " "possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " -"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts of " -"the system." +"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts " +"of the system." -#: ../../mail.rst:194 ../../mail.rst:168 +#: ../../mail.rst:194 #, fuzzy msgid "Filter" msgstr "Filter" @@ -3962,16 +4008,16 @@ msgstr "Filter" #: ../../mail.rst:196 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks that fall " -"into two main categories, described in the following sections:" +"All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks that fall" +" into two main categories, described in the following sections:" msgstr "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" -#: ../../mail.rst:199 ../../mail.rst:207 ../../mail.rst:172 ../../mail.rst:178 +#: ../../mail.rst:199 ../../mail.rst:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Antivirus" msgstr "Antivirus" -#: ../../mail.rst:200 ../../mail.rst:227 ../../mail.rst:173 ../../mail.rst:187 +#: ../../mail.rst:200 ../../mail.rst:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Antispam" msgstr "Antispam" @@ -3984,11 +4030,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The ClamAV antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. " -"Infected messages are discarded. The virus signature database is checked for " -"updates every hour." +"Infected messages are discarded. The virus signature database is checked " +"for updates every hour." msgstr "" -"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " -"messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated periodically." +"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected" +" messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated " +"periodically." #: ../../mail.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -3999,42 +4046,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:217 msgid "" -"ClamAV unofficial signatures are always active instead. It is possible to " -"choose the desired signature rating level among *Low*, *Medium*, *High*. " -"Bear in mind that higher ratings may lead to unwanted false positive " +"ClamAV unofficial signatures are always active instead. It is possible to" +" choose the desired signature rating level among *Low*, *Medium*, *High*." +" Bear in mind that higher ratings may lead to unwanted false positive " "matches, therefore good messages can be blocked." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:229 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The antispam component Rspamd analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " -"`spam messages`__ using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and " -"statistical evaluations of the content of messages." +"The antispam component Rspamd analyzes emails by detecting and " +"classifying `spam messages`__ using heuristic criteria, predetermined " +"rules and statistical evaluations of the content of messages." msgstr "" -"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " -"`SPAM `_ messages using heuristic " -"criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations of the content of " -"messages." +"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and " +"classifying `SPAM `_ messages " +"using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations" +" of the content of messages." #: ../../mail.rst:235 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more DNS-" -"based block lists (or `DNSBL`__). A score is associated with each rule." +"The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " +"DNS-based block lists (or `DNSBL`__). A score is associated with each " +"rule." msgstr "" "The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " -"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score is " -"associated with each rule." +"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score " +"is associated with each rule." -#: ../../mail.rst:241 ../../mail.rst:197 +#: ../../mail.rst:241 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server to " -"decide what to do with a message." +"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server " +"to decide what to do with a message." msgstr "" -"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server to " -"decide what to do with a message." +"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server " +"to decide what to do with a message." #: ../../mail.rst:244 #, fuzzy @@ -4042,54 +4090,54 @@ msgid "" "Statistical (or `Bayesian`__) filters, are special rules that evolve and " "quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." msgstr "" -"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve and quickly " -"adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." +"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve" +" and quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." #: ../../mail.rst:250 msgid "" -"The spam score thresholds can be configured under the ``Antispam`` section " -"of the ``Filter`` page." +"The spam score thresholds can be configured under the ``Antispam`` " +"section of the ``Filter`` page." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:253 msgid "" -"``Spam flag threshold`` determines the score value where a message is marked " -"as spam. When a message has the spam flag set the consequent delivery action " -"depends on the general settings of :ref:`mailboxes `." +"``Spam flag threshold`` determines the score value where a message is " +"marked as spam. When a message has the spam flag set the consequent " +"delivery action depends on the general settings of :ref:`mailboxes `." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:258 msgid "" "``Deny message spam threshold`` instead regulates the score that is " -"considered too high to accept a message. If the score exceeds this value, " -"the filter rejects the message completely." +"considered too high to accept a message. If the score exceeds this value," +" the filter rejects the message completely." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:262 msgid "" "Under the ``Advanced`` section it is possible to enable the ``Greylist " -"threshold``. When the message score exceeds this limit the filter asks the " -"sender to try again the message delivery at later time. The *Greylist* spam-" -"fighting method assumes that spammers dislike delivery retries. It is " -"disabled by default because it introduces delivery delays also for " -"legitimate senders." +"threshold``. When the message score exceeds this limit the filter asks " +"the sender to try again the message delivery at later time. The " +"*Greylist* spam-fighting method assumes that spammers dislike delivery " +"retries. It is disabled by default because it introduces delivery delays " +"also for legitimate senders." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:269 msgid "" -"To access additional settings and review recent Rspamd activity, navigate to " -"the web interface of Rspamd by selecting the :guilabel:`Open Rspamd` button " -"located in the top-right corner of the Filter page. You'll need to provide " -"your cluster-admin credentials for authentication." +"To access additional settings and review recent Rspamd activity, navigate" +" to the web interface of Rspamd by selecting the :guilabel:`Open Rspamd` " +"button located in the top-right corner of the Filter page. You'll need to" +" provide your cluster-admin credentials for authentication." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:274 msgid "" -"In some cases an email client, recipient, or sender must bypass the filter " -"checks: the ``Bypass rules`` section allows to define a set of rules based " -"on the follwing criteria:" +"In some cases an email client, recipient, or sender must bypass the " +"filter checks: the ``Bypass rules`` section allows to define a set of " +"rules based on the follwing criteria:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:278 @@ -4121,44 +4169,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:292 msgid "" -"The ``Queue`` page shows the status of the Postifx mail queue. Under normal " -"conditions the queue should be empty because messages are immediately " -"exchanged between mail servers." +"The ``Queue`` page shows the status of the Postifx mail queue. Under " +"normal conditions the queue should be empty because messages are " +"immediately exchanged between mail servers." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:296 msgid "" -"If the mail queue contains some messages, try to click the :guilabel:" -"`Refresh` button to quickly check if the condition is temporary." +"If the mail queue contains some messages, try to click the " +":guilabel:`Refresh` button to quickly check if the condition is " +"temporary." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:299 msgid "" -"As alternative, trigger an immediate new delivery attempt with the button :" -"guilabel:`Resend all`, or remove all messages from the queue with :guilabel:" -"`Delete all`." +"As alternative, trigger an immediate new delivery attempt with the button" +" :guilabel:`Resend all`, or remove all messages from the queue with " +":guilabel:`Delete all`." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:303 msgid "" -"The same actions can be selectively executed for each message in the queue, " -"from its three-dots menu. The message delay reason, queue ID, arrival time, " -"size, sender, and recipients can be inspected with the ``See details`` " -"action." +"The same actions can be selectively executed for each message in the " +"queue, from its three-dots menu. The message delay reason, queue ID, " +"arrival time, size, sender, and recipients can be inspected with the " +"``See details`` action." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:310 msgid "" -"The ``Message ID`` value can be used to search the message in both :ref:" -"`Rspamd web interface ` and :ref:`system-logs-section`." +"The ``Message ID`` value can be used to search the message in both " +":ref:`Rspamd web interface ` and :ref:`system-logs-" +"section`." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:314 msgid "" "If the delay reason is not resolved, and the message is not deleted, the " -"message is returned to the sender after a configurable amount of time. Click " -"the :guilabel:`Settings` button to modify it. See :ref:`queue-settings-" -"section` for details." +"message is returned to the sender after a configurable amount of time. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Settings` button to modify it. See :ref:`queue-" +"settings-section` for details." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:323 @@ -4167,22 +4217,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:325 msgid "" -"When a message is received from another mail server (MTA), or from a mail " -"user agent (MUA), Postifx decides how to relay it towards its final " +"When a message is received from another mail server (MTA), or from a mail" +" user agent (MUA), Postifx decides how to relay it towards its final " "destination. Typically the decision is based on the domain suffix of the " "recipient address." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:330 msgid "" -"If the domain is handled by Postfix (i.e. it is listed in :ref:" -"`email_domains`) the message is delivered locally." +"If the domain is handled by Postfix (i.e. it is listed in " +":ref:`email_domains`) the message is delivered locally." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:333 msgid "" -"Otherwise, if the domain is external, the message destination server (also " -"known as \"next-hop\" server) is found with a MX DNS query." +"Otherwise, if the domain is external, the message destination server " +"(also known as \"next-hop\" server) is found with a MX DNS query." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:336 @@ -4213,9 +4263,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:350 msgid "" -"The rules evaluation order is Sender, Recipient, Default: the first matching " -"rule is applied. A match occurs based on the message sender or recipient, or " -"if a default rule (that one matching any sender and recipient) is defined." +"The rules evaluation order is Sender, Recipient, Default: the first " +"matching rule is applied. A match occurs based on the message sender or " +"recipient, or if a default rule (that one matching any sender and " +"recipient) is defined." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:355 @@ -4231,9 +4282,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:362 msgid "" -"Click on button :guilabel:`Add relay rule` to define a Sender or a Recipient " -"rule. Specify the rule type and subject value (sender or recipient), then " -"fill the remaining fields:" +"Click on button :guilabel:`Add relay rule` to define a Sender or a " +"Recipient rule. Specify the rule type and subject value (sender or " +"recipient), then fill the remaining fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:366 @@ -4249,41 +4300,40 @@ msgstr "``Port Number`` TCP port used by the LDAP server." #: ../../mail.rst:370 msgid "" -"**Authentication**. If the server requires SMTP authentication provide the " -"necessary credentials here." +"**Authentication**. If the server requires SMTP authentication provide " +"the necessary credentials here." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:372 msgid "" "**TLS**. Enable this switch if the server expects TLS or STARTTLS " -"encryption. It is recommended to enable it to encrypt both credentials and " -"data during SMTP connections." +"encryption. It is recommended to enable it to encrypt both credentials " +"and data during SMTP connections." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:376 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Set default rule` defines a rule that matches if none of the " -"remaining rules do, or if no rule is defined at all. This type of rule is " -"used to configure a `smarthost`__, a mail server where mail messages for " -"external domains is relayed." +"The :guilabel:`Set default rule` defines a rule that matches if none of " +"the remaining rules do, or if no rule is defined at all. This type of " +"rule is used to configure a `smarthost`__, a mail server where mail " +"messages for external domains is relayed." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:383 msgid "" -"Once created, a rule can be edited, disabled or deleted from the three-dots " -"menu. When a rule is edited, the rule type and subject cannot be changed: " -"delete it instead." +"Once created, a rule can be edited, disabled or deleted from the three-" +"dots menu. When a rule is edited, the rule type and subject cannot be " +"changed: delete it instead." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:387 msgid "" -"See also :ref:`mail-relay-settings` for other configurations about the relay " -"of messages towards other mail servers. In the ``Relay`` page, the :guilabel:" -"`Settings` button leads to them." +"See also :ref:`mail-relay-settings` for other configurations about the " +"relay of messages towards other mail servers. In the ``Relay`` page, the " +":guilabel:`Settings` button leads to them." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:395 ../../nethvoice.rst:224 ../../nethvoice.rst:367 -#: ../../mail.rst:207 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "Settings" @@ -4291,157 +4341,156 @@ msgstr "Settings" #: ../../mail.rst:397 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Application settings are split up and accessible under the cards described " -"by the following sections." +"Application settings are split up and accessible under the cards " +"described by the following sections." msgstr "" -"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by the " -"following sections." +"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by " +"the following sections." -#: ../../mail.rst:403 ../../mail.rst:215 +#: ../../mail.rst:403 msgid "General settings" msgstr "Impostazioni generali" #: ../../mail.rst:405 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The following values are set at application first configuration time. They " -"should not be changed in production:" +"The following values are set at application first configuration time. " +"They should not be changed in production:" msgstr "" -"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They should " -"not be changed in production:" +"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They " +"should not be changed in production:" -#: ../../mail.rst:408 ../../mail.rst:220 +#: ../../mail.rst:408 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with other " -"MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to " -"configure the following DNS records:" +"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with " +"other MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to" +" configure the following DNS records:" msgstr "" -"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with other " -"MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to " -"configure the following DNS records:" +"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with " +"other MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to" +" configure the following DNS records:" #: ../../mail.rst:412 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " -"address of the server." +"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " +"IP address of the server." msgstr "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " -"address of the server" +"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " +"IP address of the server" #: ../../mail.rst:415 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostname." -msgstr "" -"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" +msgid "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostname." +msgstr "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" #: ../../mail.rst:418 #, fuzzy msgid "" "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail application " "instance." -msgstr "" -"`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" +msgstr "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" #: ../../mail.rst:421 #, fuzzy msgid "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC." msgstr "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" -#: ../../mail.rst:423 ../../mail.rst:232 +#: ../../mail.rst:423 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. If " -"the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is still " -"accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the new " -"database." +"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. " +"If the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is " +"still accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the" +" new database." msgstr "" -"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. If " -"the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is still " -"accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the new " -"database." +"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. " +"If the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is " +"still accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the" +" new database." -#: ../../mail.rst:433 ../../mail.rst:242 +#: ../../mail.rst:433 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." -msgstr "" -"Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." +msgid "Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." +msgstr "Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." -#: ../../mail.rst:435 ../../mail.rst:244 +#: ../../mail.rst:435 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page summarizes " -"the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a user logs in " -"or a message is delivered." +"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page " +"summarizes the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a " +"user logs in or a message is delivered." msgstr "" -"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page summarizes " -"the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a user logs in " -"or a message is delivered." +"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page " +"summarizes the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a " +"user logs in or a message is delivered." -#: ../../mail.rst:439 ../../mail.rst:248 +#: ../../mail.rst:439 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the IMAP " -"*seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the *seen* flag " -"is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a shared mailbox, each " -"user can access the same message." +"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the " +"IMAP *seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the " +"*seen* flag is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a " +"shared mailbox, each user can access the same message." msgstr "" -"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the IMAP " -"*seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the *seen* flag " -"is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a shared mailbox, each " -"user can access the same message." +"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the " +"IMAP *seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the " +"*seen* flag is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a " +"shared mailbox, each user can access the same message." -#: ../../mail.rst:444 ../../mail.rst:253 +#: ../../mail.rst:444 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has already " -"been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` (default)." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has " +"already been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` " +"(default)." msgstr "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has already " -"been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` (default)." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has " +"already been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` " +"(default)." -#: ../../mail.rst:448 ../../mail.rst:257 +#: ../../mail.rst:448 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has " -"been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has" +" been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." msgstr "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has " -"been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has" +" been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." -#: ../../mail.rst:452 ../../mail.rst:261 +#: ../../mail.rst:452 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be automatically " -"moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option ``Move spam to junk " -"folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically after a period of " -"time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam retention`` option." +"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be " +"automatically moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option " +"``Move spam to junk folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically" +" after a period of time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam " +"retention`` option." msgstr "" -"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be automatically " -"moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option ``Move spam to junk " -"folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically after a period of " -"time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam retention`` option." +"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be " +"automatically moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option " +"``Move spam to junk folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically" +" after a period of time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam " +"retention`` option." -#: ../../mail.rst:461 ../../mail.rst:270 +#: ../../mail.rst:461 #, fuzzy msgid "Master users" msgstr "Master users" -#: ../../mail.rst:463 ../../mail.rst:272 +#: ../../mail.rst:463 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can impersonate " -"another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and folder " -"permissions." +"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can " +"impersonate another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and" +" folder permissions." msgstr "" -"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can impersonate " -"another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and folder " -"permissions." +"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can " +"impersonate another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and" +" folder permissions." -#: ../../mail.rst:466 ../../mail.rst:275 +#: ../../mail.rst:466 #, fuzzy msgid "Credentials are accepted by the IMAP server:" msgstr "Credentials are accepted by the IMAP server:" @@ -4451,26 +4500,26 @@ msgstr "Credentials are accepted by the IMAP server:" msgid "user name of the master user, e.g. ``master``" msgstr "user name of the master user, eg. ``master``" -#: ../../mail.rst:469 ../../mail.rst:278 +#: ../../mail.rst:469 #, fuzzy msgid "master user password" msgstr "master user password" -#: ../../mail.rst:471 ../../mail.rst:280 +#: ../../mail.rst:471 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use the " -"following credentials:" +"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use " +"the following credentials:" msgstr "" -"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use the " -"following credentials:" +"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use " +"the following credentials:" -#: ../../mail.rst:474 ../../mail.rst:283 +#: ../../mail.rst:474 #, fuzzy msgid "user name: ``john*master``" msgstr "user name: ``john*master``" -#: ../../mail.rst:475 ../../mail.rst:284 +#: ../../mail.rst:475 #, fuzzy msgid "password: ``secr3t``" msgstr "password: ``secr3t``" @@ -4482,17 +4531,17 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni generali" #: ../../mail.rst:482 msgid "" -"The ``Maximal queue lifetime`` parameter defines how many hours a message " -"can remain in the mail queue before it is returned to the sender." +"The ``Maximal queue lifetime`` parameter defines how many hours a message" +" can remain in the mail queue before it is returned to the sender." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:485 msgid "" "The default value, 120 hours (5 days), is the retry time suggested by " -"RFC5321. Lower values might be set to warn the sender early if some error " -"occurs. For example, if the remote mail server refuses a message because our " -"IP address is in a public block list, the message sender will be notified " -"after 5 days: it might be considered too late." +"RFC5321. Lower values might be set to warn the sender early if some error" +" occurs. For example, if the remote mail server refuses a message because" +" our IP address is in a public block list, the message sender will be " +"notified after 5 days: it might be considered too late." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:494 @@ -4509,16 +4558,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:499 msgid "" "Some old mail clients, like scanners, which provide limited software " -"capabilities, might not support SMTP authentication or encryption: in this " -"case it is possible to authorize the relay of messages to external domains " -"by looking at their IP address instead of the usual credentials check." +"capabilities, might not support SMTP authentication or encryption: in " +"this case it is possible to authorize the relay of messages to external " +"domains by looking at their IP address instead of the usual credentials " +"check." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:505 msgid "" "List the IP address of such devices in the ``Allow relay from these IP " -"addresses`` field. The address can be in IPv4 or IPv6 format. The IP based " -"policy can be spread to a whole network, specifying it in CIDR format." +"addresses`` field. The address can be in IPv4 or IPv6 format. The IP " +"based policy can be spread to a whole network, specifying it in CIDR " +"format." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:510 @@ -4527,31 +4578,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:517 msgid "" -"The IP address *192.168.12.42* (e.g. a document scanner) and the clients in " -"the network subnet *10.77.4.0/24* can send mail messages without providing " -"SMTP authentication." +"The IP address *192.168.12.42* (e.g. a document scanner) and the clients " +"in the network subnet *10.77.4.0/24* can send mail messages without " +"providing SMTP authentication." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:521 msgid "" "To avoid the unauthorized use of email addresses and the sender address " -"spoofing within the organization, enable the ``Enforce sender/login match`` " -"switch." +"spoofing within the organization, enable the ``Enforce sender/login " +"match`` switch." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:525 msgid "" -"If the switch is enabled the sender address of a message must correspond to " -"the login name used by the mail client to connect with the mail server. " -"Search the login name in the :ref:`email_addresses` page to see what are the " -"addresses it can use." +"If the switch is enabled the sender address of a message must correspond " +"to the login name used by the mail client to connect with the mail " +"server. Search the login name in the :ref:`email_addresses` page to see " +"what are the addresses it can use." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:530 msgid "" -"For example, with that switch enabled, if user ``john`` has email address " -"``john.doe@example.org`` he cannot write an email message with a different " -"sender address, like ``sarah.smith@example.org``." +"For example, with that switch enabled, if user ``john`` has email address" +" ``john.doe@example.org`` he cannot write an email message with a " +"different sender address, like ``sarah.smith@example.org``." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:534 @@ -4564,16 +4615,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:541 msgid "" -"If you decide to enable the switch consider that public mailboxes and LDAP " -"group addresses are not evaluated for the login/address correspondence." +"If you decide to enable the switch consider that public mailboxes and " +"LDAP group addresses are not evaluated for the login/address " +"correspondence." msgstr "" -#: ../../mail.rst:549 ../../mail.rst:290 +#: ../../mail.rst:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Client configuration" msgstr "Client configuration" -#: ../../mail.rst:551 ../../mail.rst:292 +#: ../../mail.rst:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The server supports standard-compliant email clients using the following " @@ -4582,27 +4634,27 @@ msgstr "" "The server supports standard-compliant email clients using the following " "IANA ports:" -#: ../../mail.rst:554 ../../mail.rst:295 +#: ../../mail.rst:554 #, fuzzy msgid "imap/143" msgstr "imap/143" -#: ../../mail.rst:555 ../../mail.rst:296 +#: ../../mail.rst:555 #, fuzzy msgid "pop3/110" msgstr "pop3/110" -#: ../../mail.rst:556 ../../mail.rst:297 +#: ../../mail.rst:556 #, fuzzy msgid "smtp/587" msgstr "smtp/587" -#: ../../mail.rst:557 ../../mail.rst:298 +#: ../../mail.rst:557 #, fuzzy msgid "sieve/4190" msgstr "sieve/4190" -#: ../../mail.rst:559 ../../mail.rst:300 +#: ../../mail.rst:559 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Authentication requires the STARTTLS command and supports the following " @@ -4611,11 +4663,11 @@ msgstr "" "Authentication requires the STARTTLS command and supports the following " "variants:" -#: ../../mail.rst:562 ../../mail.rst:303 +#: ../../mail.rst:562 msgid "LOGIN" msgstr "LOGIN" -#: ../../mail.rst:563 ../../mail.rst:304 +#: ../../mail.rst:563 #, fuzzy msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "PLAIN" @@ -4623,28 +4675,28 @@ msgstr "PLAIN" #: ../../mail.rst:565 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Also the following TLS-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " -"still does not support STARTTLS:" +"Also the following TLS-enabled ports are available for legacy software " +"that still does not support STARTTLS:" msgstr "" -"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " -"still does not support STARTTLS:" +"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software " +"that still does not support STARTTLS:" -#: ../../mail.rst:568 ../../mail.rst:309 +#: ../../mail.rst:568 #, fuzzy msgid "imaps/993" msgstr "imaps/993" -#: ../../mail.rst:569 ../../mail.rst:310 +#: ../../mail.rst:569 #, fuzzy msgid "pop3s/995" msgstr "pop3s/995" -#: ../../mail.rst:570 ../../mail.rst:311 +#: ../../mail.rst:570 #, fuzzy msgid "smtps/465" msgstr "smtps/465" -#: ../../mail.rst:574 ../../mail.rst:315 +#: ../../mail.rst:574 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The standard SMTP port 25 is reserved for mail transfers between MTA " @@ -4653,17 +4705,17 @@ msgstr "" "The standard SMTP port 25 is reserved for mail transfers between MTA " "servers. Mail user agents (MUA) must use the submission port." -#: ../../mail.rst:577 ../../mail.rst:318 +#: ../../mail.rst:577 #, fuzzy msgid "If you're looking for web email clients, take a look to:" msgstr "If you're looking for web email clients, take a look to:" -#: ../../mail.rst:579 ../../mail.rst:320 +#: ../../mail.rst:579 #, fuzzy msgid ":ref:`roundcube-section`" msgstr ":ref:`roundcube-section`" -#: ../../mail.rst:580 ../../mail.rst:321 +#: ../../mail.rst:580 #, fuzzy msgid ":ref:`webtop-section`" msgstr ":ref:`webtop-section`" @@ -4676,30 +4728,32 @@ msgstr "MariaDB" #, fuzzy msgid "" "This module installs `MariaDB `_, a popular open " -"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin `_ " -"a tool to manage the database from a web interface." +"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin " +"`_ a tool to manage the database from a web " +"interface." msgstr "" "This module installs `MariaDB `_, a popular open " -"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin `_ " -"a tool to manage the database from a web interface." +"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin " +"`_ a tool to manage the database from a web " +"interface." #: ../../mariadb.rst:8 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../mariadb.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the path for phpMyAdmin, " -"eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" +"access the application configuration page and enter the path for " +"phpMyAdmin, eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" msgstr "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the path for phpMyAdmin, " -"eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" +"access the application configuration page and enter the path for " +"phpMyAdmin, eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" #: ../../mariadb.rst:16 ../../webserver.rst:20 #, fuzzy @@ -4709,20 +4763,20 @@ msgstr "enable ``HTTP to HTTPS`` option accordingly to your needs" #: ../../mariadb.rst:19 ../../webserver.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public " -"TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." +"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public" +" TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." msgstr "" -"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public " -"TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." +"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public" +" TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." #: ../../mariadb.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the ``https:///" -"``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" +"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the " +"``https:///``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" msgstr "" -"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the ``https:///" -"``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" +"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the " +"``https:///``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" #: ../../mariadb.rst:25 ../../webserver.rst:29 #, fuzzy @@ -4746,49 +4800,49 @@ msgstr "Mattermost" #: ../../mattermost.rst:5 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition `_ platform." +"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition " +"`_ platform." msgstr "" -"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition `_ platform." +"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition " +"`_ platform." #: ../../mattermost.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mattermost is an Open Source, private cloud :index:`Slack`-alternative. " -"Check out the `official documentation `_ for " -"further details." +"Check out the `official documentation `_ " +"for further details." msgstr "" "Mattermost is an Open Source, private cloud :index:`Slack`-alternative. " -"Check out the `official documentation `_ for " -"further details." +"Check out the `official documentation `_ " +"for further details." #: ../../mattermost.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../mattermost.rst:15 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``chat.nethserver." -"org``." +"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " +"``chat.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``chat.nethserver." -"org``." +"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " +"``chat.nethserver.org``." #: ../../mattermost.rst:22 ../../roundcube.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-signed " -"certificates**!" +"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-" +"signed certificates**!" msgstr "" -"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-signed " -"certificates**!" +"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-" +"signed certificates**!" #: ../../mattermost.rst:26 #, fuzzy @@ -4802,11 +4856,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://chat.nethserver." -"org``. At first access, a wizard will create the administrator user" +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: " +"``https://chat.nethserver.org``. At first access, a wizard will create " +"the administrator user" msgstr "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://chat.nethserver." -"org``. At first access, a wizard will create the administrator user" +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: " +"``https://chat.nethserver.org``. At first access, a wizard will create " +"the administrator user" #: ../../mattermost.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -4820,11 +4876,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin " -"user, then send team invitation link to each user." +"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin" +" user, then send team invitation link to each user." msgstr "" -"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin " -"user, then send team invitation link to each user." +"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin" +" user, then send team invitation link to each user." #: ../../migration.rst:5 msgid "NethServer 7 migration" @@ -4833,8 +4889,8 @@ msgstr "Migrazione da NethServer 7" #: ../../migration.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Migration is the process to convert a NethServer 7 machine (*source* NS7) " -"into a NethServer 8 (*destination* NS8)." +"Migration is the process to convert a NethServer 7 machine (*source* NS7)" +" into a NethServer 8 (*destination* NS8)." msgstr "" "La migrazione è il processo di conversione di una macchina NethServer 7 " "(*source*) in una NethServer 8 (*destination*)." @@ -4854,8 +4910,8 @@ msgid "" "A new server containing a :ref:`freshly installed NS8 cluster `." msgstr "" -"un nuovo server contenente una:ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 cluster " -"`" +"un nuovo server contenente una:ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 " +"cluster `" #: ../../migration.rst:15 #, fuzzy @@ -4865,36 +4921,39 @@ msgstr "Vedi anche i seguenti argomenti correlati:" #: ../../migration.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN " -"port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN address " -"and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default the address " -"is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." +"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN" +" port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN " +"address and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default " +"the address is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." msgstr "" -"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN " -"port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN address " -"and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default the address " -"is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." +"The NS8 cluster VPN address must be resolved correctly by NS7 and the VPN" +" port must not be blocked by intermediate network appliances. The VPN " +"address and port were configured during the cluster creation: by default " +"the address is the leader node FQDN and the port number is 55820." #: ../../migration.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If NS7 is connected to an external account provider, you must configure NS8 " -"with the same account provider, as explained in :ref:`migrate-account-" -"provider`." +"If NS7 is connected to an external account provider, you must configure " +"NS8 with the same account provider, as explained in :ref:`migrate-" +"account-provider`." msgstr "" -"se la macchina sorgente è collegata a un account provider esterno, questo " -"account provider deve essere raggiungibile anche dalla macchina destinazione" +"se la macchina sorgente è collegata a un account provider esterno, questo" +" account provider deve essere raggiungibile anche dalla macchina " +"destinazione" #: ../../migration.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications in " -"NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be registered in " -"the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for each of them." +"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications" +" in NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be " +"registered in the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for " +"each of them." msgstr "" -"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications in " -"NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be registered in " -"the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for each of them." +"You must be granted access to your authoritative DNS server. Applications" +" in NS8 have a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN that must be " +"registered in the DNS. You will need to add or change a DNS CNAME for " +"each of them." #: ../../migration.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -4921,21 +4980,20 @@ msgid "" "Install the migration tool on the source machine. Access Cockpit on the " "source server and install \"Migration to NS8\" from the Software Center." msgstr "" -"In primo luogo, occorre installare lo strumento di migrazione sulla macchina " -"sorgente. Accedere a Cockpit sul server sorgente e installare \"Migration to " -"NS8\" dal Software Center." +"In primo luogo, occorre installare lo strumento di migrazione sulla " +"macchina sorgente. Accedere a Cockpit sul server sorgente e installare " +"\"Migration to NS8\" dal Software Center." #: ../../migration.rst:42 #, fuzzy msgid "Open the just installed ``NS8 migration`` application." -msgstr "" -"Ora è possibile aprire l'applicazione ``NS8 migration`` appena installata." +msgstr "Ora è possibile aprire l'applicazione ``NS8 migration`` appena installata." #: ../../migration.rst:44 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Connect the NethServer 7 server to an existing new NethServer 8 cluster by " -"entering the following fields:" +"Connect the NethServer 7 server to an existing new NethServer 8 cluster " +"by entering the following fields:" msgstr "" "Ora, collegare il server NethServer 7 a un nuovo cluster esistente " "NethServer 8 inserendo i seguenti campi:" @@ -4951,15 +5009,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator credentials " -"for the leader node. As a best practice, create a dedicated user from the :" -"ref:`administrators-section` page and delete the user once the migration has " -"been completed. Please note that the user must have 2FA disabled." +"``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator " +"credentials for the leader node. As a best practice, create a dedicated " +"user from the :ref:`administrators-section` page and delete the user once" +" the migration has been completed. Please note that the user must have " +"2FA disabled." msgstr "" -"Come consiglio pratica, è possibile creare un utente dedicato dalla pagina: " -"`administrators-section` ed eliminare l'utente una volta che la migrazione è " -"stata completata. Si prega di notare che l'utente deve avere la 2FA " -"disabilitata." +"Come consiglio pratica, è possibile creare un utente dedicato dalla " +"pagina: `administrators-section` ed eliminare l'utente una volta che la " +"migrazione è stata completata. Si prega di notare che l'utente deve avere" +" la 2FA disabilitata." #: ../../migration.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -4982,8 +5041,8 @@ msgstr "Applicazioni smartphone" #: ../../migration.rst:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The web interface will display the list of all applications installed inside " -"NethServer 7." +"The web interface will display the list of all applications installed " +"inside NethServer 7." msgstr "disabilita l'applicazione in NethServer 7" #: ../../migration.rst:67 @@ -4998,61 +5057,62 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Choose an application and click on the :guilabel:`Start migration` button. " -"In this phase the migration process will install the application into the " -"NethServer 8 cluster and start the first data synchronization. If the " -"NethServer 8 cluster is composed by 2 or more nodes, you will be asked to " -"select a destination node." +"Choose an application and click on the :guilabel:`Start migration` " +"button. In this phase the migration process will install the application " +"into the NethServer 8 cluster and start the first data synchronization. " +"If the NethServer 8 cluster is composed by 2 or more nodes, you will be " +"asked to select a destination node." msgstr "" -"L'interfaccia web visualizzerà l'elenco di tutte le applicazioni installate " -"all'interno di NethServer 7. Scegliere un'applicazione e cliccare sul " -"pulsante:guilabel: `Start migration`. In questa fase il processo di " -"migrazione installerà l'applicazione nel cluster NethServer 8 e inizierà la " -"prima sincronizzazione dei dati. Se il cluster NethServer 8 è composto da 2 " -"o più nodi, verrà chiesto di selezionare un nodo di destinazione." +"L'interfaccia web visualizzerà l'elenco di tutte le applicazioni " +"installate all'interno di NethServer 7. Scegliere un'applicazione e " +"cliccare sul pulsante:guilabel: `Start migration`. In questa fase il " +"processo di migrazione installerà l'applicazione nel cluster NethServer 8" +" e inizierà la prima sincronizzazione dei dati. Se il cluster NethServer " +"8 è composto da 2 o più nodi, verrà chiesto di selezionare un nodo di " +"destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:76 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Sync data` button multiple time to keep in sync the " -"application data between NethServer 7 and NethServer 8. If something goes " -"wrong at this point, click the :guilabel:`Abort migration` button to remove " -"the NS8 application instance and start over with it." +"application data between NethServer 7 and NethServer 8. If something goes" +" wrong at this point, click the :guilabel:`Abort migration` button to " +"remove the NS8 application instance and start over with it." msgstr "" -"Ora è possibile fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel: `Sync data` più volte per " -"mantenere in sincronizzazione i dati dell'applicazione tra NethServer 7 e " -"NethServer 8." +"Ora è possibile fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel: `Sync data` più volte " +"per mantenere in sincronizzazione i dati dell'applicazione tra NethServer" +" 7 e NethServer 8." #: ../../migration.rst:82 #, fuzzy msgid "" "When you are ready for the final migration, click the :guilabel:`Finish " -"migration` button. If the migrated application requires extra parameters, " -"the system will display a dialog box before proceeding." +"migration` button. If the migrated application requires extra parameters," +" the system will display a dialog box before proceeding." msgstr "" "Quando pronto per la migrazione finale, fai clic sul pulsante: `Finish " "migration`. Se l'applicazione migrata richiede parametri aggiuntivi, il " -"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega di " -"notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un FQDN " -"(virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il record DNS " -"punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom HTTP routes " -"` per le applicazioni migrate." +"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega" +" di notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un" +" FQDN (virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il " +"record DNS punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom" +" HTTP routes ` per le applicazioni migrate." #: ../../migration.rst:86 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please note that most web application will need a dedicated FQDN (virtual " -"host) after finishing the migration. Make sure the DNS record points to the " -"NS8 node. In NS8, you can still configure :ref:`custom HTTP routes " +"Please note that most web application will need a dedicated FQDN (virtual" +" host) after finishing the migration. Make sure the DNS record points to " +"the NS8 node. In NS8, you can still configure :ref:`custom HTTP routes " "` for the migrated applications." msgstr "" "Quando pronto per la migrazione finale, fai clic sul pulsante: `Finish " "migration`. Se l'applicazione migrata richiede parametri aggiuntivi, il " -"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega di " -"notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un FQDN " -"(virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il record DNS " -"punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom HTTP routes " -"` per le applicazioni migrate." +"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega" +" di notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un" +" FQDN (virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il " +"record DNS punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom" +" HTTP routes ` per le applicazioni migrate." #: ../../migration.rst:91 #, fuzzy @@ -5061,10 +5121,8 @@ msgstr "Al termine della migrazione delle applicazioni, il sistema:" #: ../../migration.rst:93 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." -msgstr "" -"The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." +msgid "The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." +msgstr "The application in NS8 is configured and started with the migrated data." #: ../../migration.rst:95 #, fuzzy @@ -5074,33 +5132,36 @@ msgstr "The application in NS7 is stopped and disabled." #: ../../migration.rst:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the new " -"application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that link " -"instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-section`." +"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the " +"new application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that " +"link instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-" +"section`." msgstr "" -"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the new " -"application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that link " -"instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-section`." +"The migration tool configures an HTML page with a link pointing to the " +"new application virtual host name served by NS8. End-users will see that " +"link instead of the old application. See also :ref:`migrated_routes-" +"section`." #: ../../migration.rst:102 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the NS7 application was connected to the local account provider, the NS8 " -"application still uses it, through a temporary external account provider and " -"the cluster VPN. See :ref:`migrate-account-provider` for more information." +"If the NS7 application was connected to the local account provider, the " +"NS8 application still uses it, through a temporary external account " +"provider and the cluster VPN. See :ref:`migrate-account-provider` for " +"more information." msgstr "" -"Se l'applicazione migrata è stata collegata a un account provider locale, " -"l'applicazione sarà ancora in grado di accedere al provider in esecuzione su " -"NethServer 7 utilizzando la VPN del cluster." +"Se l'applicazione migrata è stata collegata a un account provider locale," +" l'applicazione sarà ancora in grado di accedere al provider in " +"esecuzione su NethServer 7 utilizzando la VPN del cluster." #: ../../migration.rst:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the :" -"guilabel:`Skip migration` button." +"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the " +":guilabel:`Skip migration` button." msgstr "" -"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the :" -"guilabel:`Skip migration` button." +"As alternative, the migration of an application can be skipped with the " +":guilabel:`Skip migration` button." #: ../../migration.rst:112 #, fuzzy @@ -5111,12 +5172,12 @@ msgstr "Migrazione da NethServer 7" #, fuzzy msgid "" "When the account provider is finally migrated, the migration procedure " -"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page appears " -"again." +"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page " +"appears again." msgstr "" "When the account provider is finally migrated, the migration procedure " -"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page appears " -"again." +"disconnects NS7 from the NS8 cluster and the initial connection page " +"appears again." #: ../../migration.rst:118 #, fuzzy @@ -5133,18 +5194,19 @@ msgstr "Log" #: ../../migration.rst:124 msgid "" -"The migration tool UI has a ``Logs`` page for reading ``/var/log/ns8-" -"migration.log`` contents. The migration procedure of each application sends " -"a trace of its activity to that file." +"The migration tool UI has a ``Logs`` page for reading " +"``/var/log/ns8-migration.log`` contents. The migration procedure of each " +"application sends a trace of its activity to that file." msgstr "" -"La UI dello strumento di migrazione ha una pagina ``Logs`` per la lettura " -"del log ``/var/log/ns8-migration.log``. La procedura di migrazione di ogni " -"applicazione invia una traccia della sua attività a quel file." +"La UI dello strumento di migrazione ha una pagina ``Logs`` per la lettura" +" del log ``/var/log/ns8-migration.log``. La procedura di migrazione di " +"ogni applicazione invia una traccia della sua attività a quel file." #: ../../migration.rst:126 msgid "" -"Furthermore, when joining/leaving the NS8 cluster and when NS7 services are " -"modified, some information can be recorded by ``/var/log/messages`` as usual." +"Furthermore, when joining/leaving the NS8 cluster and when NS7 services " +"are modified, some information can be recorded by ``/var/log/messages`` " +"as usual." msgstr "" "Inoltre, quando ci si unisce o si abbandona il cluster NS8 e quando i " "servizi NS7 vengono modificati, alcune informazioni possono essere " @@ -5166,54 +5228,54 @@ msgstr "Account provider" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Your action is required if the NS7 system is configured with a **remote " -"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external " -"user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account provider. " -"For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at the ``Account " -"provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is ``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then " -"the NS8 external user domain name must be set to ``directory.nh``. Apart " -"from the matching name, the external user domain of NS8 must point to the " -"same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its implementation). Bear in mind that " -"every node of the NS8 cluster must reach the same LDAP database, now and in " -"the future." +"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external" +" user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account " +"provider. For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at " +"the ``Account provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is " +"``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then the NS8 external user domain name must be " +"set to ``directory.nh``. Apart from the matching name, the external user " +"domain of NS8 must point to the same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its" +" implementation). Bear in mind that every node of the NS8 cluster must " +"reach the same LDAP database, now and in the future." msgstr "" "Your action is required if the NS7 system is configured with a **remote " -"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external " -"user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account provider. " -"For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at the ``Account " -"provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is ``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then " -"the NS8 external user domain name must be set to ``directory.nh``. Apart " -"from the matching name, the external user domain of NS8 must point to the " -"same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its implementation). Bear in mind that " -"every node of the NS8 cluster must reach the same LDAP database, now and in " -"the future." +"account provider**. The migration tool expects to find in NS8 an external" +" user domain matching the ``BaseDN`` value of the remote account " +"provider. For example, in NS7 under the ``Users & Groups`` page, look at " +"the ``Account provider`` details: if the ``BaseDN`` value is " +"``dc=directory,dc=nh``, then the NS8 external user domain name must be " +"set to ``directory.nh``. Apart from the matching name, the external user " +"domain of NS8 must point to the same LDAP database of NS7 (regardless its" +" implementation). Bear in mind that every node of the NS8 cluster must " +"reach the same LDAP database, now and in the future." #: ../../migration.rst:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" "On the contrary, if the NS7 system is configured with a **local account " -"provider**, ensure that its ``BaseDN`` does not match any NS8 user domain " -"name. After connecting to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user domain " -"is created so that migrated applications can access the NS7 local account " -"provider until it is migrated, too. The local account provider is migrated " -"at the end of the procedure: at that point the temporary external user " -"domain is automatically removed." +"provider**, ensure that its ``BaseDN`` does not match any NS8 user domain" +" name. After connecting to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user " +"domain is created so that migrated applications can access the NS7 local " +"account provider until it is migrated, too. The local account provider is" +" migrated at the end of the procedure: at that point the temporary " +"external user domain is automatically removed." msgstr "" "On the contrary, if the NS7 system is configured with a **local account " -"provider**, ensure that its ``BaseDN`` does not match any NS8 user domain " -"name. After connecting to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user domain " -"is created so that migrated applications can access the NS7 local account " -"provider until it is migrated, too. The local account provider is migrated " -"at the end of the procedure: at that point the temporary external user " -"domain is automatically removed." +"provider**, ensure that its ``BaseDN`` does not match any NS8 user domain" +" name. After connecting to the NS8 cluster, a temporary external user " +"domain is created so that migrated applications can access the NS7 local " +"account provider until it is migrated, too. The local account provider is" +" migrated at the end of the procedure: at that point the temporary " +"external user domain is automatically removed." #: ../../migration.rst:154 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local account " -"provider migration." +"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local " +"account provider migration." msgstr "" -"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local account " -"provider migration." +"Refer to the next sections for specific information about the local " +"account provider migration." #: ../../migration.rst:158 msgid "Samba DC" @@ -5222,119 +5284,125 @@ msgstr "Samba DC" #: ../../migration.rst:160 msgid "" "Complete the DC migration by clicking the :guilabel:`Finish migration` " -"button. The procedure asks to select an IP address: it will become the IP of " -"the destination DC." +"button. The procedure asks to select an IP address: it will become the IP" +" of the destination DC." msgstr "" -"Completa la migrazione DC facendo clic sul pulsante: `Finish migrazione` . " -"La procedura chiede di selezionare un indirizzo IP: diventerà l'IP della " -"destinazione DC." +"Completa la migrazione DC facendo clic sul pulsante: `Finish migrazione` " +". La procedura chiede di selezionare un indirizzo IP: diventerà l'IP " +"della destinazione DC." #: ../../migration.rst:166 #, fuzzy msgid "Windows clients might not know how to reach the new DC" msgstr "" -"I client di Windows potrebbero non sapere come raggiungere la destinazione DC" +"I client di Windows potrebbero non sapere come raggiungere la " +"destinazione DC" #: ../../migration.rst:168 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If DNS configuration of Windows clients is controlled by a DHCP server, set " -"the NS8 DC IP address as the new DNS server." +"If DNS configuration of Windows clients is controlled by a DHCP server, " +"set the NS8 DC IP address as the new DNS server." msgstr "" -"Se la configurazione DNS dei client Windows è controllata da un server DHCP, " -"impostare l'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione come nuovo server DNS." +"Se la configurazione DNS dei client Windows è controllata da un server " +"DHCP, impostare l'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione come nuovo server " +"DNS." #: ../../migration.rst:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If Windows clients use an external DNS, it must be configured to forward the " -"requests for the Active Directory DNS zone to the NS8 DC IP address." +"If Windows clients use an external DNS, it must be configured to forward " +"the requests for the Active Directory DNS zone to the NS8 DC IP address." msgstr "" -"Se i client Windows utilizzano un DNS esterno, deve essere configurato per " -"inoltrare le richieste della zona DNS di Active Directory all'indirizzo IP " -"del DC di destinazione." +"Se i client Windows utilizzano un DNS esterno, deve essere configurato " +"per inoltrare le richieste della zona DNS di Active Directory " +"all'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If Windows clients have a manual DNS configuration and use the NS7 DC IP " -"address as DNS and authentication server, consider to transfer the NS7 DC IP " -"address to the NS8 DC." +"address as DNS and authentication server, consider to transfer the NS7 DC" +" IP address to the NS8 DC." msgstr "" "Se i client Windows hanno una configurazione DNS manuale e utilizzano " "l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente come server DNS e di autenticazione, " -"considerare di trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC destinazione." +"considerare di trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC " +"destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In the last case, transferring the IP avoids the reconfiguration of DNS " -"settings for each Windows client. This can be preferable over an external " -"DNS server, if it blocks dynamic DNS update requests (DDNS)." +"settings for each Windows client. This can be preferable over an external" +" DNS server, if it blocks dynamic DNS update requests (DDNS)." msgstr "" -"Nell'ultimo caso, il trasferimento dell'IP evita la riconfigurazione delle " -"impostazioni DNS per ogni client Windows. Questo è generalmente preferibile " -"su un server DNS esterno, se blocca le richieste di aggiornamento DNS " -"dinamiche (DDNS)." +"Nell'ultimo caso, il trasferimento dell'IP evita la riconfigurazione " +"delle impostazioni DNS per ogni client Windows. Questo è generalmente " +"preferibile su un server DNS esterno, se blocca le richieste di " +"aggiornamento DNS dinamiche (DDNS)." #: ../../migration.rst:183 msgid "" -"To transfer the source DC IP address to the destination DC some steps must " -"be done manually after the migration has completed." +"To transfer the source DC IP address to the destination DC some steps " +"must be done manually after the migration has completed." msgstr "" "Per trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC destinazione, alcuni " -"passaggi devono essere effettuati manualmente dopo il completamento della " -"migrazione." +"passaggi devono essere effettuati manualmente dopo il completamento della" +" migrazione." #: ../../migration.rst:186 msgid "" "Check the migration of accounts was successful. Users and groups must be " "listed correctly under ``Domains and users`` page." msgstr "" -"Controllare che la migrazione degli account abbia avuto successo. Gli utenti " -"e i gruppi devono essere elencati correttamente nella pagina ``Domains and " -"users``." +"Controllare che la migrazione degli account abbia avuto successo. Gli " +"utenti e i gruppi devono essere elencati correttamente nella pagina " +"``Domains and users``." #: ../../migration.rst:189 msgid "" "At the end of the migration the source DC IP address is free and can be " "assigned to the destination node. Refer to the node operating system " -"documentation to assign a secondary (alias) IP address to the destination " -"node." +"documentation to assign a secondary (alias) IP address to the destination" +" node." msgstr "" -"Al termine della migrazione l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente è libero e può " -"essere assegnato al nodo di destinazione. Fare riferimento alla " -"documentazione del sistema operativo del nodo per assegnare un indirizzo IP " -"secondario (alias) al nodo di destinazione." +"Al termine della migrazione l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente è libero e può" +" essere assegnato al nodo di destinazione. Fare riferimento alla " +"documentazione del sistema operativo del nodo per assegnare un indirizzo " +"IP secondario (alias) al nodo di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:193 msgid "" -"Change the IP address of the DC. For example, if DC instance is ``samba1`` " -"and the new IP is ``192.168.1.123``, run the following command: ::" +"Change the IP address of the DC. For example, if DC instance is " +"``samba1`` and the new IP is ``192.168.1.123``, run the following " +"command: ::" msgstr "" -"Modificare l'indirizzo IP della DC. Ad esempio, se l'istanza DC è ``samba1`` " -"e il nuovo IP è ``192.168.1.123`, eseguire il seguente comando::" +"Modificare l'indirizzo IP della DC. Ad esempio, se l'istanza DC è " +"``samba1`` e il nuovo IP è ``192.168.1.123`, eseguire il seguente " +"comando::" #: ../../migration.rst:199 msgid "" "The NS8 Samba DC can be configured as external account provider for NS7. " "Bear in mind that NS7 must be able to access the :ref:`IP address " "` the Samba account provider is bound to. This " -"configuration could be useful if you have modules still running on NS7 that " -"require access to the account provider." +"configuration could be useful if you have modules still running on NS7 " +"that require access to the account provider." msgstr "" -"Il Samba DC di NS8 può essere configurato come account provider esterno per " -"NS7. Tenere presente che NS7 deve essere in grado di accedere all':ref:`IP " -"address ` legato all'account provider Samba cui è " -"destinato. Questa configurazione potrebbe essere utile se si dispone ancora " -"di moduli in esecuzione su NS7 che richiedono l'accesso all'account provider." +"Il Samba DC di NS8 può essere configurato come account provider esterno " +"per NS7. Tenere presente che NS7 deve essere in grado di accedere " +"all':ref:`IP address ` legato all'account " +"provider Samba cui è destinato. Questa configurazione potrebbe essere " +"utile se si dispone ancora di moduli in esecuzione su NS7 che richiedono " +"l'accesso all'account provider." #: ../../migration.rst:204 msgid "" "Password expiration settings are preserved during the migration. The " "password strength policy, if enabled, is converted for compliancy with " -"Windows 2003+ server complexity requirements [#WINP]_ and is enforced for " -"future password changes. See also :ref:`password-policy-section`." +"Windows 2003+ server complexity requirements [#WINP]_ and is enforced for" +" future password changes. See also :ref:`password-policy-section`." msgstr "" "Le impostazioni di scadenza della password sono conservate durante la " "migrazione. La politica di forza della password, se abilitata, viene " @@ -5344,15 +5412,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:209 msgid "" -"`Passwords must meet complexity requirements `_ from *learn." -"microsoft.com* website." +"`Passwords must meet complexity requirements `_ from *learn.microsoft.com* website." msgstr "" -"Le password devono soddisfare i requisiti di complessità `." msgstr "" -"Se hai già migrato il record DNS FQDN al nuovo server, puoi anche ricreare " -"manualmente i vecchi percorsi HTTP da:ref:`proxy page `." +"Se hai già migrato il record DNS FQDN al nuovo server, puoi anche " +"ricreare manualmente i vecchi percorsi HTTP da:ref:`proxy page `." #: ../../migration.rst:251 msgid "Example for adding WebTop routes:" @@ -5465,8 +5536,8 @@ msgid "" "choose a ``Name`` for the root and select the ``Node`` where the WebTop " "instance is running" msgstr "" -"scegliere un ``Name`` per la radice e selezionare il ``Node`` dove l'istanza " -"WebTop è in esecuzione" +"scegliere un ``Name`` per la radice e selezionare il ``Node`` dove " +"l'istanza WebTop è in esecuzione" #: ../../migration.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -5512,7 +5583,7 @@ msgstr "Le seguenti configurazioni non verranno migrate:" msgid "custom templates" msgstr "template custom" -#: ../../migration.rst:272 ../../migration.rst:273 +#: ../../migration.rst:272 msgid "" "account provider password policy settings (see :ref:`migrate-account-" "provider`)" @@ -5536,42 +5607,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../minio.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-api.nethserver." -"org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." +"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-" +"api.nethserver.org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-api.nethserver." -"org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." +"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-" +"api.nethserver.org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." #: ../../minio.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " -"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " +"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to" +" use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " "corresponding public DNS records." msgstr "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " -"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " +"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to" +" use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " "corresponding public DNS records." #: ../../minio.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host " -"name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" +"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host" +" name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" msgstr "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host " -"name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" +"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host" +" name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" #: ../../minio.rst:23 #, fuzzy @@ -5590,11 +5661,11 @@ msgstr "enable ``Let's Encrypt`` option accordingly to your needs" #: ../../minio.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-ui." -"nethserver.org``." +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-" +"ui.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-ui." -"nethserver.org``." +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-" +"ui.nethserver.org``." #: ../../minio.rst:30 #, fuzzy @@ -5613,24 +5684,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers, " -"this setup allows you to retain control over your information and prevent " -"third-party access" +"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers," +" this setup allows you to retain control over your information and " +"prevent third-party access" msgstr "" -"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers, " -"this setup allows you to retain control over your information and prevent " -"third-party access" +"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers," +" this setup allows you to retain control over your information and " +"prevent third-party access" #: ../../minio.rst:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete data " -"control within your own environment. This improves security and minimizes " -"dependence on external services" +"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete " +"data control within your own environment. This improves security and " +"minimizes dependence on external services" msgstr "" -"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete data " -"control within your own environment. This improves security and minimizes " -"dependence on external services" +"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete " +"data control within your own environment. This improves security and " +"minimizes dependence on external services" #: ../../minio.rst:39 #, fuzzy @@ -5639,35 +5710,31 @@ msgstr "Instructions" #: ../../minio.rst:41 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" -msgstr "" -"As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" +msgid "As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" +msgstr "As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" #: ../../minio.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point for " -"the disk: ::" +"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point " +"for the disk: ::" msgstr "" -"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point for " -"the disk: ::" +"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point " +"for the disk: ::" #: ../../minio.rst:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted during " -"boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" +"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted " +"during boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" msgstr "" -"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted during " -"boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" +"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted " +"during boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" #: ../../minio.rst:54 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" -msgstr "" -"**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" +msgid "**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" +msgstr "**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" #: ../../minio.rst:59 #, fuzzy @@ -5681,30 +5748,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage path`` " -"to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part of the " -"backup." +"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage " +"path`` to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part " +"of the backup." msgstr "" -"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage path`` " -"to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part of the " -"backup." +"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage " +"path`` to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part " +"of the backup." #: ../../modules.rst:9 msgid "" -"A NS8 application is implemented by a unit called *module*. It is usually " -"composed of one or more Linux containers and a user interface for its " +"A NS8 application is implemented by a unit called *module*. It is usually" +" composed of one or more Linux containers and a user interface for its " "configuration." msgstr "" -"Un'applicazione NS8 è implementata attraverso un'unità chiamata *modulo*. Di " -"norma un modulo è composto da uno o più contenitori Linux e da " +"Un'applicazione NS8 è implementata attraverso un'unità chiamata *modulo*." +" Di norma un modulo è composto da uno o più contenitori Linux e da " "un'interfaccia utente utile per la sua configurazione." #: ../../modules.rst:13 msgid "" -"The terms *application* and *module* are almost synonims in the context of " -"NethServer 8, however there can be modules that actually do not implement " -"applications because they are just services for other modules, so they do " -"not provide any user configuration interface at all." +"The terms *application* and *module* are almost synonims in the context " +"of NethServer 8, however there can be modules that actually do not " +"implement applications because they are just services for other modules, " +"so they do not provide any user configuration interface at all." msgstr "" "I termini *applicazione* e *modulo* sono quasi sinonimi nel contesto di " "NethServer 8, tuttavia ci possono essere moduli che in realtà non " @@ -5713,41 +5780,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:18 msgid "" -"Every time a module instance is added to the cluster, the new instance is " -"named like the module itself followed by a progressive number starting from " -"1. Given a module named ``myapp``, instances will be named ``myapp1``, " -"``myapp2`` and so on. It is possible to set a more meaningful name for the " -"instance from the :ref:`software_center-section` page." +"Every time a module instance is added to the cluster, the new instance is" +" named like the module itself followed by a progressive number starting " +"from 1. Given a module named ``myapp``, instances will be named " +"``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` and so on. It is possible to set a more meaningful" +" name for the instance from the :ref:`software_center-section` page." msgstr "" "Ogni volta che un'istanza di modulo viene aggiunta al cluster, la nuova " "istanza viene chiamata come il modulo stesso seguito da un numero " -"progressivo a partire da 1. Dato un modulo chiamato ``myapp``, le istanze " -"saranno chiamate ``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` e così via. È possibile impostare un " -"nome più significativo per l'istanza dalla pagina :ref:`software_center-" -"section`." +"progressivo a partire da 1. Dato un modulo chiamato ``myapp``, le istanze" +" saranno chiamate ``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` e così via. È possibile " +"impostare un nome più significativo per l'istanza dalla pagina :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../modules.rst:24 msgid "" "Some applications or modules require specific resources that cannot be " -"shared among instances installed on the same cluster node. As an example, " -"the Mail application needs to reserve SMTP and IMAP well-known TCP ports. " -"You can install only one instance per node of this kind of applications." +"shared among instances installed on the same cluster node. As an example," +" the Mail application needs to reserve SMTP and IMAP well-known TCP " +"ports. You can install only one instance per node of this kind of " +"applications." msgstr "" -"Alcune applicazioni o moduli richiedono risorse specifiche che non possono " -"essere condivise tra le istanze installate sullo stesso nodo di cluster. Ad " -"esempio, l'applicazione Mail deve riservare le ben note porte TCP per SMTP e " -"IMAP. È pertanto possibile installare una sola istanza per nodo di questo " -"tipo di applicazioni." +"Alcune applicazioni o moduli richiedono risorse specifiche che non " +"possono essere condivise tra le istanze installate sullo stesso nodo di " +"cluster. Ad esempio, l'applicazione Mail deve riservare le ben note porte" +" TCP per SMTP e IMAP. È pertanto possibile installare una sola istanza " +"per nodo di questo tipo di applicazioni." #: ../../modules.rst:29 msgid "" "On the contrary, applications that do not require exclusive access to " -"resources can be installed multiple times on the same node. As an example, " -"you can install multiple Nextcloud applications on a single node." +"resources can be installed multiple times on the same node. As an " +"example, you can install multiple Nextcloud applications on a single " +"node." msgstr "" -"Al contrario, le applicazioni che non richiedono l'accesso esclusivo alle " -"risorse possono essere installate più volte sullo stesso nodo. Così, ad " -"esempio, è possibile installare più applicazioni Nextcloud su un unico nodo." +"Al contrario, le applicazioni che non richiedono l'accesso esclusivo alle" +" risorse possono essere installate più volte sullo stesso nodo. Così, ad " +"esempio, è possibile installare più applicazioni Nextcloud su un unico " +"nodo." #: ../../modules.rst:36 msgid "Clone and move applications" @@ -5760,24 +5830,25 @@ msgid "" "source one." msgstr "" "Un'istanza di applicazione può essere clonata all'interno di un nodo del " -"cluster. La procedura di clonazione crea una nuova istanza di applicazione " -"equivalente a quella sorgente." +"cluster. La procedura di clonazione crea una nuova istanza di " +"applicazione equivalente a quella sorgente." #: ../../modules.rst:41 msgid "" -"The cluster node where the destination instance runs can be the same as the " -"source instance. Generally, there should be no limitation on running " -"multiple application instances on the same node. In some cases, the services " -"provided by the instance might require exclusive access to a particular " -"system resource, such as binding a fixed TCP port number. In this case " -"cloning becomes impossible." -msgstr "" -"Il nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza destinazione può essere " -"lo stesso dell'istanza sorgente. Generalmente, non dovrebbe esserci alcuna " -"limitazione nell'esecuzione di più istanze applicative sullo stesso nodo. In " -"alcuni casi, i servizi forniti dall'istanza potrebbero richiedere l'accesso " -"esclusivo a una particolare risorsa di sistema, ad esempio il bind a una " -"porta TCP prefissata. In questo caso la clonazione non è possibile." +"The cluster node where the destination instance runs can be the same as " +"the source instance. Generally, there should be no limitation on running " +"multiple application instances on the same node. In some cases, the " +"services provided by the instance might require exclusive access to a " +"particular system resource, such as binding a fixed TCP port number. In " +"this case cloning becomes impossible." +msgstr "" +"Il nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza destinazione può " +"essere lo stesso dell'istanza sorgente. Generalmente, non dovrebbe " +"esserci alcuna limitazione nell'esecuzione di più istanze applicative " +"sullo stesso nodo. In alcuni casi, i servizi forniti dall'istanza " +"potrebbero richiedere l'accesso esclusivo a una particolare risorsa di " +"sistema, ad esempio il bind a una porta TCP prefissata. In questo caso la" +" clonazione non è possibile." #: ../../modules.rst:48 msgid "In a nutshell the clone procedure" @@ -5789,8 +5860,8 @@ msgstr "crea una nuova istanza dell'applicazione nella destinazione" #: ../../modules.rst:51 msgid "" -"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the source " -"is still up and running" +"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the " +"source is still up and running" msgstr "" "avvia il trasferimento dei dati tra le istanze, durante questa fase " "l'istanza sorgente rimane attiva" @@ -5812,8 +5883,9 @@ msgid "" "Instead, when moving an application, you must select a target node other " "than the one where the instance is currently running." msgstr "" -"Quando invece si sposta un'applicazione, è necessario selezionare un nodo di " -"destinazione diverso da quello in cui l'istanza è attualmente in esecuzione." +"Quando invece si sposta un'applicazione, è necessario selezionare un nodo" +" di destinazione diverso da quello in cui l'istanza è attualmente in " +"esecuzione." #: ../../modules.rst:60 msgid "The move procedure" @@ -5821,8 +5893,8 @@ msgstr "Procedura di spostamento" #: ../../modules.rst:63 msgid "" -"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the source " -"is still up&running" +"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the " +"source is still up&running" msgstr "" "avvia il trasferimento dei dati tra le istanze, durante questa fase " "l'istanza sorgente viene mantenuta attiva" @@ -5842,11 +5914,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:71 msgid "" -"To start moving/cloning an application instance see the :ref:" -"`software_center-section` page." +"To start moving/cloning an application instance see the :ref" +":`software_center-section` page." msgstr "" -"Per avviare lo spostamento/clonazione di una istanza di una applicazione, " -"fare riferimento alla pagina :ref:`software_center-sezione`." +"Per avviare lo spostamento/clonazione di una istanza di una applicazione," +" fare riferimento alla pagina :ref:`software_center-sezione`." #: ../../netdata.rst:5 msgid "Netdata" @@ -5854,38 +5926,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:7 msgid "" -"This application installs and configures a `Netdata Agent`__ instance on the " -"chosen NethServer 8 cluster node." +"This application installs and configures a `Netdata Agent`__ instance on " +"the chosen NethServer 8 cluster node." msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:12 msgid "" "A Netdata Agent collects and displays local system metrics in a web user " "interface. Although it can be part of broad deployments, the provided " -"configuration is tailored for the local system only, aiming to assist in the " -"analysis of basic resource usage of the node (CPU, RAM, disks, network...) " -"and is not intended for monitoring specific applications or integration with " -"Netdata Cloud." +"configuration is tailored for the local system only, aiming to assist in " +"the analysis of basic resource usage of the node (CPU, RAM, disks, " +"network...) and is not intended for monitoring specific applications or " +"integration with Netdata Cloud." msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:22 msgid "" "After installation, the application does not require any special " -"configuration. To access the Netdata web interface, navigate to the Status " -"page and follow the ``Application URL`` link." +"configuration. To access the Netdata web interface, navigate to the " +"Status page and follow the ``Application URL`` link." msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:26 msgid "" -"The random URL path component is generated at installation time and never " -"changes. It can also be obtained from the cluster Settings page, under the " -"\"HTTP routes\" section, by searching for ``netdata``." +"The random URL path component is generated at installation time and never" +" changes. It can also be obtained from the cluster Settings page, under " +"the \"HTTP routes\" section, by searching for ``netdata``." msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:32 msgid "" "The web interface has no authentication. While it does not contain any " -"inherently sensitive information, be sure to keep the random URL path secret." +"inherently sensitive information, be sure to keep the random URL path " +"secret." msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:37 @@ -5895,9 +5968,9 @@ msgstr "Local storage" #: ../../netdata.rst:39 msgid "" -"The Netdata Agent configuration is derived from the stock Netdata official " -"Docker image. It has three tiers of storage with different metrics " -"resolution and retention policies: second, minute, hour." +"The Netdata Agent configuration is derived from the stock Netdata " +"official Docker image. It has three tiers of storage with different " +"metrics resolution and retention policies: second, minute, hour." msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:43 @@ -5966,11 +6039,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../netdata.rst:50 msgid "" -"The stock configuration provides 3 hours of fine-grained metrics with one " -"second resolution. The minute-level tier should be sufficient to cover one " -"day of recordings, while the hour-level should cover a time range of weeks. " -"Actual retention may vary depending on system activity or the specific " -"metrics being collected." +"The stock configuration provides 3 hours of fine-grained metrics with one" +" second resolution. The minute-level tier should be sufficient to cover " +"one day of recordings, while the hour-level should cover a time range of " +"weeks. Actual retention may vary depending on system activity or the " +"specific metrics being collected." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:3 @@ -5980,15 +6053,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:5 msgid "" "The NethSecurity controller allows for remote management of multiple " -"`NethSecurity `_ installations, referred to " -"as units." +"`NethSecurity `_ installations, referred " +"to as units." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:7 msgid "" -"The controller establishes a secure connection between the central server " -"and the units. Each firewall registers with the server using the ns-plug " -"client. Once registered, the server generates a VPN configuration that " +"The controller establishes a secure connection between the central server" +" and the units. Each firewall registers with the server using the ns-plug" +" client. Once registered, the server generates a VPN configuration that " "enables secure communication between the controller and the unit." msgstr "" @@ -5998,19 +6071,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:13 msgid "" -"**Centralized Management**: Manage multiple firewalls from a single server." +"**Centralized Management**: Manage multiple firewalls from a single " +"server." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:14 msgid "" -"**Secure Communication**: Establish a secure OpenVPN connection between the " -"server and the firewalls." +"**Secure Communication**: Establish a secure OpenVPN connection between " +"the server and the firewalls." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Easy Configuration**: Configure firewalls directly from the controller's " -"user interface." +"**Easy Configuration**: Configure firewalls directly from the " +"controller's user interface." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:16 @@ -6021,21 +6095,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:17 msgid "" -"**Metrics Visualization**: Visualize metrics from the firewalls using the " -"built-in Grafana dashboard. Metrics are collected using Prometheus." +"**Metrics Visualization**: Visualize metrics from the firewalls using the" +" built-in Grafana dashboard. Metrics are collected using Prometheus." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Web-based SSH**: Access the firewalls' command-line interface using a web-" -"based SSH client." +"**Web-based SSH**: Access the firewalls' command-line interface using a " +"web-based SSH client." msgstr "" #: ../../nethsecurity_controller.rst:20 msgid "" -"See the `NethSecurity controller documentation `_ to learn more about the controller's " -"features and how to set it up." +"See the `NethSecurity controller documentation " +"`_ to learn more" +" about the controller's features and how to set it up." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:4 @@ -6045,38 +6119,39 @@ msgstr "NethVoice" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:6 msgid "" "NethVoice is a comprehensive communication system that integrates voice, " -"video, and mobile capabilities. The NethVoice module is divided into seven " -"main parts:" +"video, and mobile capabilities. The NethVoice module is divided into " +"seven main parts:" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:9 #, fuzzy msgid "" "`FreePBX `_: A web-based open-source graphical " -"user interface (GUI) that manages `Asterisk `, a " -"voice over IP and telephony server." +"user interface (GUI) that manages `Asterisk `, " +"a voice over IP and telephony server." msgstr "" -"«FreePBX `_: un'interfaccia utente grafica open " -"source (GUI) che gestisce `Asterisk `_, una voce " -"su server IP e telefonia" +"«FreePBX `_: un'interfaccia utente grafica open" +" source (GUI) che gestisce `Asterisk `_, una " +"voce su server IP e telefonia" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" "`NethVoice CTI Server `_: A " -"daemon that provides a set of APIs to perform common switchboard operations " -"and a WebSocket streaming channel to listen for events." +"daemon that provides a set of APIs to perform common switchboard " +"operations and a WebSocket streaming channel to listen for events." msgstr "" "«NethVoice CTI Server `_: un " -"demone che fornisce una serie di api per eseguire operazioni di commutatore " -"comuni e un canale di streaming websocket per ascoltare gli eventi" +"demone che fornisce una serie di api per eseguire operazioni di " +"commutatore comuni e un canale di streaming websocket per ascoltare gli " +"eventi" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" "`NethVoice CTI Client `_: A web " -"application to manage the telephone switchboard via communication with the " -"NethVoice CTI Server." +"application to manage the telephone switchboard via communication with " +"the NethVoice CTI Server." msgstr "" "«NethVoice CTI Client `_: " "un'applicazione web per gestire il centralino telefonico tramite " @@ -6099,7 +6174,8 @@ msgstr "«Janus `_: un server WebRTC" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`MariaDB `_: A popular open-source relational database." +"`MariaDB `_: A popular open-source relational " +"database." msgstr "" "«MariaDB `_: un popolare database relazionale open " "source" @@ -6110,15 +6186,16 @@ msgid "" "`Tancredi `_: A phone provisioning " "engine ideal for internet deployments." msgstr "" -"«Tancredi `_: un motore di provisioning " -"del telefono ideale per le implementazioni di Internet" +"«Tancredi `_: un motore di " +"provisioning del telefono ideale per le implementazioni di Internet" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`, but the module requires the :ref:`NethVoice proxy " -"` to be already configured and running." +"You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`, but the module requires the " +":ref:`NethVoice proxy ` to be already configured" +" and running." msgstr "" "È possibile installare più istanze NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal:ref: " "`software_center-sezione`, ma il modulo richiede ref: `NethVoice proxy " @@ -6127,8 +6204,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:22 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The NethVoice module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` to be configured and running." +"The NethVoice module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` to be configured and running." msgstr "" "Il modulo NethVoice richiede almeno uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato e in esecuzione." @@ -6136,38 +6213,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:24 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To set up NethVoice, you need to have two dedicated virtual hosts: one for " -"the NethVoice administration page and one for the NethVoice CTI web " -"application. These virtual hosts should have fully qualified domain names " -"(FQDNs) like `nethvoice.nethserver.org` and `cti.nethserver.org`." +"To set up NethVoice, you need to have two dedicated virtual hosts: one " +"for the NethVoice administration page and one for the NethVoice CTI web " +"application. These virtual hosts should have fully qualified domain names" +" (FQDNs) like `nethvoice.nethserver.org` and `cti.nethserver.org`." msgstr "" "NethVoice ha bisogno di due host virtuali dedicati, uno per la pagina di " -"amministrazione NethVoice e uno per l'applicazione web NethVoice CTI, due " -"FQDN come ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` e ``cti.nethserver.org``." +"amministrazione NethVoice e uno per l'applicazione web NethVoice CTI, due" +" FQDN come ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` e ``cti.nethserver.org``." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Before proceeding with the configuration, ensure that you have created the " -"corresponding DNS records for these FQDNs in your DNS server." +"Before proceeding with the configuration, ensure that you have created " +"the corresponding DNS records for these FQDNs in your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare i record di " -"nome corrispondenti all'interno del server DNS." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare i record " +"di nome corrispondenti all'interno del server DNS." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you plan to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as the default certificate, " -"make sure you have the necessary public DNS records." +"If you plan to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as the default " +"certificate, make sure you have the necessary public DNS records." msgstr "" "Se si sta progettando di utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come " -"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere i record DNS pubblici corrispondenti." +"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere i record DNS pubblici " +"corrispondenti." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"During the first configuration wizard, you will be prompted to provide the " -"following information:" +"During the first configuration wizard, you will be prompted to provide " +"the following information:" msgstr "" "La prima procedura guidata di configurazione richiederà le seguenti " "informazioni:" @@ -6178,14 +6256,14 @@ msgid "" "``NethVoice base host``: Insert a valid FQDN to access the application " "administration page." msgstr "" -"``NethVoice host base``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere alla pagina di " -"amministrazione dell'applicazione" +"``NethVoice host base``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere alla pagina" +" di amministrazione dell'applicazione" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NethVoice CTI base host``: Insert a valid FQDN to access the NethVoice CTI " -"web application." +"``NethVoice CTI base host``: Insert a valid FQDN to access the NethVoice " +"CTI web application." msgstr "" "``NethVoice CTI base host``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere " "all'applicazione web NethVoice CTI" @@ -6193,11 +6271,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``User Domain``: Choose one of the :ref:`user domain ` " -"already configured." +"``User Domain``: Choose one of the :ref:`user domain ` already configured." msgstr "" -"``User Domain``: scegliere uno dei seguenti :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." +"``User Domain``: scegliere uno dei seguenti :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:36 #, fuzzy @@ -6220,22 +6298,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Reset NethVoice admin password to access user interface``: Insert a valid " -"password for the NethVoice administrator user (optional, the default " -"password is *Nethesis,1234*)." +"``Reset NethVoice admin password to access user interface``: Insert a " +"valid password for the NethVoice administrator user (optional, the " +"default password is *Nethesis,1234*)." msgstr "" -"``Reset password di amministratore di NethVoice per accedere all'interfaccia " -"utente``: inserire una password valida per l'utente amministratore di " -"NethVoice (opzionale, password predefinita è *Nethesis,1234*)" +"``Reset password di amministratore di NethVoice per accedere " +"all'interfaccia utente``: inserire una password valida per l'utente " +"amministratore di NethVoice (opzionale, password predefinita è " +"*Nethesis,1234*)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:40 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"After saving the configuration parameters, NethVoice will be accessible on " -"its base host with the administration credentials:" +"After saving the configuration parameters, NethVoice will be accessible " +"on its base host with the administration credentials:" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver salvato i parametri di configurazione NethVoice sarà accessibile " -"sul suo host base con le credenziali di amministrazione:" +"Dopo aver salvato i parametri di configurazione NethVoice sarà " +"accessibile sul suo host base con le credenziali di amministrazione:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:42 msgid "User: `admin`" @@ -6247,8 +6326,8 @@ msgid "" "Password: `Nethesis,1234`, the default password if it has not been reset " "during the first configuration wizard." msgstr "" -"Password: `Nethesis, 1234`, password predefinita se non è stato ripristinato " -"durante la prima procedura guidata di configurazione" +"Password: `Nethesis, 1234`, password predefinita se non è stato " +"ripristinato durante la prima procedura guidata di configurazione" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:48 #, fuzzy @@ -6258,11 +6337,11 @@ msgstr "First configuration wizard" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The initial configuration wizard facilitates easy installation and setup of " -"all NethVoice components." -msgstr "" -"The initial configuration wizard facilitates the easy installation and setup " +"The initial configuration wizard facilitates easy installation and setup " "of all NethVoice components." +msgstr "" +"The initial configuration wizard facilitates the easy installation and " +"setup of all NethVoice components." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:53 #, fuzzy @@ -6281,13 +6360,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:57 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by accessing " -"the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the Portal `." +"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by " +"accessing the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the " +"Portal `." msgstr "" -"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by accessing " -"the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the Portal `." +"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by " +"accessing the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the " +"Portal `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:59 #, fuzzy @@ -6297,9 +6376,11 @@ msgstr "Enter the corresponding extensions for each user:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:61 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text field." +"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text " +"field." msgstr "" -"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text field." +"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text " +"field." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:62 #, fuzzy @@ -6323,22 +6404,22 @@ msgstr "Trunks" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical lines " -"or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines provided by " -"the provider." +"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical " +"lines or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines " +"provided by the provider." msgstr "" -"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical lines " -"or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines provided by " -"the provider." +"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical " +"lines or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines " +"provided by the provider." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the PJSIP " -"library." +"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the " +"PJSIP library." msgstr "" -"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the PJSIP " -"library." +"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the " +"PJSIP library." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:75 #, fuzzy @@ -6348,11 +6429,11 @@ msgstr "Physical" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:77 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported. " -"You need to enter:" +"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported." +" You need to enter:" msgstr "" -"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported. " -"You need to enter:" +"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported." +" You need to enter:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:80 #, fuzzy @@ -6397,8 +6478,7 @@ msgstr "Dynamic settings based on the model:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:90 #, fuzzy msgid "``ISDN`` (Specify if the line is Point-to-Point or Point-to-Multipoint)" -msgstr "" -"``ISDN`` (Specify if the line is Point-to-Point or Point-to-Multipoint)" +msgstr "``ISDN`` (Specify if the line is Point-to-Point or Point-to-Multipoint)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:91 #, fuzzy @@ -6408,11 +6488,11 @@ msgstr "``PRI``" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:92 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``FXS`` (Specify for each port the extension to be assigned by choosing a " -"user previously configured)" +"``FXS`` (Specify for each port the extension to be assigned by choosing a" +" user previously configured)" msgstr "" -"``FXS`` (Specify for each port, the extension to be assigned by choosing a " -"user previously configured)" +"``FXS`` (Specify for each port, the extension to be assigned by choosing " +"a user previously configured)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:93 #, fuzzy @@ -6436,11 +6516,11 @@ msgstr "VoIP" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:100 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers and " -"entering the necessary information." +"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers " +"and entering the necessary information." msgstr "" -"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers and " -"entering the necessary information." +"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers " +"and entering the necessary information." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:102 #, fuzzy @@ -6480,8 +6560,7 @@ msgstr "``Force codec``: allow only permitted codec" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:110 #, fuzzy msgid "Press :guilabel:`Save` to create the configuration for that VoIP trunk." -msgstr "" -"Press :guilabel:`Save` to create the configuration for that VoIP trunk." +msgstr "Press :guilabel:`Save` to create the configuration for that VoIP trunk." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:113 #, fuzzy @@ -6491,11 +6570,11 @@ msgstr "Routes" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the Routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes " -"for your NethVoice system." +"In the Routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes" +" for your NethVoice system." msgstr "" -"In the routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes " -"for your NethVoice system." +"In the routes section, you can configure both inbound and outbound routes" +" for your NethVoice system." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:118 #, fuzzy @@ -6505,24 +6584,24 @@ msgstr "Inbound" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:120 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is displayed, " -"with options to edit or delete them." +"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is " +"displayed, with options to edit or delete them." msgstr "" -"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is displayed, " -"with the option to edit or delete them." +"In this section, the list of already configured inbound routes is " +"displayed, with the option to edit or delete them." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:122 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with " -"the ``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and connect " -"components of NethVoice that will handle the call flow for the incoming " -"number." +"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with" +" the ``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and " +"connect components of NethVoice that will handle the call flow for the " +"incoming number." msgstr "" -"By clicking the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with the " -"``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and connect the " -"components of the NethVoice that will handle the call flow for the incoming " -"number." +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Create new route`, a new tab will open with " +"the ``Visual Plan`` application, allowing you to create, modify, and " +"connect the components of the NethVoice that will handle the call flow " +"for the incoming number." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:124 #, fuzzy @@ -6532,8 +6611,8 @@ msgid "" "receive calls following the configured flow." msgstr "" "By clicking the checkmark symbol in the Visual Plan application, the " -"configuration of your route will be saved, and from that moment on, you can " -"receive calls following the configured flow." +"configuration of your route will be saved, and from that moment on, you " +"can receive calls following the configured flow." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:128 #, fuzzy @@ -6543,33 +6622,35 @@ msgstr "Outbound" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:130 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first time " -"you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes with " -"specific call patterns for different languages." +"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first " +"time you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes " +"with specific call patterns for different languages." msgstr "" -"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first time " -"you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes, with " -"specific call patterns for different languages." +"In this section, you will find the list of outbound routes. The first " +"time you visit this page, the wizard proposes default outbound routes, " +"with specific call patterns for different languages." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:133 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks will " -"be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various trunks." +"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks " +"will be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various" +" trunks." msgstr "" -"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks will " -"be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various trunks." +"You can also specify the order in which the previously created trunks " +"will be used, thus having the option to customize the priority of various" +" trunks." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:135 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By pressing :guilabel:`Save`, the configuration is written to NethVoice, and " -"from that moment on, you can make calls to external numbers (having properly " -"configured the trunks in the previous steps)." +"By pressing :guilabel:`Save`, the configuration is written to NethVoice, " +"and from that moment on, you can make calls to external numbers (having " +"properly configured the trunks in the previous steps)." msgstr "" "By pressing the :guilabel:`Save`, the configuration is written to the " -"NethVoice, and from that moment on, you can make calls to external numbers " -"(having properly configured the trunks in the previous steps)." +"NethVoice, and from that moment on, you can make calls to external " +"numbers (having properly configured the trunks in the previous steps)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:140 #, fuzzy @@ -6580,11 +6661,12 @@ msgstr "NethVoice" #, fuzzy msgid "" "During the initial configuration wizard, in this section there are some " -"fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify default settings button`)." -msgstr "" -"During the initial configuration wizard, this section requires confirmation " -"of some fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify default settings " +"fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify default settings " "button`)." +msgstr "" +"During the initial configuration wizard, this section requires " +"confirmation of some fundamental settings (press the :guilabel:`Modify " +"default settings button`)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:144 #, fuzzy @@ -6603,11 +6685,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of phones " -"configured with a non-administrative user." +"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of " +"phones configured with a non-administrative user." msgstr "" -"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of phones " -"configured with a non-administrative user." +"``User Password`` will be the password to access the web interface of " +"phones configured with a non-administrative user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -6617,7 +6699,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:151 msgid "" -"The use of encryption in SIP connections for devices is enabled by default." +"The use of encryption in SIP connections for devices is enabled by " +"default." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:153 @@ -6653,11 +6736,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the :guilabel:" -"`Devices > Models page`, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." +"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the " +":guilabel:`Devices > Models page`, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." msgstr "" -"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the :guilabel:" -"Devices > Models page, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." +"Once the settings are saved, they can be modified again from the " +":guilabel:Devices > Models page, :guilabel:`Default Settings`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:164 #, fuzzy @@ -6668,54 +6751,56 @@ msgstr "Phones" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The page ``Devices > Phones`` allows the identification of phones by " -"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address using " -"the following methods:" +"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address " +"using the following methods:" msgstr "" "The page ``Devices > Phones`` allows the identification of phones by " -"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address using " -"the following methods:" +"NethVoice by entering the MAC address. You can enter the MAC address " +"using the following methods:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:169 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated by " -"a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or " -"without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are accepted. Letters can be either " -"uppercase or lowercase." +":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated" +" by a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., " +"AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are " +"accepted. Letters can be either uppercase or lowercase." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated by " -"a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or " -"without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are accepted. Letters can be either " -"uppercase or lowercase." +":guilabel:`Paste from file` of multiple MAC addresses. Syntaxes separated" +" by a hyphen - (e.g., AA-BB-CC-11-22-33), colons : (e.g., " +"AA:BB:CC:11:22:33), or without a separator (e.g., AABBCC112233) are " +"accepted. Letters can be either uppercase or lowercase." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:171 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you have " -"a barcode reader." +":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you " +"have a barcode reader." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you have " -"a barcode reader." +":guilabel:`Manual addition` of one MAC address at a time. Useful if you " +"have a barcode reader." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:173 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone model. " -"Selecting the exact model is required for the correct configuration of the " -"phone." +"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone " +"model. Selecting the exact model is required for the correct " +"configuration of the phone." msgstr "" -"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone model. " -"Selecting the exact model is required for the correct configuration of the " -"phone." +"In any case, after entering the MAC address, you can select the phone " +"model. Selecting the exact model is required for the correct " +"configuration of the phone." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:176 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the model is not selected or the wrong model is chosen, some phone " -"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be available." +"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be " +"available." msgstr "" "If the model is not selected or the wrong model is chosen, some phone " -"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be available." +"functions, such as provisioning via RPS or line keys, may not be " +"available." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:181 #, fuzzy @@ -6725,32 +6810,32 @@ msgstr "Models" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones selected " -"in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." +"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones " +"selected in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." msgstr "" -"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones selected " -"in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." +"The page ``Devices > Models`` lists the basic models of the phones " +"selected in ``Devices > Phones`` plus any custom models." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:185 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the :guilabel:" -"`Create new model`." +"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the " +":guilabel:`Create new model`." msgstr "" -"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the :guilabel:" -"`Create new model`." +"You can create a custom model based on an existing one through the " +":guilabel:`Create new model`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be modified " -"using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include " -"``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " +"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be " +"modified using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include" +" ``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " "configuration process as explained in :ref:`wizard-devices`." msgstr "" -"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be modified " -"using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include " -"``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " +"On this page, some parameters inherited from all models can also be " +"modified using the :guilabel:`Default Settings`. These parameters include" +" ``Encryption`` and ``PBX Address``, already set during the initial " "configuration process as explained in :ref:`wizard-devices`." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:189 @@ -6775,20 +6860,20 @@ msgstr "Groups" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in applications " -"such as NethVoice CTI." +"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in " +"applications such as NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in applications, " -"such as NethVoiceCTI." +"You can create user groups that will be visible and usable in " +"applications, such as NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:201 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click :guilabel:`Create new group`, specify a name, and :guilabel:`save`. " -"The group will appear in the list." +"Click :guilabel:`Create new group`, specify a name, and :guilabel:`save`." +" The group will appear in the list." msgstr "" -"Click the :guilabel:`Create new group`. Specify a name and :guilabel:`save`. " -"The group will appear in the list." +"Click the :guilabel:`Create new group`. Specify a name and " +":guilabel:`save`. The group will appear in the list." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:205 #, fuzzy @@ -6798,17 +6883,17 @@ msgstr "Profiles" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:207 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethVoice allows you to select the features each user can access, which are " -"grouped into profiles." +"NethVoice allows you to select the features each user can access, which " +"are grouped into profiles." msgstr "" -"NethVoice allows you to select the features that each user can access, and " -"these are grouped into profiles." +"NethVoice allows you to select the features that each user can access, " +"and these are grouped into profiles." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:209 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, three profiles are created, each containing different levels of " -"functionality:" +"By default, three profiles are created, each containing different levels " +"of functionality:" msgstr "" "By default, 3 profiles are created, each containing different levels of " "functionality:" @@ -6826,11 +6911,11 @@ msgstr "``Standard``: Classic management functionalities for the user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:213 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for advanced " -"users." +"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for " +"advanced users." msgstr "" -"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for advanced " -"users." +"``Advanced``: Almost all functionalities are allowed, suitable for " +"advanced users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:215 #, fuzzy @@ -6838,8 +6923,8 @@ msgid "" "You can also create new profiles by duplicating an existing one or by " "creating new ones and specifying the various functionalities." msgstr "" -"You can also create new profiles by duplicating an existing one or creating " -"new ones and specifying the various functionalities." +"You can also create new profiles by duplicating an existing one or " +"creating new ones and specifying the various functionalities." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:218 #, fuzzy @@ -6858,11 +6943,11 @@ msgstr "Permissions" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:226 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities of " -"the section and general notification settings." +"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities " +"of the section and general notification settings." msgstr "" -"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities of " -"the section and general notification settings." +"General permission enables or disables access to all the functionalities " +"of the section and general notification settings." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:227 #, fuzzy @@ -6882,17 +6967,17 @@ msgid "" "``Recording``: Enables the recording of own conversations. It is also " "possible to view, listen to, and delete own recordings." msgstr "" -"``Recording``: Enables recording of own conversations. It is also possible " -"to view/listen/delete own recordings." +"``Recording``: Enables recording of own conversations. It is also " +"possible to view/listen/delete own recordings." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:230 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parking spaces and the " -"ability to pick up parked calls." +"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parking spaces and the" +" ability to pick up parked calls." msgstr "" -"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parkings and the ability " -"to pick up parked calls." +"``Parkings``: Enables the display of the status of parkings and the " +"ability to pick up parked calls." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:231 #, fuzzy @@ -6902,11 +6987,11 @@ msgstr "``Listening``: Enables listening to calls of other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:232 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to both " -"the caller and called, conversation only with the user)." +"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to " +"both the caller and called, conversation only with the user)." msgstr "" -"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to both " -"caller and called, conversation only with the user)." +"``Intrusion``: Enables intrusion into another user's call (listening to " +"both caller and called, conversation only with the user)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:233 #, fuzzy @@ -6916,12 +7001,12 @@ msgstr "``Pickup``: Enables call pickup for calls to other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:234 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last three digits (modifiable from " -"the command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users in " -"NethVoice CTI." +"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last three digits (modifiable " +"from the command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users" +" in NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last 3 digits (modifiable from the " -"command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users in " +"``Privacy``: Enables the masking of the last 3 digits (modifiable from " +"the command line) of the called and/or calling number of other users in " "NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:235 @@ -6932,8 +7017,8 @@ msgid "" "shown on the :ref:`wizard-devices` pages." msgstr "" "``Physical Phone Buttons``: Enables the configuration of physical phone " -"buttons by the user in NethVoiceCTI. These correspond to the Line Keys shown " -"on the :ref:wizard-devices pages." +"buttons by the user in NethVoiceCTI. These correspond to the Line Keys " +"shown on the :ref:wizard-devices pages." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:239 #, fuzzy @@ -6957,11 +7042,11 @@ msgstr "NethVoice" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating the " -"following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." +"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating " +"the following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating the " -"following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." +"``NethVoice CTI``: Enables all the underlying permissions by activating " +"the following functionalities on NethVoice CTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:249 #, fuzzy @@ -6971,21 +7056,22 @@ msgstr "Address Book" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the address " -"book in NethVoice CTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete own " -"contacts." +"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the " +"address book in NethVoice CTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete " +"own contacts." msgstr "" -"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the address " -"book in NethVoiceCTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete own contacts." +"``Address Book``: The general permission enables the viewing of the " +"address book in NethVoiceCTI and the ability to add, modify, and delete " +"own contacts." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned " -"contacts in the address book in NethVoice CTI." +"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned" +" contacts in the address book in NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned " -"contacts in the address book in NethVoiceCTI." +"``Advanced Address Book``: Enables the ability to modify/delete non-owned" +" contacts in the address book in NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:255 #, fuzzy @@ -7003,19 +7089,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:258 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." -msgstr "" -"``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." +msgid "``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." +msgstr "``PBX CDR``: Enables the viewing of the call history for the entire PBX." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's " -"assigned group." +"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's" +" assigned group." msgstr "" -"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's " -"assigned group." +"``Group CDR``: Enables the viewing of call history for calls within one's" +" assigned group." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:262 ../../nethvoice.rst:1047 ../../nethvoice.rst:1082 #, fuzzy @@ -7025,18 +7109,16 @@ msgstr "Etichette personalizzate" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view the " -"customer card on NethVoice CTI." +"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view " +"the customer card on NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view the " -"customer card on NethVoiceCTI." +"``Customer Cards``: The general permission enables the ability to view " +"the customer card on NethVoiceCTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:265 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." -msgstr "" -"For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." +msgid "For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." +msgstr "For each section of the customer card, you can enable/disable visibility." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:268 #, fuzzy @@ -7065,11 +7147,11 @@ msgstr "``Call Transfer``: Enables call transfer for calls from other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:273 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users and " -"retrieve them." +"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users " +"and retrieve them." msgstr "" -"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users and " -"retrieve them." +"``Advanced Parking``: Enables the ability to park calls from other users " +"and retrieve them." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:274 #, fuzzy @@ -7079,11 +7161,11 @@ msgstr "``Hang Up``: Enables the ability to hang up calls from other users." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:275 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer) on " -"conversations that do not belong to the user." +"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer)" +" on conversations that do not belong to the user." msgstr "" -"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer) on " -"conversations that do not belong to the user." +"``Advanced Phone``: Enables phone functionalities (hang up, call, answer)" +" on conversations that do not belong to the user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:276 #, fuzzy @@ -7103,12 +7185,12 @@ msgstr "Queue Agent Panel" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The general permission enables the Queue section in NethVoice CTI with " -"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and enter/" -"exit break." +"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and " +"enter/exit break." msgstr "" "The general permission enables the Queue section in NethVoice CTI with " -"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and enter/" -"exit break." +"information about the assigned queues, the ability to log in/out, and " +"enter/exit break." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:282 #, fuzzy @@ -7133,28 +7215,30 @@ msgstr "Phone lines" #, fuzzy msgid "" "The general permission enables access to the after-hours section of " -"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming calls." +"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming " +"calls." msgstr "" "The general permission enables access to the after hours section of " -"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming calls." +"NethVoice CTI, allowing the user to change the path of their incoming " +"calls." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:289 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming calls " -"for the user and generic incoming routes." +"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming " +"calls for the user and generic incoming routes." msgstr "" -"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming calls " -"for the user and generic incoming routes." +"``Advanced After Hours``: Allows modifying the call path for incoming " +"calls for the user and generic incoming routes." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:290 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for incoming " -"calls." +"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for " +"incoming calls." msgstr "" -"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for incoming " -"calls." +"``Complete After Hours``: Allows modification of all call paths for " +"incoming calls." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:293 #, fuzzy @@ -7164,11 +7248,11 @@ msgstr "Queue Manager" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:295 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in NethVoice " -"CTI." +"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in " +"NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" -"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in NethVoice " -"CTI." +"The general permission enables access to the QManager section in " +"NethVoice CTI." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:296 #, fuzzy @@ -7196,11 +7280,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to serve as the " -"source of calls to manage." +"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to serve as " +"the source of calls to manage." msgstr "" -"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to use it as the " -"source of calls to manage." +"Only one configured queue in NethVoice needs to be enabled to use it as " +"the source of calls to manage." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:305 ../../nethvoice.rst:1016 #, fuzzy @@ -7210,11 +7294,11 @@ msgstr "Users" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:307 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal settings " -"and associated devices." +"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal " +"settings and associated devices." msgstr "" -"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal settings, " -"and associated devices." +"The ``Users`` page establishes, for each individual user, personal " +"settings, and associated devices." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:309 #, fuzzy @@ -7224,34 +7308,35 @@ msgid "" "facilitate the distribution of configurations. * ``Mobile``: Enables " "associating a mobile number with the user to display it in the operator " "panel of NethVoice CTI and use it in presence management. * ``Voicemail " -"Box``: Enables activating the voicemail box for the user as a destination " -"for any failed calls. * ``Associate Device``: Allows selecting an " +"Box``: Enables activating the voicemail box for the user as a destination" +" for any failed calls. * ``Associate Device``: Allows selecting an " "unassociated phone and assigning it to the user from those managed with " -"provisioning. It is possible to create credentials for use on a device not " -"supported by provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be used." +"provisioning. It is possible to create credentials for use on a device " +"not supported by provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be " +"used." msgstr "" "The settings that can be modify are: * ``Profile``: Determines the " -"permissions the user has. * ``Group``: Allows grouping users to facilitate " -"the distribution of configurations through :ref:wizard-multiple-phones. * " -"``Mobile``: Allows associating a mobile number with the user to display it " -"in the operator panel of NethVoice CTI and use it in presence management. * " -"``Voicemail Box``: Allows activating the voicemail box for the user as a " -"destination for any failed calls within. * ``Associate Device``: Allows " -"selecting an unassociated phone and assigning it to the user among those " -"managed with provisioning. It is possible to create credentials for use on a " -"device not supported by provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be " -"used." +"permissions the user has. * ``Group``: Allows grouping users to " +"facilitate the distribution of configurations through :ref:wizard-" +"multiple-phones. * ``Mobile``: Allows associating a mobile number with " +"the user to display it in the operator panel of NethVoice CTI and use it " +"in presence management. * ``Voicemail Box``: Allows activating the " +"voicemail box for the user as a destination for any failed calls within. " +"* ``Associate Device``: Allows selecting an unassociated phone and " +"assigning it to the user among those managed with provisioning. It is " +"possible to create credentials for use on a device not supported by " +"provisioning. In this case, a custom device must be used." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:316 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be of " -"two types: software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a phone " -"configured with provisioning or a custom device." +"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be " +"of two types: software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a " +"phone configured with provisioning or a custom device." msgstr "" -"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be of " -"two types, software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a phone " -"configured with provisioning or a custom device." +"Then, the devices associated with the user are displayed. Devices can be " +"of two types, software (Web Phone and Mobile App) or physical, tied to a " +"phone configured with provisioning or a custom device." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:319 #, fuzzy @@ -7271,8 +7356,8 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone." msgstr "" -"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone (see :" -"ref:nethcti_mobile)." +"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone " +"(see :ref:nethcti_mobile)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:323 #, fuzzy @@ -7280,8 +7365,8 @@ msgid "" "``Phone Link`` enables the configuration of a device on the personal " "computer." msgstr "" -"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone (see :" -"ref:nethcti_mobile)." +"``Mobile App`` enables the configuration of a device on the smartphone " +"(see :ref:nethcti_mobile)." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:325 #, fuzzy @@ -7292,47 +7377,47 @@ msgstr "For each physical device, the following is displayed:" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Encryption: Indicates whether encryption is enabled. The initial setting " -"depends on the NethVoice configuration made during the initial configuration " -"process (see :ref:`wizard-devices`). If the PBX is accessed via a public " -"network (WAN), activating encryption is required." +"depends on the NethVoice configuration made during the initial " +"configuration process (see :ref:`wizard-devices`). If the PBX is accessed" +" via a public network (WAN), activating encryption is required." msgstr "" "Encryption: Indicates whether encryption is enabled or not. The initial " "setting depends on the NethVoice configuration made during the initial " -"configuration process (see :ref:wizard-devices). If the PBX is reached via " -"public network (WAN), encryption activation is required." +"configuration process (see :ref:wizard-devices). If the PBX is reached " +"via public network (WAN), encryption activation is required." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:331 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If `Encryption` is enabled, ensure that the SSL/TLS certificate of the " -"system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones cannot " -"establish a TLS connection." +"system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones " +"cannot establish a TLS connection." msgstr "" -"If `Encryption` is enabled, make sure that the SSL/TLS certificate of the " -"system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones cannot " -"establish a TLS connection" +"If `Encryption` is enabled, make sure that the SSL/TLS certificate of the" +" system is valid and contains the name of the PBX; otherwise, phones " +"cannot establish a TLS connection" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:333 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"\"Configuration Model\": You can change the configuration model among those " -"offered." +"\"Configuration Model\": You can change the configuration model among " +"those offered." msgstr "" -"``Configuration Model``: you can change the configuration model among those " -"offered." +"``Configuration Model``: you can change the configuration model among " +"those offered." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:334 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"\"Edit Configuration\": You can modify the configuration of the individual " -"phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The individual phone " -"defaults to the configuration of the model and default settings. Refer to :" -"ref:`wizard2-models` for more details." +"\"Edit Configuration\": You can modify the configuration of the " +"individual phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The " +"individual phone defaults to the configuration of the model and default " +"settings. Refer to :ref:`wizard2-models` for more details." msgstr "" -"``Edit Configuration``: you can modify the configuration of the individual " -"phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The individual phone " -"has the configuration of the model and default settings by default. Refer " -"to :ref:wizard2-models for more details." +"``Edit Configuration``: you can modify the configuration of the " +"individual phone by entering changes valid only for this device. The " +"individual phone has the configuration of the model and default settings " +"by default. Refer to :ref:wizard2-models for more details." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:335 #, fuzzy @@ -7343,12 +7428,12 @@ msgstr "``Mac-Address``: Displays the MAC address of the associated device." #, fuzzy msgid "" "\"Show Password\" for custom devices. The SIP password is shown, which, " -"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually configure " -"the custom device." +"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually " +"configure the custom device." msgstr "" "``Show Password`` for custom devices. The SIP password is shown, which, " -"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually configure " -"the custom device." +"along with the internal and PBX address, can be used to manually " +"configure the custom device." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:337 #, fuzzy @@ -7377,17 +7462,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:347 #, fuzzy msgid "``Default Settings``: These are found on the :ref:`wizard-model` page." -msgstr "" -"``Default Settings``: these are found on the :ref:`wizard-modelli` page." +msgstr "``Default Settings``: these are found on the :ref:`wizard-modelli` page." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:348 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Model Settings``: Parameters are taken from the configuration of the model " -"associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-model` page." +"``Model Settings``: Parameters are taken from the configuration of the " +"model associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-" +"model` page." msgstr "" -"``Model Settings``: parameters are taken from the configuration of the model " -"associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-modelli` page." +"``Model Settings``: parameters are taken from the configuration of the " +"model associated with the device, which is found on the :ref:`wizard-" +"modelli` page." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:349 #, fuzzy @@ -7401,11 +7487,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:350 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethVoice CTI Settings where it is possible to configure parameters of the " -"physical phone associated with the user." +"NethVoice CTI Settings where it is possible to configure parameters of " +"the physical phone associated with the user." msgstr "" -"NethVoice CTI Settings where it's possible to configure parameters of the " -"physical phone associated with the user." +"NethVoice CTI Settings where it's possible to configure parameters of the" +" physical phone associated with the user." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:352 #, fuzzy @@ -7415,19 +7501,19 @@ msgid "" "priority to be followed:" msgstr "" "In case there is a parameter with non-uniform configuration across the " -"various sections listed above, this is the descending order of priority to " -"be followed:" +"various sections listed above, this is the descending order of priority " +"to be followed:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:354 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Phone Settings`` and NethVoice CTI Settings are the settings with the " -"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a conflict " -"between the two." +"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a " +"conflict between the two." msgstr "" "``Phone Settings`` and NethVoice CTI Settings are the settings with the " -"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a conflict " -"between the two." +"highest priority, with the latter taking precedence if there is a " +"conflict between the two." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:355 #, fuzzy @@ -7453,14 +7539,15 @@ msgstr "Languages" #, fuzzy msgid "In the Languages menu, you can set the default language for NethVoice." msgstr "" -"In the Languages menu, it's possible to set the default NethVoice language." +"In the Languages menu, it's possible to set the default NethVoice " +"language." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:369 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Settings page allows you to manage various aspects of the configuration." -msgstr "" -"The Settings page allows managing various aspects of the configuration." +"The Settings page allows you to manage various aspects of the " +"configuration." +msgstr "The Settings page allows managing various aspects of the configuration." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:371 #, fuzzy @@ -7519,15 +7606,15 @@ msgstr "Email notifications" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:397 msgid "" -"The MAC address is fundamental for the **Provisioning** of NethVoice as it " -"uniquely identifies the phone." +"The MAC address is fundamental for the **Provisioning** of NethVoice as " +"it uniquely identifies the phone." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:399 msgid "" -"Entering the MAC address of the phones does not require connecting the phone " -"to the network. Indeed, it is possible to enter the MAC addresses of phones " -"that are still packaged." +"Entering the MAC address of the phones does not require connecting the " +"phone to the network. Indeed, it is possible to enter the MAC addresses " +"of phones that are still packaged." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:401 @@ -7542,7 +7629,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:406 msgid "" -"The configuration of a phone is complete when it is associated with a user." +"The configuration of a phone is complete when it is associated with a " +"user." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:408 @@ -7551,8 +7639,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:410 msgid "" -"NethVoice assigns a progressive number to each device associated with the " -"user using the following criteria:" +"NethVoice assigns a progressive number to each device associated with the" +" user using the following criteria:" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:412 @@ -7583,9 +7671,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:427 msgid "" -"Let's consider the **first boot** for phones that are new, just taken out of " -"the box, or those that have undergone a factory reset and have never been " -"started up." +"Let's consider the **first boot** for phones that are new, just taken out" +" of the box, or those that have undergone a factory reset and have never " +"been started up." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:429 @@ -7603,15 +7691,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:435 msgid "" -"Verify the compatibility of the phones with supported provisioning methods. " -"Please read the following sections carefully." +"Verify the compatibility of the phones with supported provisioning " +"methods. Please read the following sections carefully." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:437 msgid "" -"If a phone is already in use, it is possible to prepare it for association " -"with NethVoice through **firmware upgrade** and **factory reset** " -"procedures. Both procedures are accessible via the phone's web " +"If a phone is already in use, it is possible to prepare it for " +"association with NethVoice through **firmware upgrade** and **factory " +"reset** procedures. Both procedures are accessible via the phone's web " "administration interface." msgstr "" @@ -7622,14 +7710,14 @@ msgstr "Provisioning Parameters Guide" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:444 msgid "" -"Phones can access their configuration via standard web protocols, HTTP or " -"HTTPS (TCP port 80 or 443)." +"Phones can access their configuration via standard web protocols, HTTP or" +" HTTPS (TCP port 80 or 443)." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:446 msgid "" -"When the MAC address of the phone is entered into NethVoice, a provisioning " -"URL (address) is generated." +"When the MAC address of the phone is entered into NethVoice, a " +"provisioning URL (address) is generated." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:448 @@ -7649,50 +7737,51 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:454 msgid "" -"To obtain the provisioning URL, the phone, at its first boot, can use two " -"methods: **RPS** and **DHCP**." +"To obtain the provisioning URL, the phone, at its first boot, can use two" +" methods: **RPS** and **DHCP**." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:456 msgid "" -"The **RPS** (Redirect & Provisioning Service) method involves entering the " -"provisioning URL on the manufacturer's website for the phone. NethVoice is " -"capable of performing this insertion automatically. As soon as the phone is " -"powered on for the first time, it attempts to contact the manufacturer's " -"website to obtain the provisioning URL." +"The **RPS** (Redirect & Provisioning Service) method involves entering " +"the provisioning URL on the manufacturer's website for the phone. " +"NethVoice is capable of performing this insertion automatically. As soon " +"as the phone is powered on for the first time, it attempts to contact the" +" manufacturer's website to obtain the provisioning URL." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:458 msgid "" -"The **DHCP** method is based on configuring OPTION 66 of the DHCP (Dynamic " -"Host Configuration Protocol) protocol specifically for each brand of phone. " -"It is necessary to configure the network's DHCP server appropriately." +"The **DHCP** method is based on configuring OPTION 66 of the DHCP " +"(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) protocol specifically for each " +"brand of phone. It is necessary to configure the network's DHCP server " +"appropriately." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:460 msgid "" -"If neither RPS nor DHCP works, it is possible to access the web interface of " -"the phone's administration and manually enter the provisioning URL. Remember " -"to disable other provisioning methods, such as DHCP and PNP." +"If neither RPS nor DHCP works, it is possible to access the web interface" +" of the phone's administration and manually enter the provisioning URL. " +"Remember to disable other provisioning methods, such as DHCP and PNP." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:462 msgid "" "The provisioning URL is displayed in the administration interface of " -"NethVoice for each phone, via the :guilabel:`Info` button on the page :" -"guilabel:`Devices > Phones`." +"NethVoice for each phone, via the :guilabel:`Info` button on the page " +":guilabel:`Devices > Phones`." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:464 msgid "" -"In any case, once the provisioning URL is obtained, the phone always uses " -"this to access its configuration on NethVoice." +"In any case, once the provisioning URL is obtained, the phone always uses" +" this to access its configuration on NethVoice." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:468 msgid "" -"Refer to section :ref:`provisioning-support-section` for further information " -"on manufacturers' support for RPS and DHCP." +"Refer to section :ref:`provisioning-support-section` for further " +"information on manufacturers' support for RPS and DHCP." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:471 @@ -7788,13 +7877,12 @@ msgstr "enable built-in web administration interface" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:498 msgid "" -"Upon restart, the phone retrieves the configurations from the provisioning " -"URL." +"Upon restart, the phone retrieves the configurations from the " +"provisioning URL." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:500 -msgid "" -"Any changes made from the phone's administration interface will be lost." +msgid "Any changes made from the phone's administration interface will be lost." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:502 @@ -7803,15 +7891,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:504 msgid "" -"Provisioned phones will automatically update their configuration even upon a " -"change of state (Available, Do Not Disturb, etc.) in NethVoice CTI of the " -"connected user to maintain uniformity of state across all devices." +"Provisioned phones will automatically update their configuration even " +"upon a change of state (Available, Do Not Disturb, etc.) in NethVoice CTI" +" of the connected user to maintain uniformity of state across all " +"devices." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:506 msgid "" -"This configuration update does not cause any disruption or restart of the " -"phone." +"This configuration update does not cause any disruption or restart of the" +" phone." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:509 @@ -7829,11 +7918,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:513 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The password is available in the NethVoice administration interface, on the :" -"guilabel:`Models > Default Settings` page." +"The password is available in the NethVoice administration interface, on " +"the :guilabel:`Models > Default Settings` page." msgstr "" -"If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the Nethvoice " -"administration interface, there is a button ``View more`` to add more." +"If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the " +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a button ``View more`` to " +"add more." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:518 #, fuzzy @@ -7864,28 +7954,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:531 msgid "" -"It is possible to distribute the updated firmware to all phones of the same " -"model or to a single phone. The firmware file obtained from the " -"manufacturer's website must be uploaded through the administration interface " -"of NethVoice, respectively in :guilabel:`Models > Preferences > Firmware` or " -"in :guilabel:`Configuration > Associated Devices > Edit > Preferences`." +"It is possible to distribute the updated firmware to all phones of the " +"same model or to a single phone. The firmware file obtained from the " +"manufacturer's website must be uploaded through the administration " +"interface of NethVoice, respectively in :guilabel:`Models > Preferences >" +" Firmware` or in :guilabel:`Configuration > Associated Devices > Edit > " +"Preferences`." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:534 -msgid "" -"The filename can contain only letters, numbers, and the symbols ``._-()``." +msgid "The filename can contain only letters, numbers, and the symbols ``._-()``." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:536 msgid "" -"The phones receive the update according to the times indicated in :ref:" -"`provisioning-automatic-updates`." +"The phones receive the update according to the times indicated in :ref" +":`provisioning-automatic-updates`." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:540 msgid "" -"When the phones have received the update, deselect the firmware file in the " -"NethVoice interface to reduce network traffic." +"When the phones have received the update, deselect the firmware file in " +"the NethVoice interface to reduce network traffic." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:542 @@ -7894,8 +7984,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:544 msgid "" -"`Yealink `_" +"`Yealink " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:545 @@ -7908,8 +7998,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:547 msgid "" -"`Gigaset `_" +"`Gigaset " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:550 @@ -8120,8 +8210,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:646 msgid "" -"For Gigaset phones, make sure that the network DHCP server does not provide " -"OPTION 66." +"For Gigaset phones, make sure that the network DHCP server does not " +"provide OPTION 66." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:651 @@ -8136,33 +8226,34 @@ msgid "" "grouped in the panels of the NethVoice administration interface and are " "described in the sections below." msgstr "" -"The functions of phones configurable through provisioning are collected in " -"the panels of the NethVoice administration interface and described in the " -"following sections." +"The functions of phones configurable through provisioning are collected " +"in the panels of the NethVoice administration interface and described in " +"the following sections." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:655 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Not all phone models offer the same functions, so some parameters or entire " -"panels might not be displayed." +"Not all phone models offer the same functions, so some parameters or " +"entire panels might not be displayed." msgstr "" -"Not all phone models have the same functions, so some parameters or entire " -"panels may not be displayed." +"Not all phone models have the same functions, so some parameters or " +"entire panels may not be displayed." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:657 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Generally, leaving a field empty or selecting the option - (minus sign) " -"indicates that the value inherited from the context with lower priority is " -"used; the highest priority is given to the phone settings, followed in " -"descending order by model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`Phone " -"Configuration Priority ` for more information." +"indicates that the value inherited from the context with lower priority " +"is used; the highest priority is given to the phone settings, followed in" +" descending order by model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`Phone " +"Configuration Priority ` for more " +"information." msgstr "" "In general, leaving a field empty or selecting the option - (minus sign) " "indicates the value inherited from the context with lower priority; the " -"highest priority is for the phone settings, followed in descending order by " -"model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`priority of phone configurations " -"` for further information." +"highest priority is for the phone settings, followed in descending order " +"by model and default settings. Refer to :ref:`priority of phone " +"configurations ` for further information." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:663 #, fuzzy @@ -8172,8 +8263,8 @@ msgstr "Soft key" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:665 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``soft keys`` are programmable phone keys designated for calling phone " -"functions." +"The ``soft keys`` are programmable phone keys designated for calling " +"phone functions." msgstr "" "The ``soft keys`` are programmable phone keys specific for calling phone " "functions." @@ -8186,26 +8277,26 @@ msgid "" "additional keys." msgstr "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " -"additional keys." +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " +"add additional keys." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:670 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also need " -"to be completed, as indicated in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also " +"need to be completed, as indicated in the table below." msgstr "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also need " -"to be filled in, as indicated in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the ``Value`` and ``Label`` fields may also " +"need to be filled in, as indicated in the table below." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:672 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the Label column, the term default signifies that if the Label field is " -"left empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." +"In the Label column, the term default signifies that if the Label field " +"is left empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." msgstr "" -"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label field " -"empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." +"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label " +"field empty, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the soft key." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:675 #, fuzzy @@ -8240,11 +8331,11 @@ msgstr "Forward" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:685 ../../nethvoice.rst:767 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, all " -"incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" +"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, " +"all incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" msgstr "" -"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, all " -"incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" +"Enable/disable the forward state (unconditional forwarding). If enabled, " +"all incoming calls are forwarded to the specified number" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:686 ../../nethvoice.rst:768 ../../nethvoice.rst:773 #, fuzzy @@ -8269,11 +8360,11 @@ msgstr "DND" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:690 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls are " -"rejected" +"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls " +"are rejected" msgstr "" -"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls are " -"rejected" +"Enable/disable the do not disturb state. If enabled, all incoming calls " +"are rejected" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:691 ../../nethvoice.rst:692 ../../nethvoice.rst:696 #: ../../nethvoice.rst:712 ../../nethvoice.rst:716 ../../nethvoice.rst:721 @@ -8411,41 +8502,43 @@ msgstr "Line key" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys that resemble soft keys but " -"are more specifically designed for call management and monitoring the status " -"of extensions." +"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys that resemble soft keys but" +" are more specifically designed for call management and monitoring the " +"status of extensions." msgstr "" -"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys similar to soft keys but more " -"specific for call management and monitoring the status of extensions." +"The ``line keys`` are programmable phone keys similar to soft keys but " +"more specific for call management and monitoring the status of " +"extensions." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:746 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the phone provides more keys than those displayed in the NethVoice " -"administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add additional " -"keys." +"administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " +"additional keys." msgstr "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " -"additional keys." +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " +"add additional keys." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:748 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` might need to " -"be filled in, as outlined in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` might need " +"to be filled in, as outlined in the table below." msgstr "" -"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` may need to be " -"filled in, as indicated in the table below." +"Depending on the ``Type``, the fields ``Value`` and ``Label`` may need to" +" be filled in, as indicated in the table below." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:750 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the Label column, the term \"default\" signifies that if the Label field " -"is left blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the line key." +"In the Label column, the term \"default\" signifies that if the Label " +"field is left blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the " +"line key." msgstr "" -"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label field " -"blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the line key." +"In the Label column, the term default indicates that leaving the Label " +"field blank, the phone will assign a default ``label`` to the line key." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:752 #, fuzzy @@ -8460,11 +8553,11 @@ msgstr "Conference" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:762 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can listen " -"and speak with others simultaneously" +"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can " +"listen and speak with others simultaneously" msgstr "" -"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can listen " -"and speak with others simultaneously" +"Active calls are merged into a conference where each participant can " +"listen and speak with others simultaneously" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:771 #, fuzzy @@ -8474,11 +8567,11 @@ msgstr "Local storage" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:772 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed number " -"at the moment" +"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed " +"number at the moment" msgstr "" -"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed number " -"at the moment" +"Transfers the current call to the selected number or another dialed " +"number at the moment" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:776 #, fuzzy @@ -8493,11 +8586,11 @@ msgstr "Places the current call on hold" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:782 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all incoming " -"calls are rejected" +"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all " +"incoming calls are rejected" msgstr "" -"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all incoming " -"calls are rejected" +"Enables/disables the Do Not Disturb (DND) status. If enabled, all " +"incoming calls are rejected" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:787 #, fuzzy @@ -8517,9 +8610,11 @@ msgstr "DTMF" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:797 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a call" +"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a " +"call" msgstr "" -"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a call" +"Executes a sequence of Dual-Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) tones during a " +"call" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:798 #, fuzzy @@ -8564,11 +8659,11 @@ msgstr "BLF" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:822 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its status, " -"performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" +"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its " +"status, performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" msgstr "" -"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its status, " -"performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" +"Monitors the status of the selected extension and, depending on its " +"status, performs either a pick up or speed dial when pressed" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:827 #, fuzzy @@ -8623,13 +8718,13 @@ msgstr "Phone lock" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:852 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, restricting " -"access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs to be configured " -"according to the phone's documentation" +"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, " +"restricting access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs " +"to be configured according to the phone's documentation" msgstr "" -"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, restricting " -"access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs to be configured " -"according to the phone's documentation" +"Activate the phone lock\" enables the lock feature on the phone, " +"restricting access to the keys and interface. The unlock sequence needs " +"to be configured according to the phone's documentation" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:858 #, fuzzy @@ -8656,26 +8751,24 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"NethVoice administration interface, a ``View more`` button is available to " -"add additional keys." +"NethVoice administration interface, a ``View more`` button is available " +"to add additional keys." msgstr "" "If the expansion module provides more keys than are displayed in the " -"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to add " -"additional keys." +"Nethvoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " +"add additional keys." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:871 #, fuzzy msgid "This type of key is configured similarly to the Line key." -msgstr "" -"This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." +msgstr "This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:873 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This type of key is configured similarly to the :ref:`Line key `." -msgstr "" -"This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." +msgstr "This type of key is configured like the :ref:`Line key `." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:878 #, fuzzy @@ -8685,41 +8778,41 @@ msgstr "Screen and Ringtone" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:880 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Ringtone Selection``: Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can be " -"selected based on their progressive number. Where supported, a custom " -"ringtone can also be chosen, which should then be uploaded into the field " -"described below." +"``Ringtone Selection``: Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can" +" be selected based on their progressive number. Where supported, a custom" +" ringtone can also be chosen, which should then be uploaded into the " +"field described below." msgstr "" -"``Ringtone Selection`` Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can be " -"selected based on the progressive number. Where supported, you can also " -"choose a custom ringtone, which should then be loaded into the field " -"described below." +"``Ringtone Selection`` Each phone has some predefined ringtones that can " +"be selected based on the progressive number. Where supported, you can " +"also choose a custom ringtone, which should then be loaded into the field" +" described below." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:882 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Custom Ringtone Management``: Select an audio file for the custom ringtone " -"that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by opening the " -"dedicated management module. The audio format must be compatible with the " -"specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"``Custom Ringtone Management``: Select an audio file for the custom " +"ringtone that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by " +"opening the dedicated management module. The audio format must be " +"compatible with the specifications of the phone manufacturer." msgstr "" -"``Custom Ringtone Management`` Select an audio file for the custom ringtone " -"that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by opening the " -"dedicated management module. The audio format must be compatible with the " -"specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"``Custom Ringtone Management`` Select an audio file for the custom " +"ringtone that has been previously uploaded, or upload a new one by " +"opening the dedicated management module. The audio format must be " +"compatible with the specifications of the phone manufacturer." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:884 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Background Image\" \"Screensaver Image``: Select an image file for the " -"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening the " -"dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with the " -"specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening " +"the dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with " +"the specifications of the phone manufacturer." msgstr "" "``Background Image`` ``Screensaver Image`` Select an image file for the " -"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening the " -"dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with the " -"specifications of the phone manufacturer." +"phone screen background and screensaver, or upload a new one by opening " +"the dedicated management panel. The image format must be compatible with " +"the specifications of the phone manufacturer." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:886 #, fuzzy @@ -8733,11 +8826,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:888 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Backlight Off``: Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness or " -"turns off the screen backlight." +"``Backlight Off``: Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness" +" or turns off the screen backlight." msgstr "" -"``Backlight Off`` Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness or " -"turns off the screen backlight." +"``Backlight Off`` Time interval after which the screen lowers brightness " +"or turns off the screen backlight." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:890 #, fuzzy @@ -8745,8 +8838,8 @@ msgid "" "``Screen Brightness`` \"Screen Contrast\": Select the brightness and " "contrast levels of the screen." msgstr "" -"``Screen Brightness`` ``Screen Contrast`` Select the brightness and contrast " -"levels of the screen." +"``Screen Brightness`` ``Screen Contrast`` Select the brightness and " +"contrast levels of the screen." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:893 #, fuzzy @@ -8765,15 +8858,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:897 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"\"Provisioning Schedule``: By selecting Only at startup, phones renew their " -"configuration after turning on or restarting. Alternatively, by selecting " -"Every day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a random time " -"during the night." +"\"Provisioning Schedule``: By selecting Only at startup, phones renew " +"their configuration after turning on or restarting. Alternatively, by " +"selecting Every day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a " +"random time during the night." msgstr "" -"``Provisioning Schedule`` By selecting Only at startup, phones renew their " -"configuration after turning on or restarting. Instead, by selecting Every " -"day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a random time during " -"the night. See also :ref:provisioning2-automatic-updates." +"``Provisioning Schedule`` By selecting Only at startup, phones renew " +"their configuration after turning on or restarting. Instead, by selecting" +" Every day, phones autonomously renew their configuration at a random " +"time during the night. See also :ref:provisioning2-automatic-updates." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:899 #, fuzzy @@ -8781,27 +8874,27 @@ msgid "" "``Transfer Mode for Line Keys``: Specifies how line keys transfer the " "ongoing call to another extension." msgstr "" -"``Transfer Mode for Line Keys`` Specifies how line keys transfer the ongoing " -"call to another extension." +"``Transfer Mode for Line Keys`` Specifies how line keys transfer the " +"ongoing call to another extension." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:901 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line " -"key, placing the current call on hold." +"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line" +" key, placing the current call on hold." msgstr "" -"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line " -"key, placing thecurrent call on hold." +"**New Call** initiates a new call to the extension configured on the line" +" key, placing thecurrent call on hold." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:903 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer " -"completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " +"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer" +" completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " "ringing or even after the answer." msgstr "" -"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer " -"completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " +"**Consultative** always places the current call on hold, and the transfer" +" completion can occur while the extension configured on the line key is " "ringing or even after the answer." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:905 @@ -8819,41 +8912,44 @@ msgid "" "``Phone Language``: Language used by the phone's screen and its web " "interface." msgstr "" -"``Phone Language`` Language used by the phone's screen and its web interface." +"``Phone Language`` Language used by the phone's screen and its web " +"interface." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:909 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Timezone``: Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving time " -"adjustments." +"``Timezone``: Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving " +"time adjustments." msgstr "" -"``Timezone`` Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving time " -"adjustments." +"``Timezone`` Sets the phone's timezone, necessary for daylight saving " +"time adjustments." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:911 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Ring Tones``: These are specific to each country and indicate the call " -"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, etc." +"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, " +"etc." msgstr "" "``Ring Tones`` These are specific to each country and indicate the call " -"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, etc." +"status through an audible signal: free tone, busy tone, hang-up tone, " +"etc." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:913 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Time Format`` \"Date Format\": Choice of the time/date format displayed on " -"the phone's screen." +"``Time Format`` \"Date Format\": Choice of the time/date format displayed" +" on the phone's screen." msgstr "" -"``Time Format`` ``Date Format`` Choice of the time/date format displayed on " -"the phone's screen." +"``Time Format`` ``Date Format`` Choice of the time/date format displayed " +"on the phone's screen." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:915 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Firmware``: Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the phone." -msgstr "" -"``Firmware`` Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the phone." +"``Firmware``: Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the " +"phone." +msgstr "``Firmware`` Upload and selection of a new firmware version for the phone." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:918 #, fuzzy @@ -8865,15 +8961,15 @@ msgstr "LDAP Phonebook" msgid "" "The first two options in the ``Address Book Type`` do not allow further " "modifications. Phones will use the fixed and unmodifiable centralized " -"phonebook of NethVoice. However, by selecting \"Custom phonebook,\" you can " -"modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a third-party " -"LDAP server." +"phonebook of NethVoice. However, by selecting \"Custom phonebook,\" you " +"can modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a " +"third-party LDAP server." msgstr "" "The first two options in the ``Address Book Type`` do not allow further " "modifications. Phones will use the fixed and unmodifiable centralized " -"phonebook of Nethvoice. However, by selecting ``Custom phonebook`` you can " -"modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a third-party " -"LDAP server." +"phonebook of Nethvoice. However, by selecting ``Custom phonebook`` you " +"can modify the remaining fields in this panel to connect phones to a " +"third-party LDAP server." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:922 #, fuzzy @@ -8890,22 +8986,25 @@ msgstr "``Port Number`` TCP port used by the LDAP server." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Username\" \"Password``: Authentication credentials for the LDAP service. " -"The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) LDAP or in " -"another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP server." +"``Username\" \"Password``: Authentication credentials for the LDAP " +"service. The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) " +"LDAP or in another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP " +"server." msgstr "" -"``Username`` ``Password`` Authentication credentials for the LDAP service. " -"The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) LDAP or in " -"another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP server." +"``Username`` ``Password`` Authentication credentials for the LDAP " +"service. The username might be specified as a Distinguished Name (DN) " +"LDAP or in another format, depending on the requirements of the LDAP " +"server." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:928 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Encryption``: Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! Some " -"phones do not support encryption, and it is necessary to select None." +"``Encryption``: Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! " +"Some phones do not support encryption, and it is necessary to select " +"None." msgstr "" -"``Encryption`` Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! Some " -"phones do not support encryption, and it's necessary to select None." +"``Encryption`` Protects the connection with TLS or STARTTLS. Caution! " +"Some phones do not support encryption, and it's necessary to select None." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:930 #, fuzzy @@ -8919,42 +9018,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:932 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number``: LDAP " -"search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by RFC-4515 and " -"later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a placeholder that " -"the phone replaces with the dialed number." +"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number``: " +"LDAP search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by " +"RFC-4515 and later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a " +"placeholder that the phone replaces with the dialed number." msgstr "" -"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number`` LDAP " -"search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by RFC-4515 and " -"later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a placeholder that " -"the phone replaces with the dialed number." +"``Search Filter for Contact Name`` ``Search Filter for Phone Number`` " +"LDAP search filters need to be specified with the syntax defined by " +"RFC-4515 and later. The character % (percentage sign) can be used as a " +"placeholder that the phone replaces with the dialed number." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:934 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Attributes for Contact Name``: Separated by space, list the names of LDAP " -"attributes that can contain the contact's name." +"``Attributes for Contact Name``: Separated by space, list the names of " +"LDAP attributes that can contain the contact's name." msgstr "" -"``Attributes for Contact Name`` Separated by space, list the names of LDAP " -"attributes that can contain the contact's name." +"``Attributes for Contact Name`` Separated by space, list the names of " +"LDAP attributes that can contain the contact's name." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:936 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Name Display Format``: Attributes' names preceded by the character % " -"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name is " -"displayed on the phone screen." +"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name" +" is displayed on the phone screen." msgstr "" "``Name Display Format`` Attributes' names preceded by the character % " -"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name is " -"displayed on the phone screen." +"(percentage sign) can be composed to form the pattern with which the name" +" is displayed on the phone screen." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:938 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Attribute for Main Phone Number`` ``Attribute for Mobile Number`` " -"``Attribute for Other Phone Number``: These three fields contain names of " -"LDAP attributes for the respective phone numbers." +"``Attribute for Other Phone Number``: These three fields contain names of" +" LDAP attributes for the respective phone numbers." msgstr "" "``Attribute for Main Phone Number`` ``Attribute for Mobile Number`` " "``Attribute for Other Phone Number`` These three fields contain names of " @@ -8968,12 +9067,12 @@ msgstr "Network" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:943 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet " -"mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " +"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet" +" mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " "provisioning URL (refer to \"Provisioning methods\")." msgstr "" -"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet " -"mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " +"Phones use the DHCP protocol to receive network configuration: IP, subnet" +" mask, DNS, and gateway. In some cases, DHCP is also used to obtain the " "provisioning URL (refer to :ref:`Provisioning methods `)." @@ -8985,24 +9084,24 @@ msgstr "However, the following parameters can be configured in this panel:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:947 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``VLAN Identifier (VID)``: By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, the " -"phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone itself, " -"according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"``VLAN Identifier (VID)``: By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, the" +" phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone " +"itself, according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." msgstr "" "``VLAN Identifier (VID)`` By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, the " -"phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone itself, " -"according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"phone will add VLAN tagging to the packets generated by the phone itself," +" according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:949 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``VLAN Identifier for PC port``: By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, " -"the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port (or data " -"port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"``VLAN Identifier for PC port``: By specifying a number between 1 and " +"4094, the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port " +"(or data port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." msgstr "" -"``VLAN Identifier for PC port`` By specifying a number between 1 and 4094, " -"the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port (or data " -"port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." +"``VLAN Identifier for PC port`` By specifying a number between 1 and " +"4094, the phone will add VLAN tagging to packets coming from the PC port " +"(or data port), following the IEEE 802.1Q standard." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:951 #, fuzzy @@ -9011,15 +9110,14 @@ msgid "" "setting at a lower priority (model or default), while \"0\" (zero) " "corresponds to \"disabled\"." msgstr "" -"In the VLAN fields, the value \"\" (empty string), as usual, considers the " -"setting at a lower priority (model or default), while \"0\" (zero) " +"In the VLAN fields, the value \"\" (empty string), as usual, considers " +"the setting at a lower priority (model or default), while \"0\" (zero) " "corresponds to \"disabled\"." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:955 #, fuzzy msgid "Entering an incorrect VLAN identifier can render the phone unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Entering an incorrect VLAN identifier can render the phone unreachable." +msgstr "Entering an incorrect VLAN identifier can render the phone unreachable." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:958 msgid "Gateway Provisioning" @@ -9089,9 +9187,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:991 msgid "" -"However, by selecting :guilabel:`Add Gateway`, it is feasible to generate a " -"configuration for a gateway not yet connected and subsequently configure it " -"by uploading the file through the gateway's web interface." +"However, by selecting :guilabel:`Add Gateway`, it is feasible to generate" +" a configuration for a gateway not yet connected and subsequently " +"configure it by uploading the file through the gateway's web interface." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:994 @@ -9128,21 +9226,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1002 msgid "" "Any characteristics required for configuring connected lines (for ISDN " -"lines, the ISDN terminal adapter's mode; for analog lines, the dialed number " -"of the line)." +"lines, the ISDN terminal adapter's mode; for analog lines, the dialed " +"number of the line)." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1004 msgid "" -"For Grandstream models with 2 network interfaces, the LAN interface's MAC " -"address must be provided, but NethVoice's configuration utilizes the WAN " -"interface, which will be the one used." +"For Grandstream models with 2 network interfaces, the LAN interface's MAC" +" address must be provided, but NethVoice's configuration utilizes the WAN" +" interface, which will be the one used." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1006 msgid "" -"To download the gateway configuration for uploading via the web interface, " -"click on the management button (symbol with three squares)." +"To download the gateway configuration for uploading via the web " +"interface, click on the management button (symbol with three squares)." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1009 @@ -9151,32 +9249,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1011 msgid "" -"The dashboard serves as the initial page of NethVoice following the first " -"configuration." +"The dashboard serves as the initial page of NethVoice following the first" +" configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1013 -msgid "" -"It offers an overview of the elements involved in NethVoice's operation." +msgid "It offers an overview of the elements involved in NethVoice's operation." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1018 msgid "" -"The dashboard showcases the users configured in NethVoice along with their " -"presence status and telephone devices." +"The dashboard showcases the users configured in NethVoice along with " +"their presence status and telephone devices." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1020 msgid "" -"If a user's presence configuration deviates from the default (Available), an " -"option exists to reset it to the normal state by clicking on the eraser " -"symbol." +"If a user's presence configuration deviates from the default (Available)," +" an option exists to reset it to the normal state by clicking on the " +"eraser symbol." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1022 msgid "" -"Clicking to view details about an individual device displays the telephone " -"device's specifics:" +"Clicking to view details about an individual device displays the " +"telephone device's specifics:" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1024 @@ -9219,24 +9316,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1042 msgid "" "The *Applications* section allows for the creation, modification, or " -"deletion of certain PBX features, which are initially created and configured " -"in the wizard but subsequently utilized in the NethVoice CTI." +"deletion of certain PBX features, which are initially created and " +"configured in the wizard but subsequently utilized in the NethVoice CTI." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1044 msgid "" -"For instance, customer cards are set up in the wizard to access the database " -"and to practically display the obtained information, but the actual usage " -"occurs within the NethVoice CTI, during calls or when searching for specific " -"information." +"For instance, customer cards are set up in the wizard to access the " +"database and to practically display the obtained information, but the " +"actual usage occurs within the NethVoice CTI, during calls or when " +"searching for specific information." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1049 msgid "" "The *customer cards* section enables the grouping of information from " "external databases to the PBX and its display during calls. For example, " -"when receiving a call from a specific customer, retrieve information from " -"the database related to their invoices or any outstanding payments and " +"when receiving a call from a specific customer, retrieve information from" +" the database related to their invoices or any outstanding payments and " "evaluate whether to provide assistance or not. To create a new customer " "card, follow these steps:" msgstr "" @@ -9248,15 +9345,13 @@ msgstr "Address Book" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1055 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Create New Source` and complete the form that appears:" -msgstr "" -"fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create New Source` and complete the form that appears:" +msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1057 msgid "" -"``Database Type``: Specify the type of database from which information will " -"be retrieved." +"``Database Type``: Specify the type of database from which information " +"will be retrieved." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1058 @@ -9292,8 +9387,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1065 msgid "" -"Press :guilabel:`Save` to add the database source. The newly created source " -"will be listed among the available sources." +"Press :guilabel:`Save` to add the database source. The newly created " +"source will be listed among the available sources." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1068 @@ -9303,17 +9398,17 @@ msgstr "template custom" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1070 msgid "" -"Templates serve as the blueprint for your customer cards. They utilize the " -"`ejs` engine, which boasts a JavaScript-like syntax. This allows for the " -"writing of HTML code using specific directives available on the website " -"https://github.com/tj/ejs." +"Templates serve as the blueprint for your customer cards. They utilize " +"the `ejs` engine, which boasts a JavaScript-like syntax. This allows for " +"the writing of HTML code using specific directives available on the " +"website https://github.com/tj/ejs." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1072 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To begin the creation process, click on the :guilabel:`Create New Template` " -"button:" +"To begin the creation process, click on the :guilabel:`Create New " +"Template` button:" msgstr "cliccare sul pulsante :guilabel: `Create route`" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1074 @@ -9323,16 +9418,16 @@ msgstr "``Model``: specify the gateway model" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1075 msgid "" -"``Results``: This field contains the output of your query in JSON format. " -"Use the text field to test and see how your HTML template will appear with " -"your data." +"``Results``: This field contains the output of your query in JSON format." +" Use the text field to test and see how your HTML template will appear " +"with your data." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1076 msgid "" -"``Code (ejs)``: Enter your template's code in this text field, adhering to " -"the ejs syntax and using the values mentioned above (which are essentially " -"the result columns of your query)." +"``Code (ejs)``: Enter your template's code in this text field, adhering " +"to the ejs syntax and using the values mentioned above (which are " +"essentially the result columns of your query)." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1077 @@ -9343,16 +9438,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1079 msgid "" -"The PBX already offers some predefined templates with pre-written HTML code " -"that you can duplicate and modify by altering the color." +"The PBX already offers some predefined templates with pre-written HTML " +"code that you can duplicate and modify by altering the color." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1084 msgid "" -"After creating the data source and the template for your card, this section " -"requires you to merge the two pieces of information to ensure the card's " -"correct creation. Click on the :guilabel:`Create New Card` button and fill " -"out the form:" +"After creating the data source and the template for your card, this " +"section requires you to merge the two pieces of information to ensure the" +" card's correct creation. Click on the :guilabel:`Create New Card` button" +" and fill out the form:" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1086 @@ -9370,8 +9465,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1089 msgid "" -"``Profile``: Select the type of user profile to which the customer card you " -"are creating will be displayed." +"``Profile``: Select the type of user profile to which the customer card " +"you are creating will be displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1090 @@ -9380,9 +9475,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1091 msgid "" -"``Render``: By pressing this button, the query will execute on the specified " -"source, and the data will be inserted into the selected template, producing " -"the desired output." +"``Render``: By pressing this button, the query will execute on the " +"specified source, and the data will be inserted into the selected " +"template, producing the desired output." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1093 @@ -9392,9 +9487,9 @@ msgstr "Use the :guilabel:`Add` button to add a custom field inside the panel." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1096 msgid "" -"Once the query and card have been created and it is verified that everything " -"works, use the `$NUMBER` variable to replace numerical parameters in your " -"query." +"Once the query and card have been created and it is verified that " +"everything works, use the `$NUMBER` variable to replace numerical " +"parameters in your query." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:1098 ../../user_domains.rst:81 @@ -9426,27 +9521,28 @@ msgstr "Il modulo NethVoice Proxy è diviso in due parti principali:" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:9 msgid "" -"`Kamalio `_: `SIP `_ proxy server for managing SIP connections" +"`Kamalio `_: `SIP " +"`_ proxy " +"server for managing SIP connections" msgstr "" -"`Kamalio `_: `SIP `_ server proxy per la gestione delle " -"connessioni SIP" +"`Kamalio `_: `SIP " +"`_ server " +"proxy per la gestione delle connessioni SIP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:10 msgid "" -"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP `_ proxy for managing RTP " -"connections" +"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP " +"`_ proxy for " +"managing RTP connections" msgstr "" -"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP `_ proxy per la gestione " -"delle connessioni RTP" +"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP " +"`_ proxy per " +"la gestione delle connessioni RTP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:12 msgid "" -"NethVoice Proxy allows you to manage all incoming and outgoing SIP and RTP " -"connections." +"NethVoice Proxy allows you to manage all incoming and outgoing SIP and " +"RTP connections." msgstr "" "NethVoice Proxy consente di gestire tutte le connessioni SIP e RTP in " "entrata e in uscita." @@ -9456,43 +9552,44 @@ msgid "" "The proxy will be used by :ref:`NethVoice ` instances " "that must be installed after this proxy is up and running." msgstr "" -"Il proxy sarà utilizzato da :ref:`NethVoice ` istanze " -"che devono essere installate dopo che questo proxy è in funzione." +"Il proxy sarà utilizzato da :ref:`NethVoice ` istanze" +" che devono essere installate dopo che questo proxy è in funzione." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can install only one NethVoice Proxy per node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install only one NethVoice Proxy per node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:21 msgid "" -"NethVoice Proxy needs a virtual host, an FQDN like ``proxy.nethserver.org``, " -"this virtual host may be dedicated or shared with the one used in a :ref:" -"`NethVoice ` application." +"NethVoice Proxy needs a virtual host, an FQDN like " +"``proxy.nethserver.org``, this virtual host may be dedicated or shared " +"with the one used in a :ref:`NethVoice ` application." msgstr "" -"NethVoice Proxy ha bisogno di un host virtuale, un FQDN come ``proxy." -"nethserver.org``, questo host virtuale può essere dedicato o condiviso con " -"quello utilizzato in un :ref:`NethVoice ` applicazione." +"NethVoice Proxy ha bisogno di un host virtuale, un FQDN come " +"``proxy.nethserver.org``, questo host virtuale può essere dedicato o " +"condiviso con quello utilizzato in un :ref:`NethVoice ` applicazione." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also " -"sure to have the corresponding public DNS record." +"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make " +"also sure to have the corresponding public DNS record." msgstr "" "Se si sta progettando di utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come " -"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere il corrispondente record pubblico " -"DNS." +"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere il corrispondente record pubblico" +" DNS." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:29 msgid "" "access the application configuration page and enter a valid FQDN inside " "``Proxy Domain`` field" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un FQDN " -"valido all'interno del campo ``Proxy Domain``" +"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un " +"FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Proxy Domain``" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:30 msgid "insert the IPv4/IPv6 address that will receive VoIP traffic" @@ -9500,8 +9597,8 @@ msgstr "inserire l'indirizzo IPv4/IPv6 che riceverà il traffico VoIP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, you can install and configure one ore more :ref:`NethVoice ` instances." +"Now, you can install and configure one ore more :ref:`NethVoice " +"` instances." msgstr "" "Ora, è possibile installare e configurare una o più :ref:`NethVoice " " ` istanze." @@ -9514,17 +9611,17 @@ msgstr "Nextcloud" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your files " -"via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are. It also " -"provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your contacts, calendars " -"and bookmarks across all your devices and enables basic editing right on the " -"web." +"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your " +"files via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are." +" It also provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your " +"contacts, calendars and bookmarks across all your devices and enables " +"basic editing right on the web." msgstr "" -"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your files " -"via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are. It also " -"provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your contacts, calendars " -"and bookmarks across all your devices and enables basic editing right on the " -"web." +"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your " +"files via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are." +" It also provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your " +"contacts, calendars and bookmarks across all your devices and enables " +"basic editing right on the web." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:12 #, fuzzy @@ -9549,20 +9646,20 @@ msgstr "automatic backup" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:23 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``nextcloud." -"nethserver.org``." +"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " +"``nextcloud.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``nextcloud." -"nethserver.org``." +"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " +"``nextcloud.nethserver.org``." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:28 #, fuzzy @@ -9582,28 +9679,28 @@ msgstr "setup a ``Password for user 'admin'``, or leave the default one" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:36 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the " -"instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all users " -"from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. The built-" -"in ``admin`` user is always enabled." +"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the" +" instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all " +"users from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. " +"The built-in ``admin`` user is always enabled." msgstr "" -"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the " -"instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all users " -"from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. The built-" -"in ``admin`` user is always enabled." +"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the" +" instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all " +"users from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. " +"The built-in ``admin`` user is always enabled." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:41 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to integrate with Collabora (CODE) online see :ref:`below " "`, The option will be available after " -"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less then " -"a minute." +"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less " +"then a minute." msgstr "" "If you want to integrate with Collabora (CODE) online see :ref:`below " "`, The option will be available after " -"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less then " -"a minute." +"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less " +"then a minute." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:45 #, fuzzy @@ -9627,25 +9724,25 @@ msgstr "User list" #, fuzzy msgid "" "All users are listed inside the administrator panel of Nextcloud using a " -"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the system " -"ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as reported in " -"section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud documentation `_." +"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the " +"system ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as " +"reported in section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud " +"documentation `_." msgstr "" "All users are listed inside the administrator panel of Nextcloud using a " -"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the system " -"ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as reported in " -"section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud documentation `_." +"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the " +"system ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as " +"reported in section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud " +"documentation `_." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` " -"instance." +"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` instance." msgstr "" -"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` " -"instance." +"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` instance." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:64 #, fuzzy @@ -9655,24 +9752,24 @@ msgstr "Then, access the ``Settings`` page of Nextcloud module." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of the " -"existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " +"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of " +"the existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " "installation." msgstr "" -"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of the " -"existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " +"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of " +"the existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " "installation." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember to " -"disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does not " -"have a valid TLS certificate." +"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember" +" to disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does" +" not have a valid TLS certificate." msgstr "" -"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember to " -"disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does not " -"have a valid TLS certificate." +"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember" +" to disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does" +" not have a valid TLS certificate." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:72 #, fuzzy @@ -9691,39 +9788,39 @@ msgstr "Data retention policy" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention " -"policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" +"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention" +" policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" msgstr "" -"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention " -"policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" +"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention" +" policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:80 #, fuzzy msgid "" "if the account originates from the LDAP account provider, its data isn't " -"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about this " -"policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup `_." +"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about " +"this policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup " +"`_." msgstr "" "if the account originates from the LDAP account provider, its data isn't " -"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about this " -"policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup `_." +"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about " +"this policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup " +"`_." #: ../../nextcloud.rst:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, their " -"associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon deletion. " -"Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users `_." +"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, " +"their associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon " +"deletion. Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users " +"`_." msgstr "" -"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, their " -"associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon deletion. " -"Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users `_." +"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, " +"their associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon " +"deletion. Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users " +"`_." #: ../../os_network.rst:5 msgid "Node network setup" @@ -9731,39 +9828,41 @@ msgstr "Configurazione nodi della rete" #: ../../os_network.rst:7 msgid "" -"A workable network configuration could be already provided by an automatic " -"procedure, like ``cloud-init``. If you are running a cloud VPS, do not " -"change the node network settings, and **read the cloud provider " -"documentation** before changing the node host name." +"A workable network configuration could be already provided by an " +"automatic procedure, like ``cloud-init``. If you are running a cloud " +"VPS, do not change the node network settings, and **read the cloud " +"provider documentation** before changing the node host name." msgstr "" -"Una configurazione di rete funzionante potrebbe essere già fornita da una " -"procedura automatica, come ``cloud-init``. Se si esegue un VPS in cloud, non " -"modificare le impostazioni di rete dei nodi, e **leggi la documentazione del " -"cloud provider** prima di cambiare il nome dell'host del nodo." +"Una configurazione di rete funzionante potrebbe essere già fornita da una" +" procedura automatica, come ``cloud-init``. Se si esegue un VPS in cloud," +" non modificare le impostazioni di rete dei nodi, e **leggi la " +"documentazione del cloud provider** prima di cambiare il nome dell'host " +"del nodo." #: ../../os_network.rst:12 msgid "" -"Also the **OS installation procedure** can help to set up a working network " -"setup for your node. In this case refer to the OS documentation." +"Also the **OS installation procedure** can help to set up a working " +"network setup for your node. In this case refer to the OS documentation." msgstr "" -"Anche la **procedura di installazione del Sistema Operativo** può aiutare a " -"configurare una rete funzionante per il nodo. In questo caso fare " +"Anche la **procedura di installazione del Sistema Operativo** può aiutare" +" a configurare una rete funzionante per il nodo. In questo caso fare " "riferimento alla documentazione del sistema operativo." #: ../../os_network.rst:15 msgid "" -"In any other case, if the node cannot be reached from the network, enter the " -"system console and try to fix the network configuration with one of the " -"following methods." +"In any other case, if the node cannot be reached from the network, enter " +"the system console and try to fix the network configuration with one of " +"the following methods." msgstr "" -"In ogni altro caso, se il nodo non può essere raggiunto dalla rete, entrare " -"nella console di sistema e cercare di correggere la configurazione di rete " -"con uno dei seguenti metodi." +"In ogni altro caso, se il nodo non può essere raggiunto dalla rete, " +"entrare nella console di sistema e cercare di correggere la " +"configurazione di rete con uno dei seguenti metodi." #: ../../os_network.rst:19 msgid "The basic parameters to fix the node network configuration are:" msgstr "" -"I parametri di base per correggere la configurazione di rete del nodo sono:" +"I parametri di base per correggere la configurazione di rete del nodo " +"sono:" #: ../../os_network.rst:21 msgid "The public network interface name, for example ``eth0``" @@ -9782,18 +9881,19 @@ msgid "" "The network default gateway IP address. It is an IP address in the same " "network of your node, for instance ``192.168.12.1``" msgstr "" -"L'indirizzo IP del gateway predefinito di rete. Si tratta di un indirizzo IP " -"nella stessa rete del nodo, per esempio ``192.168.12.1``" +"L'indirizzo IP del gateway predefinito di rete. Si tratta di un indirizzo" +" IP nella stessa rete del nodo, per esempio ``192.168.12.1``" #: ../../os_network.rst:25 msgid "" "The DNS server address. It can be a public DNS service, like Google " -"``8.8.8.8`` or ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, or a private DNS server. " -"In small environments it could be the gateway host itself." +"``8.8.8.8`` or ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, or a private DNS " +"server. In small environments it could be the gateway host itself." msgstr "" -"L'indirizzo del server DNS. Può essere un servizio DNS pubblico, come Google " -"``8.8.8.8`` o ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, o un server DNS privato. " -"In piccoli ambienti potrebbe essere lo stesso host che funge da gateway." +"L'indirizzo del server DNS. Può essere un servizio DNS pubblico, come " +"Google ``8.8.8.8`` o ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, o un server DNS" +" privato. In piccoli ambienti potrebbe essere lo stesso host che funge da" +" gateway." #: ../../os_network.rst:30 msgid "``nmtui``" @@ -9805,13 +9905,14 @@ msgid "" "available on EL distributions, like CentOS Stream, Alma and Rocky Linux." msgstr "" "La ``nmtui`` (Interfaccia utente testuale per il controllo di " -"NetworkManager) è disponibile sulle distribuzioni EL, come CentOS Stream, " -"Alma e Rocky Linux." +"NetworkManager) è disponibile sulle distribuzioni EL, come CentOS Stream," +" Alma e Rocky Linux." #: ../../os_network.rst:35 msgid "Launch the text interface to edit network connections with: ::" msgstr "" -"Avviare l'interfaccia di testo per modificare le connessioni di rete con: ::" +"Avviare l'interfaccia di testo per modificare le connessioni di rete con:" +" ::" #: ../../os_network.rst:39 msgid "This is a summary of keyboard functions:" @@ -9819,11 +9920,11 @@ msgstr "Questo è un riassunto delle funzioni della tastiera:" #: ../../os_network.rst:41 msgid "" -"Arrows and tab keys move between interface elements (like buttons and form " -"fields)" +"Arrows and tab keys move between interface elements (like buttons and " +"form fields)" msgstr "" -"Le frecce e il tasto tabulatore muovono tra gli elementi dell' interfaccia " -"(come pulsanti e campi del modulo)" +"Le frecce e il tasto tabulatore muovono tra gli elementi dell' " +"interfaccia (come pulsanti e campi del modulo)" #: ../../os_network.rst:43 msgid "``Enter``, button click" @@ -9849,34 +9950,34 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti del sistema operativo" msgid "" "NethServer 8 is installed on top of Linux distributions and strives to " "preserve default configurations as much as possible. The system " -"administrator has the flexibility to choose how operating system updates are " -"applied." +"administrator has the flexibility to choose how operating system updates " +"are applied." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 è installato in cima alle distribuzioni Linux e si sforza il " -"più possibile di preservare le configurazioni di default. L'amministratore " -"di sistema ha la flessibilità di scegliere come vengono applicati gli " -"aggiornamenti del sistema operativo." +"NethServer 8 è installato in cima alle distribuzioni Linux e si sforza il" +" più possibile di preservare le configurazioni di default. " +"L'amministratore di sistema ha la flessibilità di scegliere come vengono " +"applicati gli aggiornamenti del sistema operativo." #: ../../os_updates.rst:12 msgid "" -"It is generally advisable to apply operating system updates promptly. If you " -"have an active subscription, updates are automatically applied as described " -"in the :ref:`scheduled-updates` section. Otherwise, consult your " -"distribution documentation for guidance:" +"It is generally advisable to apply operating system updates promptly. If " +"you have an active subscription, updates are automatically applied as " +"described in the :ref:`scheduled-updates` section. Otherwise, consult " +"your distribution documentation for guidance:" msgstr "" "È generalmente consigliabile applicare prontamente gli aggiornamenti del " -"sistema operativo. Se si dispone di un abbonamento attivo, gli aggiornamenti " -"vengono applicati automaticamente come descritto nella sezione: `scheduled-" -"updates`. In caso contrario, consultare la guida della documentazione della " -"distribuzione:" +"sistema operativo. Se si dispone di un abbonamento attivo, gli " +"aggiornamenti vengono applicati automaticamente come descritto nella " +"sezione: `scheduled-updates`. In caso contrario, consultare la guida " +"della documentazione della distribuzione:" #: ../../os_updates.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux `_" +"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux `_" +"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux " +"`_" #: ../../os_updates.rst:18 #, fuzzy @@ -9890,17 +9991,17 @@ msgid "" "unexpected issues. To enable automatic updates on CentOS Stream, simply " "follow the same instructions as outlined for Rocky Linux." msgstr "" -"CentOS Stream è considerato come un'anteprima del prossimo rilascio stabile " -"RHEL. Gli aggiornamenti possono introdurre nuove versioni del software che " -"potrebbero potenzialmente causare problemi inaspettati. Per attivare gli " -"aggiornamenti automatici su CentOS Stream, basta seguire le stesse " -"istruzioni indicate per Rocky Linux." +"CentOS Stream è considerato come un'anteprima del prossimo rilascio " +"stabile RHEL. Gli aggiornamenti possono introdurre nuove versioni del " +"software che potrebbero potenzialmente causare problemi inaspettati. Per " +"attivare gli aggiornamenti automatici su CentOS Stream, basta seguire le " +"stesse istruzioni indicate per Rocky Linux." #: ../../os_updates.rst:25 msgid "For updates to core and modules, refer to :ref:`updates-section`." msgstr "" -"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: `updates-" -"section`." +"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: " +"`updates-section`." #: ../../prometheus.rst:7 #, fuzzy @@ -9924,11 +10025,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:12 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Node exporter `_ provides " -"the node metrics endpoint" +"`Node exporter `_ " +"provides the node metrics endpoint" msgstr "" -"`Node exporter `_ provides " -"the node metrics endpoint" +"`Node exporter `_ " +"provides the node metrics endpoint" #: ../../prometheus.rst:13 #, fuzzy @@ -9938,52 +10039,52 @@ msgstr "`Grafana `_ visualizes the collected metrics" #: ../../prometheus.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the leader " -"node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be exposed " -"on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance ``Status`` " -"page. You can access it from the software center or from the application " -"menu in the top-right corner." +"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the " +"leader node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be" +" exposed on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance" +" ``Status`` page. You can access it from the software center or from the " +"application menu in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the leader " -"node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be exposed " -"on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance ``Status`` " -"page. You can access it from the software center or from the application " -"menu in the top-right corner." +"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the " +"leader node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be" +" exposed on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance" +" ``Status`` page. You can access it from the software center or from the " +"application menu in the top-right corner." #: ../../prometheus.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install " -"it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " +"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install" +" it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " "``node_exporter`` application. Each time a new node with the exporter is " "installed, Prometheus will automatically collect the node metrics." msgstr "" -"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install " -"it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " +"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install" +" it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " "``node_exporter`` application. Each time a new node with the exporter is " "installed, Prometheus will automatically collect the node metrics." #: ../../prometheus.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation, " -"you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access the " -"Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " -"accordingly to your needs." +"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation," +" you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access" +" the Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` " +"options accordingly to your needs." msgstr "" -"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation, " -"you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access the " -"Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " -"accordingly to your needs." +"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation," +" you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access" +" the Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` " +"options accordingly to your needs." #: ../../prometheus.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki " -"`." +"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki" +" `." msgstr "" -"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki " -"`." +"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki" +" `." #: ../../proxy.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -10003,21 +10104,21 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Access the ``HTTP routes`` card inside the ``Settings`` page to see all " -"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy during " -"the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." +"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy " +"during the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." msgstr "" "Access the ``HTTP routes`` card inside the ``Settings`` page to see all " -"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy during " -"the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." +"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy " +"during the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." #: ../../proxy.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. Then " -"enter the following details:" +"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. " +"Then enter the following details:" msgstr "" -"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. Then " -"enter the following details:" +"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. " +"Then enter the following details:" #: ../../proxy.rst:17 #, fuzzy @@ -10032,66 +10133,68 @@ msgstr "``Node``: the node where the proxy instance is running" #: ../../proxy.rst:19 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable backend " -"HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." +"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable " +"backend HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." msgstr "" -"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable backend " -"HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." +"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable " +"backend HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." #: ../../proxy.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, this " -"switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If the " -"backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a valid " -"TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS verification." +"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, " +"this switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If " +"the backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a " +"valid TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS " +"verification." msgstr "" -"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, this " -"switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If the " -"backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a valid " -"TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS verification." +"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, " +"this switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If " +"the backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a " +"valid TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS " +"verification." #: ../../proxy.rst:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based route, " -"sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be available " -"on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" +"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based " +"route, sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be " +"available on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" msgstr "" -"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based route, " -"sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be available " -"on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" +"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based " +"route, sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be " +"available on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" #: ../../proxy.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based route " -"accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available on a URL " -"like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" +"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based " +"route accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available" +" on a URL like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" msgstr "" -"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based route " -"accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available on a URL " -"like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" +"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based " +"route accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available" +" on a URL like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" #: ../../proxy.rst:30 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the path " -"before routing the request to the target URL" +"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the " +"path before routing the request to the target URL" msgstr "" -"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the path " -"before routing the request to the target URL" +"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the " +"path before routing the request to the target URL" #: ../../proxy.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a valid " -"certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements `" +"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a " +"valid certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements " +"`" msgstr "" -"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a valid " -"certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements `" +"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a " +"valid certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements " +"`" #: ../../release_notes.rst:5 msgid "Release notes" @@ -10104,17 +10207,17 @@ msgstr "Rilasci NethServer 8" #: ../../release_notes.rst:9 #, python-format msgid "" -"List of `known bugs `_" +"List of `known bugs " +"`_" msgstr "" -"Elenco dei `bug noti `_" +"Elenco dei `bug noti " +"`_" #: ../../release_notes.rst:10 msgid "" -"Discussions around `possible bugs `_" -msgstr "" -"Discussioni su `possibili bug `_" +"Discussions around `possible bugs " +"`_" +msgstr "Discussioni su `possibili bug `_" #: ../../release_notes.rst:13 msgid "Major changes on 2024-02-13" @@ -10130,55 +10233,58 @@ msgstr "Le nuove funzionalità introdotte in questa release sono:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:19 msgid "" -"**Subscription** -- Nethesis Enterprise and Community Subscription plans are " -"now available for NS8. See the details in :ref:`subscription-section` page." +"**Subscription** -- Nethesis Enterprise and Community Subscription plans " +"are now available for NS8. See the details in :ref:`subscription-section`" +" page." msgstr "" -"**Abbonamento** -- I piani di abbonamento Nethesis Enterprise e Community " -"Subscription sono ora disponibili per NS8. Maggiori dettagli nella pagina :" -"ref:`subscription-section`." +"**Abbonamento** -- I piani di abbonamento Nethesis Enterprise e Community" +" Subscription sono ora disponibili per NS8. Maggiori dettagli nella " +"pagina :ref:`subscription-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:23 msgid "" "**User management portal** -- Members of the Domain Admins group can now " -"create, edit and delete user accounts from the :ref:`User management portal " -"`. The login screen now displays the user " -"domain name to distinguish which domain a user is logging in to." +"create, edit and delete user accounts from the :ref:`User management " +"portal `. The login screen now displays " +"the user domain name to distinguish which domain a user is logging in to." msgstr "" -"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- I membri del gruppo Domain Admins " -"possono ora creare, modificare ed eliminare gli account utente dal :ref:" -"`Portale di gestione utente `. La schermata " -"di login ora visualizza il nome del dominio dell'utente per distinguere a " -"quale dominio utente si accede." +"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- I membri del gruppo Domain Admins" +" possono ora creare, modificare ed eliminare gli account utente dal " +":ref:`Portale di gestione utente `. La " +"schermata di login ora visualizza il nome del dominio dell'utente per " +"distinguere a quale dominio utente si accede." #: ../../release_notes.rst:29 msgid "" "**Skip certificate validation** in HTTP routes -- When an HTTP route is " "created or edited in the :ref:`HTTP routes ` page, the " -"``Skip certificate validation`` option can be enabled over a trusted network " -"if the server at the destination URL has no valid TLS certificate." +"``Skip certificate validation`` option can be enabled over a trusted " +"network if the server at the destination URL has no valid TLS " +"certificate." msgstr "" "**Salta la verifica del certificato** nelle rotte HTTP -- quando viene " -"creata o modificata una rotta HTTP nella pagina :ref:`rotte HTTP `, l'opzione ``Salta la verifica del certificato`` può essere " -"abilitata per una rete fidata nel caso in cui il server all'URL di " -"destinazione non abbia un certificato TLS valido." +"creata o modificata una rotta HTTP nella pagina :ref:`rotte HTTP " +"`, l'opzione ``Salta la verifica del certificato`` può " +"essere abilitata per una rete fidata nel caso in cui il server all'URL di" +" destinazione non abbia un certificato TLS valido." #: ../../release_notes.rst:35 msgid "" -"**Cockpit removed from pre-built image** -- Cockpit is not required to run " -"NS8, therefore it is no more available in the NS8 pre-built image. If " -"desired, it can be manually installed and enabled with the following " +"**Cockpit removed from pre-built image** -- Cockpit is not required to " +"run NS8, therefore it is no more available in the NS8 pre-built image. If" +" desired, it can be manually installed and enabled with the following " "commands: ::" msgstr "" -"**Cockpit rimosso dall'immagine pre-built** -- Cockpit non è necessario per " -"NS8, quindi non è più disponibile nell'immagine pre-built di NS8. Se lo si " -"desidera, può essere installato e abilitato manualmente con i seguenti " -"comandi: ::" +"**Cockpit rimosso dall'immagine pre-built** -- Cockpit non è necessario " +"per NS8, quindi non è più disponibile nell'immagine pre-built di NS8. Se " +"lo si desidera, può essere installato e abilitato manualmente con i " +"seguenti comandi: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:43 msgid "" "The default Cockpit configuration forbids ``root`` access: log in as a " -"member of the ``wheel`` group, then enter the \"administrative access\" mode." +"member of the ``wheel`` group, then enter the \"administrative access\" " +"mode." msgstr "" "La configurazione predefinita di Cockpit proibisce l'accesso a ``root``: " "accedere con un utente membro del gruppo ``wheel``, quindi attivare la " @@ -10190,20 +10296,21 @@ msgstr "Problemi noti:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:49 msgid "" -"**Core upgrade freezes Software Center page** -- The `bug 6778`_ has been " -"fixed in core version 2.2.6. If the upgrade from RC1 starts from core " -"version 2.2.5 or lower, when the task progress bar freezes reload the web " -"page with ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` or an equivalent procedure. The page reload " -"has no impact with the underlying upgrade. Note: the upgrade download may be " -"slow; avoid interrupting or rebooting until completion." -msgstr "" -"**Core upgrade congela la pagina Software Center** -- Il `bug 6778`_ è stato " -"fissato nella versione core 2.2.6. Se l'aggiornamento da RC1 inizia dalla " -"versione core 2.2.5 o inferiore, quando la barra di avanzamento " -"dell'attività si blocca, ricaricare la pagina web con ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` o " -"una procedura equivalente. La ricarica della pagina non ha alcun impatto " -"sull'aggiornamento in corso. Nota: il download dell'aggiornamento può essere " -"lento; evitare di interrompere o riavviare fino al completamento." +"**Core upgrade freezes Software Center page** -- The `bug 6778`_ has been" +" fixed in core version 2.2.6. If the upgrade from RC1 starts from core " +"version 2.2.5 or lower, when the task progress bar freezes reload the web" +" page with ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` or an equivalent procedure. The page " +"reload has no impact with the underlying upgrade. Note: the upgrade " +"download may be slow; avoid interrupting or rebooting until completion." +msgstr "" +"**Core upgrade congela la pagina Software Center** -- Il `bug 6778`_ è " +"stato fissato nella versione core 2.2.6. Se l'aggiornamento da RC1 inizia" +" dalla versione core 2.2.5 o inferiore, quando la barra di avanzamento " +"dell'attività si blocca, ricaricare la pagina web con ``CTRL + SHIFT + " +"R`` o una procedura equivalente. La ricarica della pagina non ha alcun " +"impatto sull'aggiornamento in corso. Nota: il download dell'aggiornamento" +" può essere lento; evitare di interrompere o riavviare fino al " +"completamento." #: ../../release_notes.rst:59 msgid "Major changes on 2023-11-21" @@ -10220,47 +10327,48 @@ msgstr "Nuove funzionalità introdotte dalla RC1:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:65 msgid "" -"**Password policy** -- Added a new configuration option to the ``Domains and " -"users`` page. It is possible to modify the password complexity and " -"expiration policies of Samba and OpenLDAP domains. Beta 2 installations with " -"OpenLDAP domains require to run a manual procedure to enable the password " -"policy. The upgrade procedure is detailed in the next notes. See also :ref:" -"`password-policy-section`." -msgstr "" -"**Policy delle password** -- Aggiunta una nuova opzione di configurazione " -"nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``. È possibile modificare la complessità " -"delle password e le politiche di scadenza dei domini Samba e OpenLDAP. Le " -"installazioni Beta 2 con i domini OpenLDAP richiedono di eseguire una " +"**Password policy** -- Added a new configuration option to the ``Domains " +"and users`` page. It is possible to modify the password complexity and " +"expiration policies of Samba and OpenLDAP domains. Beta 2 installations " +"with OpenLDAP domains require to run a manual procedure to enable the " +"password policy. The upgrade procedure is detailed in the next notes. See" +" also :ref:`password-policy-section`." +msgstr "" +"**Policy delle password** -- Aggiunta una nuova opzione di configurazione" +" nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``. È possibile modificare la complessità " +"delle password e le politiche di scadenza dei domini Samba e OpenLDAP. Le" +" installazioni Beta 2 con i domini OpenLDAP richiedono di eseguire una " "procedura manuale per abilitare le password policy. La procedura di " -"aggiornamento è dettagliata nelle note successive. Vedi anche :ref:`password-" -"policy-section`." +"aggiornamento è dettagliata nelle note successive. Vedi anche :ref" +":`password-policy-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:72 msgid "" -"**User management portal** -- Users of a domain can now access a web page to " -"change their own password. The user portal is available at ``https://" -"IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; a full link is shown in the ``Domains " -"and users`` page, under the domain configuration settings. Beta 2 " -"installations require to run a manual procedure to enable the user portal. " -"See the upgrade procedure for Samba and OpenLDAP in the next notes, and the :" -"ref:`user-management-portal-section` page." -msgstr "" -"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- Gli utenti di un dominio possono ora " -"accedere a una pagina web per modificare la propria password. Il portale " -"dell'utente è disponibile all'indirizzo ``https://IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/" -"DOMAIN_NAME/``; un link completo viene visualizzato nella pagina ``Domini e " -"utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio. Le " -"installazioni Beta 2 richiedono di eseguire una procedura manuale per " -"abilitare il portale utente. Vedere la procedura di aggiornamento per Samba " -"e OpenLDAP nelle note successive, e la pagina: `user-management-portal-" -"section` ." +"**User management portal** -- Users of a domain can now access a web page" +" to change their own password. The user portal is available at " +"``https://IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; a full link is shown in " +"the ``Domains and users`` page, under the domain configuration settings. " +"Beta 2 installations require to run a manual procedure to enable the user" +" portal. See the upgrade procedure for Samba and OpenLDAP in the next " +"notes, and the :ref:`user-management-portal-section` page." +msgstr "" +"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- Gli utenti di un dominio possono " +"ora accedere a una pagina web per modificare la propria password. Il " +"portale dell'utente è disponibile all'indirizzo ``https://IP_OR_FQDN" +"/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; un link completo viene visualizzato nella " +"pagina ``Domini e utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del " +"dominio. Le installazioni Beta 2 richiedono di eseguire una procedura " +"manuale per abilitare il portale utente. Vedere la procedura di " +"aggiornamento per Samba e OpenLDAP nelle note successive, e la pagina: " +"`user-management-portal-section` ." #: ../../release_notes.rst:80 msgid "" -"**Backup repositories** -- Beside existing cloud protocols, it is now easier " -"to send backups to some local device. A backup repository can now be created " -"in a *Windows file share* or in a *Local storage*, like a disk attached to a " -"cluster node. See :ref:`backup-restore-section` for more information." +"**Backup repositories** -- Beside existing cloud protocols, it is now " +"easier to send backups to some local device. A backup repository can now " +"be created in a *Windows file share* or in a *Local storage*, like a disk" +" attached to a cluster node. See :ref:`backup-restore-section` for more " +"information." msgstr "" "**Repository backup** -- Oltre ai protocolli cloud esistenti, è ora più " "facile inviare i backup ad alcuni dispositivi locali. Un repository di " @@ -10271,30 +10379,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:86 msgid "" "**Fetch mail from other servers** -- :ref:`imapsync-section` is a new " -"advanced application designed to retrieve email messages from remote IMAP " -"servers at scheduled intervals and to synchronize entire IMAP accounts." +"advanced application designed to retrieve email messages from remote IMAP" +" servers at scheduled intervals and to synchronize entire IMAP accounts." msgstr "" "**Raccolta mail da altri server** -- :ref:`imapsync-section` è una nuova " -"applicazione avanzata progettata per recuperare i messaggi e-mail da server " -"IMAP remoti a intervalli programmati e sincronizzare interi account IMAP." +"applicazione avanzata progettata per recuperare i messaggi e-mail da " +"server IMAP remoti a intervalli programmati e sincronizzare interi " +"account IMAP." #: ../../release_notes.rst:91 msgid "" "**Mirror list for Rocky Linux nodes** -- If Rocky Linux is the node OS " -"distribution, the default DNF configuration is overridden and mirrors are " -"returned by ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. RPM packages from Rocky Linux " -"will be hosted by NethServer specific mirrors in future releases." +"distribution, the default DNF configuration is overridden and mirrors are" +" returned by ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. RPM packages from Rocky Linux" +" will be hosted by NethServer specific mirrors in future releases." msgstr "" -"**Lista mirror per i nodi Rocky Linux** -- Se Rocky Linux è la distribuzione " -"OS usata in un nodo, la configurazione predefinita DNF viene sovrascritta e " -"i mirror vengono gestiti da ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. Nelle future " -"versioni i pacchetti RPM di Rocky Linux saranno ospitati da mirror specifici " -"di NethServer." +"**Lista mirror per i nodi Rocky Linux** -- Se Rocky Linux è la " +"distribuzione OS usata in un nodo, la configurazione predefinita DNF " +"viene sovrascritta e i mirror vengono gestiti da " +"``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. Nelle future versioni i pacchetti RPM di " +"Rocky Linux saranno ospitati da mirror specifici di NethServer." #: ../../release_notes.rst:96 msgid "" -"Upgrade of existing Beta 2 installations can be started from the Software " -"center page as usual. After the core components are up-to-date, run the " +"Upgrade of existing Beta 2 installations can be started from the Software" +" center page as usual. After the core components are up-to-date, run the " "following manual procedures to complete the upgrade." msgstr "" "L'aggiornamento delle installazioni Beta 2 esistenti può essere avviato " @@ -10309,10 +10418,10 @@ msgid "" "authorization role, available on new installations since core version " "2.1.0: ::" msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento del core** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni " -"Beta 2 eseguire il seguente comando sul nodo leader. Definisce il nuovo " -"ruolo di autorizzazione ``tunadm``, disponibile su nuove installazioni dalla " -"versione core 2.1.0: ::" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento del core** -- Per aggiornare le " +"installazioni Beta 2 eseguire il seguente comando sul nodo leader. " +"Definisce il nuovo ruolo di autorizzazione ``tunadm``, disponibile su " +"nuove installazioni dalla versione core 2.1.0: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:107 msgid "For each cluster node, enable the local WebDAV service for backups: ::" @@ -10331,15 +10440,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:117 msgid "" "**Samba upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the " -"following procedure for each Samba account provider instance. The list of " -"instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the " -"domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" +"following procedure for each Samba account provider instance. The list of" +" instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the" +" domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" msgstr "" -"**Procedura aggiornamento Samba** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni Beta 2 " -"eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider Samba. " -"L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e utenti``, " -"sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; **annotare per ogni " -"provider**:" +"**Procedura aggiornamento Samba** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni Beta" +" 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider " +"Samba. L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e" +" utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; " +"**annotare per ogni provider**:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:122 msgid "the module ID (string), for example ``samba1``" @@ -10351,31 +10460,30 @@ msgstr "L'ID del nodo (numero), per esempio ``1``" #: ../../release_notes.rst:124 ../../release_notes.rst:159 msgid "" -"a free TCP port number, generated by executing on the leader node a command " -"like this: ::" +"a free TCP port number, generated by executing on the leader node a " +"command like this: ::" msgstr "" -"il numero di una porta TCP disponibile, generato eseguendo sul nodo leader " -"questo comando: ::" +"il numero di una porta TCP disponibile, generato eseguendo sul nodo " +"leader questo comando: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:130 ../../release_notes.rst:165 msgid "" "In the above example set ``node_id`` with the correct node ID (number). " "Let's assume the above command prints the port number below: ::" msgstr "" -"Nell'esempio sopra è necessario assegnare a ``node_id`` il corretto ID del " -"nodo (numero). Supponiamo che il comando stampi il seguente numero di " -"porta: ::" +"Nell'esempio sopra è necessario assegnare a ``node_id`` il corretto ID " +"del nodo (numero). Supponiamo che il comando stampi il seguente numero di" +" porta: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:135 ../../release_notes.rst:170 msgid "With the above annotations, run the following steps for each provider:" msgstr "" -"Con le annotazioni recuperate precedentemente, eseguire i seguenti passaggi " -"per ogni provider:" +"Con le annotazioni recuperate precedentemente, eseguire i seguenti " +"passaggi per ogni provider:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:137 ../../release_notes.rst:172 msgid "Log on the cluster node where the provider instance runs." -msgstr "" -"Accedere al nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza del provider." +msgstr "Accedere al nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza del provider." #: ../../release_notes.rst:139 ../../release_notes.rst:174 msgid "Apply the TCP port configuration and start the user portal service: ::" @@ -10385,16 +10493,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:152 msgid "" -"**OpenLDAP upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the " -"following procedure for each OpenLDAP account provider instance. The list of " -"instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the " -"domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" +"**OpenLDAP upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the" +" following procedure for each OpenLDAP account provider instance. The " +"list of instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, " +"under the domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento OpenLDAP** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni " -"Beta 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider " -"OpenLDAP. L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e " -"utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; **annotare " -"per ogni provider**:" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento OpenLDAP** -- Per aggiornare le " +"installazioni Beta 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza " +"dell'account provider OpenLDAP. L'elenco delle istanze può essere " +"ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di " +"configurazione del dominio; **annotare per ogni provider**:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:157 msgid "the module ID (string), for example ``openldap1``" @@ -10406,22 +10514,24 @@ msgid "" "commands in one instance of your choice (the example is for " "``openldap1``): ::" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver ripetuto i passaggi sopra per ogni nodo del cluster, eseguire i " -"seguenti comandi in un'istanza a scelta (l'esempio è per ``openldap1``): ::" +"Dopo aver ripetuto i passaggi sopra per ogni nodo del cluster, eseguire i" +" seguenti comandi in un'istanza a scelta (l'esempio è per ``openldap1``):" +" ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:248 msgid "" "**Mattermost upgrade procedure** -- Mattermost upgrade must be completed " -"manually to allocate and open UDP ports required by the Calls plugin. From " -"the ``Software center`` page, ensure Mattermost is at version ``2.0.0``. " -"Then clone the running instance and after clone is complete, remove the old " -"instance." -msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento Mattermost** -- l'aggiornamento di Mattermost " -"deve essere completato manualmente per assegnare e aprire le porte UDP " -"richieste dal plugin Calls. Dalla pagina ``Software center``, assicurarsi " -"che la versione di Mattermost sia la ``2.0.0``. Clonare quindi l'istanza in " -"esecuzione e, completato il clone, rimuovere la vecchia istanza." +"manually to allocate and open UDP ports required by the Calls plugin. " +"From the ``Software center`` page, ensure Mattermost is at version " +"``2.0.0``. Then clone the running instance and after clone is complete, " +"remove the old instance." +msgstr "" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento Mattermost** -- l'aggiornamento di " +"Mattermost deve essere completato manualmente per assegnare e aprire le " +"porte UDP richieste dal plugin Calls. Dalla pagina ``Software center``, " +"assicurarsi che la versione di Mattermost sia la ``2.0.0``. Clonare " +"quindi l'istanza in esecuzione e, completato il clone, rimuovere la " +"vecchia istanza." #: ../../release_notes.rst:255 msgid "Major changes on 2023-09-13" @@ -10433,30 +10543,30 @@ msgstr "**Beta 2**" #: ../../release_notes.rst:259 msgid "" -"**Pre-built image** -- Images are based on Rocky Linux. Available formats " -"are ``.qcow2`` for QEMU/Proxmox and ``.vmdk`` for VMware. See :ref:" -"`install_image-section` for image download links." +"**Pre-built image** -- Images are based on Rocky Linux. Available formats" +" are ``.qcow2`` for QEMU/Proxmox and ``.vmdk`` for VMware. See :ref" +":`install_image-section` for image download links." msgstr "" -"**Immagine pre-built** -- Le immagini si basano su Rocky Linux. I formati " -"disponibili sono ``.qcow2`` per QEMU/Proxmox e ``.vmdk`` per VMware. Fare " -"riferimento a :ref:`install_image-section` per i link di download dell e " -"immagini." +"**Immagine pre-built** -- Le immagini si basano su Rocky Linux. I formati" +" disponibili sono ``.qcow2`` per QEMU/Proxmox e ``.vmdk`` per VMware. " +"Fare riferimento a :ref:`install_image-section` per i link di download " +"dell e immagini." #: ../../release_notes.rst:263 msgid "" -"**FQDN requirement** -- The cluster creation procedure now asks to review " -"and set the current system host name. The host name is expected in short " -"form (a single word, with no domain suffix). The procedure also asks for the " -"domain suffix and fixes the ``/etc/hosts`` file by adding a record to " -"properly resolve the fully qualified domain name of the system (FQDN). For " -"example ::" +"**FQDN requirement** -- The cluster creation procedure now asks to review" +" and set the current system host name. The host name is expected in short" +" form (a single word, with no domain suffix). The procedure also asks for" +" the domain suffix and fixes the ``/etc/hosts`` file by adding a record " +"to properly resolve the fully qualified domain name of the system (FQDN)." +" For example ::" msgstr "" -"**Requisiti FQDN** -- La procedura di creazione del cluster richiede ora di " -"rivedere e impostare il nome host del sistema. Il nome host deve essere " -"fornito in forma breve (una sola parola, senza suffisso di dominio). La " -"procedura richiede anche il suffisso di dominio e manipola il file ``/etc/" -"hosts`` aggiungendo un record per risolvere correttamente il fully qualified " -"domain name (FQDN). Per esempio:" +"**Requisiti FQDN** -- La procedura di creazione del cluster richiede ora " +"di rivedere e impostare il nome host del sistema. Il nome host deve " +"essere fornito in forma breve (una sola parola, senza suffisso di " +"dominio). La procedura richiede anche il suffisso di dominio e manipola " +"il file ``/etc/hosts`` aggiungendo un record per risolvere correttamente " +"il fully qualified domain name (FQDN). Per esempio:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:271 msgid "See also :ref:`dns-reqs`." @@ -10464,26 +10574,26 @@ msgstr "Vedi anche :ref:`dns-reqs`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:273 msgid "" -"**WireGuard port 55820** -- The UDP port used by WireGuard in the creation " -"of the cluster VPN is now fixed to ``55820``. Clusters already created with " -"a custom port number must be fixed manually before updating the core to Beta " -"2. For example if the custom port is ``55821`` run on the leader node the " -"following steps to fix it." +"**WireGuard port 55820** -- The UDP port used by WireGuard in the " +"creation of the cluster VPN is now fixed to ``55820``. Clusters already " +"created with a custom port number must be fixed manually before updating " +"the core to Beta 2. For example if the custom port is ``55821`` run on " +"the leader node the following steps to fix it." msgstr "" "**Porta WireGuard 55820** -- La porta UDP utilizzata da WireGuard nella " -"creazione del cluster VPN è ora fissata a ``55820``. La configurazione dei " -"cluster già creati con un numero di porta personalizzato dovrà essere " -"corretta manualmente prima di aggiornare il core a Beta 2. Ad esempio, se la " -"porta personalizzata è ``55821`` eseguire sul nodo leader i seguenti " -"passaggi per risolvere il problema." +"creazione del cluster VPN è ora fissata a ``55820``. La configurazione " +"dei cluster già creati con un numero di porta personalizzato dovrà essere" +" corretta manualmente prima di aggiornare il core a Beta 2. Ad esempio, " +"se la porta personalizzata è ``55821`` eseguire sul nodo leader i " +"seguenti passaggi per risolvere il problema." #: ../../release_notes.rst:279 msgid "" "Fix the VPN public endpoint address in Redis. For example, if the leader " "node is ``1`` and its FQDN is ``node1.example.org`` ::" msgstr "" -"Correggere l'indirizzo di endpoint pubblico VPN in Redis. Ad esempio, se il " -"nodo leader è ``1`` e il suo FQDN è ``node1.example.org``::" +"Correggere l'indirizzo di endpoint pubblico VPN in Redis. Ad esempio, se " +"il nodo leader è ``1`` e il suo FQDN è ``node1.example.org``::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:284 msgid "Fix the firewall configuration ::" @@ -10495,11 +10605,11 @@ msgstr "Modificare la porta di ascolto dell'istanza WireGuard in esecuzione ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:294 msgid "" -"Make the change permanent, by setting ``ListenPort = 55820`` in ``/etc/" -"wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" -msgstr "" -"Rendere le modifiche permanenti, impostando ``ListenPort = 55820`` nel file " +"Make the change permanent, by setting ``ListenPort = 55820`` in " "``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" +msgstr "" +"Rendere le modifiche permanenti, impostando ``ListenPort = 55820`` nel " +"file ``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:299 msgid "Repeat steps 2-4 on each worker node, too." @@ -10507,12 +10617,12 @@ msgstr "Ripetere i passi da 2 a 4 anche su ogni nodo worker." #: ../../release_notes.rst:301 msgid "" -"**Debian upgrade** -- After running the core update, installations based on " -"Debian 11 (Bullseye) must be manually upgraded to distribution version 12 " -"(Bookworm). ::" +"**Debian upgrade** -- After running the core update, installations based " +"on Debian 11 (Bullseye) must be manually upgraded to distribution version" +" 12 (Bookworm). ::" msgstr "" -"**Aggiornamento Debian** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, le " -"installazioni basate su Debian 11 (Bullseye) devono essere aggiornate " +"**Aggiornamento Debian** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, " +"le installazioni basate su Debian 11 (Bullseye) devono essere aggiornate " "manualmente alla versione di distribuzione 12 (Bookworm) ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:309 @@ -10521,18 +10631,18 @@ msgid "" "system**. Apply the same procedure for each cluster node." msgstr "" "Seguire le istruzioni per aggiornare Python alla versione 3.11, poi " -"**riavviare il sistema**. Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del " -"cluster." +"**riavviare il sistema**. Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del" +" cluster." #: ../../release_notes.rst:312 msgid "" "**Python 3.11** -- After running the core update, installations based on " -"Rocky Linux (and other EL-like distributions) must manually install Python " -"3.11: ::" +"Rocky Linux (and other EL-like distributions) must manually install " +"Python 3.11: ::" msgstr "" "**Python 3.11** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, le " -"installazioni basate su Rocky Linux (e altre distribuzioni EL-like) devono " -"installare manualmente Python 3.11: ::" +"installazioni basate su Rocky Linux (e altre distribuzioni EL-like) " +"devono installare manualmente Python 3.11: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:318 msgid "" @@ -10553,71 +10663,72 @@ msgstr "Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del cluster." #: ../../release_notes.rst:336 msgid "" "**UI security enhancements** -- Since the Beta 1 release an important " -"security update has been released, and other security improvements are now " -"available. After running the core update, do an hard browser page reload " -"with ``CTRL + Shift + R`` or any other equivalent method." +"security update has been released, and other security improvements are " +"now available. After running the core update, do an hard browser page " +"reload with ``CTRL + Shift + R`` or any other equivalent method." msgstr "" "**Miglioramenti di sicurezza UI** -- Con la versione Beta 1 è stato " -"rilasciato un importante aggiornamento di sicurezza, e altri miglioramenti " -"di sicurezza sono ora disponibili. Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del " -"core, ricaricare la pagina del browser con ``CTRL + Shift + R`` o altro " -"metodo equivalente." +"rilasciato un importante aggiornamento di sicurezza, e altri " +"miglioramenti di sicurezza sono ora disponibili. Dopo aver eseguito " +"l'aggiornamento del core, ricaricare la pagina del browser con ``CTRL + " +"Shift + R`` o altro metodo equivalente." #: ../../release_notes.rst:341 msgid "" -"**Logs backend improved** -- The Logs page backend has been improved to be " -"faster and more accurate in capturing the logs of every cluster component. " -"The core module now runs Promtail as a system service. After running the " -"core update, it is safe to uninstall Promtail core modules by running this " -"command on the leader node: ::" +"**Logs backend improved** -- The Logs page backend has been improved to " +"be faster and more accurate in capturing the logs of every cluster " +"component. The core module now runs Promtail as a system service. After " +"running the core update, it is safe to uninstall Promtail core modules by" +" running this command on the leader node: ::" msgstr "" -"**Backend log migliorato** -- Il backend della pagina ``Log di sistema`` è " -"stato migliorato per essere più veloce e accurato nella cattura dei log di " -"ogni componente cluster. Il modulo core ora gestisce Promtail come servizio " -"di sistema. Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, è possibile " -"disinstallare i moduli di base di Promtail eseguendo questo comando sul nodo " -"leader: ::" +"**Backend log migliorato** -- Il backend della pagina ``Log di sistema`` " +"è stato migliorato per essere più veloce e accurato nella cattura dei log" +" di ogni componente cluster. Il modulo core ora gestisce Promtail come " +"servizio di sistema. Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, è " +"possibile disinstallare i moduli di base di Promtail eseguendo questo " +"comando sul nodo leader: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:349 msgid "" "Note that the new Logs page cannot access old log entries. To see log " "entries before the Beta 2 upgrade, use the `logcli` command." msgstr "" -"Attenzione: la nuova pagina dei log non può accedere alle vecchie voci di " -"registro. Per visualizzare le voci di registro precedenti all'aggiornamento " -"Beta 2, utilizzare il comando `logcli`." +"Attenzione: la nuova pagina dei log non può accedere alle vecchie voci di" +" registro. Per visualizzare le voci di registro precedenti " +"all'aggiornamento Beta 2, utilizzare il comando `logcli`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:352 msgid "" "**TLS certificate upload** -- The ``TLS certificates`` card under the " -"``Settings`` page was extended to allow the upload of a certificate and the " -"private key associated to it. See the section :ref:`certificate_manager-" -"section`." +"``Settings`` page was extended to allow the upload of a certificate and " +"the private key associated to it. See the section :ref" +":`certificate_manager-section`." msgstr "" -"**Caricamento certificato TLS** -- Il menu ``Certificati TLS`` nella pagina " -"``Impostazioni`` è stato esteso per consentire il caricamento di un " -"certificato e della chiave privata ad esso associata. Si veda la sezione :" -"ref:`certificate_manager-section`." +"**Caricamento certificato TLS** -- Il menu ``Certificati TLS`` nella " +"pagina ``Impostazioni`` è stato esteso per consentire il caricamento di " +"un certificato e della chiave privata ad esso associata. Si veda la " +"sezione :ref:`certificate_manager-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:357 msgid "" -"**Additional backup providers** -- Backup repositories can be created also " -"on Microsoft Azure and S3-compatible cloud storage providers." +"**Additional backup providers** -- Backup repositories can be created " +"also on Microsoft Azure and S3-compatible cloud storage providers." msgstr "" -"**Repositori di backup aggiuntivi** -- I repository di backup possono essere " -"creati anche su cloud storage provider compatibili con Microsoft Azure e S3." +"**Repositori di backup aggiuntivi** -- I repository di backup possono " +"essere creati anche su cloud storage provider compatibili con Microsoft " +"Azure e S3." #: ../../release_notes.rst:360 msgid "" -"**New Traefik configuration backend** -- The cluster Redis DB is not used " -"any more by Traefik module instances as their dynamic configuration backend. " -"Traefik configuration is now entirely stored under the module home " -"directory. To improve Redis performance it is possible to disable a feature " -"specific for Traefik with the following commands: ::" +"**New Traefik configuration backend** -- The cluster Redis DB is not used" +" any more by Traefik module instances as their dynamic configuration " +"backend. Traefik configuration is now entirely stored under the module " +"home directory. To improve Redis performance it is possible to disable a " +"feature specific for Traefik with the following commands: ::" msgstr "" -"**Nuova configurazione backend Traefik** -- Il cluster Redis DB non viene " -"più utilizzato come backend di configurazione dinamica dalle istanze dei " -"moduli Traefik. La configurazione Traefik è ora interamente memorizzata " +"**Nuova configurazione backend Traefik** -- Il cluster Redis DB non viene" +" più utilizzato come backend di configurazione dinamica dalle istanze dei" +" moduli Traefik. La configurazione Traefik è ora interamente memorizzata " "nella home directory del modulo. Per migliorare le prestazioni Redis è " "possibile disabilitare una funzione specifica per Traefik con i seguenti " "comandi: ::" @@ -10628,30 +10739,31 @@ msgstr "**Miglioramenti modulo mail**" #: ../../release_notes.rst:373 msgid "" -"New installations of the Mail module have the ``Shared seen`` option enabled " -"by default. Existing installations will find the switch disabled. See also " -"the section about :ref:`settings for mailboxes `." +"New installations of the Mail module have the ``Shared seen`` option " +"enabled by default. Existing installations will find the switch disabled." +" See also the section about :ref:`settings for mailboxes `." msgstr "" "Le nuove installazioni del modulo Mail hanno l'opzione ``Shared visto`` " -"abilitata per impostazione predefinita. Gli impianti esistenti troveranno " -"l'interruttore disabilitato. Vedi anche la sezione relativa a :ref:" -"`impostazioni caselle e-mail `." +"abilitata per impostazione predefinita. Gli impianti esistenti troveranno" +" l'interruttore disabilitato. Vedi anche la sezione relativa a " +":ref:`impostazioni caselle e-mail `." #: ../../release_notes.rst:378 msgid "" -"Added the open source Dovecot plugin *Flatcurve* to enable full text search " -"(FTS) of email messages. To massively rebuild the search indexes run the " -"following command during system idle time: ::" +"Added the open source Dovecot plugin *Flatcurve* to enable full text " +"search (FTS) of email messages. To massively rebuild the search indexes " +"run the following command during system idle time: ::" msgstr "" "Aggiunto a Dovecot il plugin open source *Flatcurve* per abilitare la " -"ricerca full-text (FTS) nei messaggi e-mail. Per ricostruire massicciamente " -"gli indici di ricerca eseguire il seguente comando durante il tempo di " -"inattività del sistema: ::" +"ricerca full-text (FTS) nei messaggi e-mail. Per ricostruire " +"massicciamente gli indici di ricerca eseguire il seguente comando durante" +" il tempo di inattività del sistema: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:384 msgid "" -"Only PDF attachments and the email itself are added to the index. In future " -"releases more attachment formats will be supported." +"Only PDF attachments and the email itself are added to the index. In " +"future releases more attachment formats will be supported." msgstr "" "Solo gli allegati PDF e l'e-mail stessa vengono aggiunti all'indice. In " "futuro saranno supportati più formati di allegati." @@ -10683,13 +10795,14 @@ msgid "" "Configuration and data backups: regularly save cluster settings and " "application data to remote providers like Amazon S3 and Backblaze B2" msgstr "" -"Backup configurazione e dati: salva regolarmente le impostazioni del cluster " -"e i dati delle applicazioni in provider remoti come Amazon S3 e Backblaze B2" +"Backup configurazione e dati: salva regolarmente le impostazioni del " +"cluster e i dati delle applicazioni in provider remoti come Amazon S3 e " +"Backblaze B2" #: ../../release_notes.rst:398 msgid "" -"Authentication: support for both Active Directory and LDAP (RFC2307) user " -"directories" +"Authentication: support for both Active Directory and LDAP (RFC2307) user" +" directories" msgstr "" "Autenticazione: supporto per le directory utente Active Directory e LDAP " "(RFC2307)" @@ -10699,25 +10812,25 @@ msgid "" "File server: implement an SMB (Server Message Block) file server that " "enables seamless integration with Windows-based networks" msgstr "" -"File server: implementazione di un file server SMB (Server Message Block) " -"che consente l'integrazione senza soluzione di continuità con le reti basate " -"su Windows" +"File server: implementazione di un file server SMB (Server Message Block)" +" che consente l'integrazione senza soluzione di continuità con le reti " +"basate su Windows" #: ../../release_notes.rst:400 msgid "" "Auditing: track changes made within the system to ensure security and " "accountability" msgstr "" -"Auditing: tracciatura delle modifiche apportate all'interno del sistema per " -"garantire sicurezza e responsabilità" +"Auditing: tracciatura delle modifiche apportate all'interno del sistema " +"per garantire sicurezza e responsabilità" #: ../../release_notes.rst:401 msgid "" -"Email relay: use a smart host to route outgoing emails through a trusted " -"server" +"Email relay: use a smart host to route outgoing emails through a trusted" +" server" msgstr "" -"Relay e-mail: utilizzo di uno smart host per l'invio delle e-mail in uscita " -"tramite un server affidabile" +"Relay e-mail: utilizzo di uno smart host per l'invio delle e-mail in " +"uscita tramite un server affidabile" #: ../../release_notes.rst:402 msgid "Custom web routing: define custom URLs to handle specific requests" @@ -10727,24 +10840,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:403 msgid "" -"Multi-factor authentication: enable two-step verification for administrator " -"accounts" +"Multi-factor authentication: enable two-step verification for " +"administrator accounts" msgstr "" "Autenticazione multifattore: abilitare la verifica a due fasi per gli " "account amministratore" #: ../../release_notes.rst:404 msgid "" -"Built-in firewall: protect against unauthorized access at the network level " -"by implementing a local firewall" +"Built-in firewall: protect against unauthorized access at the network " +"level by implementing a local firewall" msgstr "" "Firewall integrato: proteggere dall'accesso non autorizzato a livello di " "rete implementando un firewall locale" #: ../../release_notes.rst:405 msgid "" -"Migration: :ref:`Cockpit module ` to import NethServer 7 " -"applications" +"Migration: :ref:`Cockpit module ` to import NethServer" +" 7 applications" msgstr "" "Migrazione: :ref:`Modulo Cockpit ` per importare " "applicazioni da NethServer 7" @@ -10755,25 +10868,26 @@ msgstr "Moduli aggiuntivi:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:409 msgid "" -"Collaborative tools: includes Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd mail server, WebTop, " -"Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, Mattermost" -msgstr "" -"Strumenti di collaborazione: include mail server con Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd, " -"WebTop, Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, " +"Collaborative tools: includes Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd mail server, WebTop," +" Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, " "Mattermost" +msgstr "" +"Strumenti di collaborazione: include mail server con " +"Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd, WebTop, Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora " +"Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, Mattermost" #: ../../release_notes.rst:410 msgid "" -"Development utilities: features MariaDB and NGINX web server for creating " -"dynamic applications and services" +"Development utilities: features MariaDB and NGINX web server for creating" +" dynamic applications and services" msgstr "" "Utility di sviluppo: funzionalità MariaDB e web server NGINX per la " "creazione di applicazioni e servizi dinamici" #: ../../release_notes.rst:411 msgid "" -"Monitoring and analysis: offers Grafana, Prometheus, and node_exporter for " -"tracking performance metrics and identifying potential issues" +"Monitoring and analysis: offers Grafana, Prometheus, and node_exporter " +"for tracking performance metrics and identifying potential issues" msgstr "" "Monitoraggio e analisi: offre Grafana, Prometheus e node_exporter per il " "monitoraggio delle metriche delle prestazioni e l'individuazione di " @@ -10784,8 +10898,8 @@ msgid "" "Data storage: offers MinIO for managing large amounts of structured and " "unstructured data" msgstr "" -"Memorizzazione dati: offre MinIO per la gestione di grandi quantità di dati " -"strutturati e non strutturati" +"Memorizzazione dati: offre MinIO per la gestione di grandi quantità di " +"dati strutturati e non strutturati" #: ../../release_notes.rst:413 msgid "" @@ -10797,16 +10911,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:415 msgid "The following known limitations will be resolved in future updates:" -msgstr "" -"Le seguenti limitazioni note saranno risolte negli aggiornamenti futuri:" +msgstr "Le seguenti limitazioni note saranno risolte negli aggiornamenti futuri:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:417 msgid "" -"currently, the system only uses TLS certificates issued by Let's Encrypt or " -"self-signed certificates generated locally" +"currently, the system only uses TLS certificates issued by Let's Encrypt " +"or self-signed certificates generated locally" msgstr "" "attualmente, il sistema è in grado di utilizzare solo certificati TLS " -"rilasciati da Let's Encrypt o certificati auto-firmati generati localmente" +"rilasciati da Let's Encrypt o certificati auto-firmati generati " +"localmente" #: ../../release_notes.rst:418 msgid "user login is not supported on worker nodes" @@ -10822,11 +10936,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:420 msgid "" -"only a limited number of cloud storage providers are available for backing " -"up data" +"only a limited number of cloud storage providers are available for " +"backing up data" msgstr "" -"solo un numero limitato di cloud storage provider sono disponibili per il " -"backup dei dati" +"solo un numero limitato di cloud storage provider sono disponibili per il" +" backup dei dati" #: ../../release_notes.rst:425 msgid "Releases glossary" @@ -10842,57 +10956,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:429 msgid "" -"During the **Alpha** stage, the software is not thoroughly tested and may " -"not include all planned features. This release is not suitable for " -"production environments. However, it can be used to preview what's coming in " -"the upcoming version. Please note that updates from an Alpha release to " -"other releases are not supported." +"During the **Alpha** stage, the software is not thoroughly tested and may" +" not include all planned features. This release is not suitable for " +"production environments. However, it can be used to preview what's coming" +" in the upcoming version. Please note that updates from an Alpha release " +"to other releases are not supported." msgstr "" -"Durante la fase **Alpha**, il software non è completamente testato e non può " -"includere tutte le funzionalità pianificate. Questa versione non è adatta " -"per ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può essere utilizzata per provare in " -"anteprima ciò che sarà rilasciato nella successiva versione. Gli " -"aggiornamenti da un rilascio Alpha ad altre versioni non sono supportati." +"Durante la fase **Alpha**, il software non è completamente testato e non " +"può includere tutte le funzionalità pianificate. Questa versione non è " +"adatta per ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può essere utilizzata per " +"provare in anteprima ciò che sarà rilasciato nella successiva versione. " +"Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio Alpha ad altre versioni non sono " +"supportati." #: ../../release_notes.rst:433 msgid "" -"The **Beta** stage indicates that the software is mostly feature complete, " -"but it may still contain many known and unknown bugs. This release should " -"not be used on production environments. However, it can be used to test the " -"software before deploying it to production. Updates from a Beta release to " -"an RC or Stable release are supported but may require a manual procedure." +"The **Beta** stage indicates that the software is mostly feature " +"complete, but it may still contain many known and unknown bugs. This " +"release should not be used on production environments. However, it can be" +" used to test the software before deploying it to production. Updates " +"from a Beta release to an RC or Stable release are supported but may " +"require a manual procedure." msgstr "" -"La fase **Beta** indica che il software è per lo più completo, ma può ancora " -"contenere diversi bug noti e sconosciuti. Questa versione non dovrebbe " -"essere utilizzata negli ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può essere " -"utilizzata per testare il software prima di distribuirlo in produzione. Gli " -"aggiornamenti da un rilascio Beta a un rilascio RC o stabile sono supportati " -"ma possono richiedere una procedura manuale." +"La fase **Beta** indica che il software è per lo più completo, ma può " +"ancora contenere diversi bug noti e sconosciuti. Questa versione non " +"dovrebbe essere utilizzata negli ambienti di produzione. Tuttavia, può " +"essere utilizzata per testare il software prima di distribuirlo in " +"produzione. Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio Beta a un rilascio RC o " +"stabile sono supportati ma possono richiedere una procedura manuale." #: ../../release_notes.rst:437 msgid "" "During the **Release Candidate (RC)** stage, the software is feature " -"complete, and it contains no known bugs. If no major issues arise, it can be " -"promoted to Stable. Updates from an RC release to a Stable release are " -"supported and should be almost automatic. However, if you're new to the " -"software, it's best to use it in production only if you already have some " -"experience with it." +"complete, and it contains no known bugs. If no major issues arise, it can" +" be promoted to Stable. Updates from an RC release to a Stable release " +"are supported and should be almost automatic. However, if you're new to " +"the software, it's best to use it in production only if you already have " +"some experience with it." msgstr "" "Durante la fase **Release Candidate (RC)**, il software è completo e non " -"contiene bug noti. Se non si presentano grandi problemi, può essere promosso " -"a Stable. Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio RC a un rilascio stabile sono " -"supportati e dovrebbero essere pressoché automatici. Tuttavia è meglio " -"utilizzarlo in produzione solo se hai già esperienza con il software." +"contiene bug noti. Se non si presentano grandi problemi, può essere " +"promosso a Stable. Gli aggiornamenti da un rilascio RC a un rilascio " +"stabile sono supportati e dovrebbero essere pressoché automatici. " +"Tuttavia è meglio utilizzarlo in produzione solo se hai già esperienza " +"con il software." #: ../../release_notes.rst:442 msgid "" -"The **Stable** release is the most reliable and safe to use in production " -"environments. It has been thoroughly tested and is considered to be free of " -"major bugs." +"The **Stable** release is the most reliable and safe to use in production" +" environments. It has been thoroughly tested and is considered to be free" +" of major bugs." msgstr "" "Il rilascio **Stable** è il più affidabile e sicuro da utilizzare in " -"ambienti di produzione. È stato accuratamente testato ed è considerato privo " -"di gravi bug." +"ambienti di produzione. È stato accuratamente testato ed è considerato " +"privo di gravi bug." #: ../../roundcube.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -10936,20 +11053,20 @@ msgstr "plugins" #: ../../roundcube.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../roundcube.rst:21 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``webmail.nethserver." -"org``." +"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " +"``webmail.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``webmail.nethserver." -"org``." +"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " +"``webmail.nethserver.org``." #: ../../roundcube.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -10963,11 +11080,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:33 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly " -"to your needs" +"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " +"accordingly to your needs" msgstr "" -"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly " -"to your needs" +"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " +"accordingly to your needs" #: ../../roundcube.rst:34 #, fuzzy @@ -10977,11 +11094,11 @@ msgstr "bind the Roundcube instance to an existing ``Mail server``" #: ../../roundcube.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref:" -"`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." +"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref" +":`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." msgstr "" -"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref:" -"`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." +"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref" +":`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." #: ../../roundcube.rst:43 #, fuzzy @@ -11072,42 +11189,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:10 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` button. " -"If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to select the " -"target node." +"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` " +"button. If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to " +"select the target node." msgstr "" -"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` button. " -"If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to select the " -"target node." +"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` " +"button. If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to " +"select the target node." #: ../../software_center.rst:14 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To install another instance of an existing application, click on the " -"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on :guilabel:" -"`Install new instance`." +"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Install new instance`." msgstr "" "To install another instance of an existing application, click on the " -"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on :guilabel:" -"`Install new instance`." +"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Install new instance`." #: ../../software_center.rst:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application " -"supports multiple instances on the same node." +"Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application" +" supports multiple instances on the same node." msgstr "" -"Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application " -"supports multiple instances on the same node." +"Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application" +" supports multiple instances on the same node." #: ../../software_center.rst:25 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, by " -"clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." +"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, " +"by clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." msgstr "" -"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, by " -"clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." +"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, " +"by clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." #: ../../software_center.rst:23 #, fuzzy @@ -11117,20 +11234,20 @@ msgstr "bento" #: ../../software_center.rst:28 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by clicking " -"on the three-dots menu:" +"You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by " +"clicking on the three-dots menu:" msgstr "" -"You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by clicking " -"on the three-dots menu:" +"You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by " +"clicking on the three-dots menu:" #: ../../software_center.rst:31 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the " -"application drawer" +"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the" +" application drawer" msgstr "" -"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the " -"application drawer" +"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the" +" application drawer" #: ../../software_center.rst:34 #, fuzzy @@ -11145,9 +11262,11 @@ msgstr "``Clone``: clone the application, see :ref:`move_clone-section`" #: ../../software_center.rst:38 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-section`" +"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-" +"section`" msgstr "" -"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-section`" +"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-" +"section`" #: ../../software_center.rst:41 #, fuzzy @@ -11162,13 +11281,13 @@ msgstr "Software repositories" #: ../../software_center.rst:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted by " -"the index of applications, along with their descriptions and additional " -"information on how to obtain them." +"Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted" +" by the index of applications, along with their descriptions and " +"additional information on how to obtain them." msgstr "" -"Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted by " -"the index of applications, along with their descriptions and additional " -"information on how to obtain them." +"Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted" +" by the index of applications, along with their descriptions and " +"additional information on how to obtain them." #: ../../software_center.rst:52 #, fuzzy @@ -11192,29 +11311,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both enabled " -"and disabled state." +"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both " +"enabled and disabled state." msgstr "" -"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both enabled " -"and disabled state." +"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both " +"enabled and disabled state." #: ../../software_center.rst:62 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer community, " -"initially set in a disabled state." +"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer " +"community, initially set in a disabled state." msgstr "" -"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer community, " -"initially set in a disabled state." +"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer " +"community, initially set in a disabled state." #: ../../software_center.rst:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` button. " -"Then fill all required fields:" +"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` " +"button. Then fill all required fields:" msgstr "" -"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` button. " -"Then fill all required fields:" +"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` " +"button. Then fill all required fields:" #: ../../software_center.rst:68 #, fuzzy @@ -11238,11 +11357,11 @@ msgstr "``Status`` check this option to enable the repository" #: ../../software_center.rst:75 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of modules " -"from this repository" +"``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of " +"modules from this repository" msgstr "" -"``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of modules " -"from this repository" +"``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of " +"modules from this repository" #: ../../software_center.rst:78 #, fuzzy @@ -11256,11 +11375,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref:" -"`active_directory-section`" +"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref" +":`active_directory-section`" msgstr "" -"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref:" -"`active_directory-section`" +"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref" +":`active_directory-section`" #: ../../sogo.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -11285,28 +11404,28 @@ msgstr "Shared caldav/carddav support" #: ../../sogo.rst:16 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../sogo.rst:20 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange Web " -"Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. Mainstream " -"mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with EAS, they can " -"sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and Outlook for Mac " -"support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with POP3/IMAP account, " -"caldav/carddav account**" +"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange " +"Web Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. " +"Mainstream mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with " +"EAS, they can sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and" +" Outlook for Mac support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with " +"POP3/IMAP account, caldav/carddav account**" msgstr "" -"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange Web " -"Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. Mainstream " -"mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with EAS, they can " -"sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and Outlook for Mac " -"support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with POP3/IMAP account, " -"caldav/carddav account**" +"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange " +"Web Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. " +"Mainstream mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with " +"EAS, they can sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and" +" Outlook for Mac support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with " +"POP3/IMAP account, caldav/carddav account**" #: ../../sogo.rst:27 #, fuzzy @@ -11316,11 +11435,13 @@ msgstr "Official documentation" #: ../../sogo.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please read `official documentation `_ for more informations." +"Please read `official documentation " +"`_ for more " +"informations." msgstr "" -"Please read `official documentation `_ for more informations." +"Please read `official documentation " +"`_ for more " +"informations." #: ../../sogo.rst:32 #, fuzzy @@ -11330,12 +11451,12 @@ msgstr "Migration from NethServer 7" #: ../../sogo.rst:34 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it " -"requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" +"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it" +" requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" "section` for more information." msgstr "" -"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it " -"requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" +"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it" +" requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" "section` for more information." #: ../../sogo.rst:36 @@ -11349,10 +11470,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:41 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." -msgstr "" -"SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." +msgid "SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." +msgstr "SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." #: ../../sogo.rst:48 #, fuzzy @@ -11400,29 +11519,29 @@ msgstr "The following settings are available Inside the ``Advanced`` section:" #: ../../sogo.rst:65 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can manage " -"all users' preferences." +"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can " +"manage all users' preferences." msgstr "" -"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can manage " -"all users' preferences." +"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can " +"manage all users' preferences." #: ../../sogo.rst:66 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP accounts " -"that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." +"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP " +"accounts that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." msgstr "" -"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP accounts " -"that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." +"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP " +"accounts that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." #: ../../sogo.rst:67 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are available " -"through DAV." +"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are " +"available through DAV." msgstr "" -"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are available " -"through DAV." +"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are " +"available through DAV." #: ../../sogo.rst:68 #, fuzzy @@ -11436,20 +11555,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to " -"the number of users." +"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to" +" the number of users." msgstr "" -"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to " -"the number of users." +"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to" +" the number of users." #: ../../sogo.rst:73 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than 20 " -"users." +"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than" +" 20 users." msgstr "" -"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than 20 " -"users." +"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than" +" 20 users." #: ../../sogo.rst:76 #, fuzzy @@ -11459,13 +11578,13 @@ msgstr "Manual parameters" #: ../../sogo.rst:78 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow " -"the instructions `README `_" +"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow" +" the instructions `README " +"`_" msgstr "" -"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow " -"the instructions `README `_" +"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow" +" the instructions `README " +"`_" #: ../../sogo.rst:84 #, fuzzy @@ -11485,11 +11604,11 @@ msgstr "Integration via Caldav /Cardav/imap" #: ../../sogo.rst:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password) in " -"each application." +"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password)" +" in each application." msgstr "" -"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password) in " -"each application." +"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password)" +" in each application." #: ../../sogo.rst:95 #, fuzzy @@ -11513,15 +11632,15 @@ msgstr "Contacts and calendars" #: ../../sogo.rst:101 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid `_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so that almost all calendar " -"and contacts apps can access synchronized data." +"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid " +"`_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-" +"Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so " +"that almost all calendar and contacts apps can access synchronized data." msgstr "" -"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid `_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so that almost all calendar " -"and contacts apps can access synchronized data." +"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid " +"`_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-" +"Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so " +"that almost all calendar and contacts apps can access synchronized data." #: ../../sogo.rst:105 #, fuzzy @@ -11531,9 +11650,11 @@ msgstr "Integration via ExchangeActiveSync" #: ../../sogo.rst:109 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one location" +"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one " +"location" msgstr "" -"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one location" +"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one " +"location" #: ../../sogo.rst:112 #, fuzzy @@ -11558,11 +11679,11 @@ msgstr "If it asks you to choose Account Type, please choose Exchange:" #: ../../sogo.rst:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address " -"and email account credential" +"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address" +" and email account credential" msgstr "" -"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address " -"and email account credential" +"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address" +" and email account credential" #: ../../sogo.rst:119 #, fuzzy @@ -11587,9 +11708,11 @@ msgstr "Port: 443" #: ../../sogo.rst:126 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL certificates" +"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL " +"certificates" msgstr "" -"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL certificates" +"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL " +"certificates" #: ../../sogo.rst:129 #, fuzzy @@ -11614,51 +11737,53 @@ msgstr "Mozilla Thunderbird and Lightning" #: ../../sogo.rst:137 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A " -"typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " -"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your " -"address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " -"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and Lightning. " -"Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an initial IMAP " -"account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name and password " -"mentioned above." -msgstr "" -"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A " -"typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " -"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your " -"address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " -"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and Lightning. " -"Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an initial IMAP " -"account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name and password " -"mentioned above." +"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A" +" typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " +"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your" +" address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " +"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and " +"Lightning. Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an " +"initial IMAP account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name" +" and password mentioned above." +msgstr "" +"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A" +" typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " +"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your" +" address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " +"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and " +"Lightning. Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an " +"initial IMAP account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name" +" and password mentioned above." #: ../../sogo.rst:139 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in `_, your calendars and address books will be automatically " -"discovered when you login in Thunderbird. This plug in can also propagate " -"specific extensions and default user settings among your site. However, be " -"aware that in order to use the SOGo Integrator plug in, you will need to " -"repackage it with specific modifications. Please refer to the `documentation " -"published online `_." -msgstr "" -"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in `_, your calendars and address books will be automatically " -"discovered when you login in Thunderbird. This plug in can also propagate " -"specific extensions and default user settings among your site. However, be " -"aware that in order to use the SOGo Integrator plug in, you will need to " -"repackage it with specific modifications. Please refer to the `documentation " -"published online `_." +"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in " +"`_, your calendars and address " +"books will be automatically discovered when you login in Thunderbird. " +"This plug in can also propagate specific extensions and default user " +"settings among your site. However, be aware that in order to use the SOGo" +" Integrator plug in, you will need to repackage it with specific " +"modifications. Please refer to the `documentation published online " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in " +"`_, your calendars and address " +"books will be automatically discovered when you login in Thunderbird. " +"This plug in can also propagate specific extensions and default user " +"settings among your site. However, be aware that in order to use the SOGo" +" Integrator plug in, you will need to repackage it with specific " +"modifications. Please refer to the `documentation published online " +"`_." #: ../../sogo.rst:141 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access your " -"data." +"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access " +"your data." msgstr "" -"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access your " -"data." +"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access " +"your data." #: ../../sogo.rst:143 #, fuzzy @@ -11683,11 +11808,11 @@ msgstr "Enter a significant name for your calendar in the Name field." #: ../../sogo.rst:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" -"Contacts/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: " +"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Contacts/personal/" msgstr "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" -"Contacts/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: " +"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Contacts/personal/" #: ../../sogo.rst:148 #, fuzzy @@ -11722,11 +11847,11 @@ msgstr "Select CalDAV." #: ../../sogo.rst:156 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" -"Calendar/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: " +"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Calendar/personal/" msgstr "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" -"Calendar/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: " +"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Calendar/personal/" #: ../../sogo.rst:157 #, fuzzy @@ -11746,13 +11871,13 @@ msgstr "You can use it with" #: ../../sogo.rst:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav `_ for calendars/contacts" +"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav " +"`_ for calendars/contacts" msgstr "" -"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav `_ for calendars/contacts" +"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav " +"`_ for calendars/contacts" #: ../../sogo.rst:165 #, fuzzy @@ -11817,16 +11942,16 @@ msgid "" "Regarding software repositories, only the ``subscription`` repository " "remains enabled." msgstr "" -"Per quanto riguarda i repository software, resta attivo solo il repository " -"``subscription``." +"Per quanto riguarda i repository software, resta attivo solo il " +"repository ``subscription``." #: ../../subscription.rst:29 msgid "" -"Please avoid enabling third-party repositories and refrain from installing " -"software not covered by the subscription plan" +"Please avoid enabling third-party repositories and refrain from " +"installing software not covered by the subscription plan" msgstr "" -"È sconsigliato attivare repository di terze parti e installare software non " -"coperti dal piano subscription attivo" +"È sconsigliato attivare repository di terze parti e installare software " +"non coperti dal piano subscription attivo" #: ../../subscription.rst:34 msgid "Register the cluster" @@ -11834,39 +11959,40 @@ msgstr "Registrazione del cluster" #: ../../subscription.rst:36 msgid "" -"Depending on your subscription type, log in to `my.nethserver.com `_ or `my.nethesis.it `_ and " -"obtain a unique subscription token for the cluster. Follow the portal-" -"documented procedures to obtain it." +"Depending on your subscription type, log in to `my.nethserver.com " +"`_ or `my.nethesis.it " +"`_ and obtain a unique subscription token for the" +" cluster. Follow the portal-documented procedures to obtain it." msgstr "" -"A seconda del tipo di subscription, accedere al portale `my.nethserver.com " -"`_ o al portale `my.nethesis.it `_ e generare un token univoco per il cluster seguendo la " -"procedura specifica per il portale utilizzato." +"A seconda del tipo di subscription, accedere al portale " +"`my.nethserver.com `_ o al portale " +"`my.nethesis.it `_ e generare un token univoco " +"per il cluster seguendo la procedura specifica per il portale utilizzato." #: ../../subscription.rst:43 msgid "" "The subscription token is a secret: never communicate or share it with " "someone else" msgstr "" -"Il token di subscription è un segreto: non comunicarlo o condividerlo con " -"qualcun altro" +"Il token di subscription è un segreto: non comunicarlo o condividerlo con" +" qualcun altro" #: ../../subscription.rst:46 msgid "" -"Once you have copied the token to the clipboard, go to the ``Settings`` page " -"and click the ``Subscription`` card. Paste the token in the ``Authentication " -"token`` field, then click the :guilabel:`Register` button." +"Once you have copied the token to the clipboard, go to the ``Settings`` " +"page and click the ``Subscription`` card. Paste the token in the " +"``Authentication token`` field, then click the :guilabel:`Register` " +"button." msgstr "" "Una volta copiato il token nella clipboard, spostarsi nella pagina " "``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Subscription``. Incollare il " -"token nel campo ``Token di autenticazione``, quindi fare clic sul pulsante :" -"guilabel:`Registra`." +"token nel campo ``Token di autenticazione``, quindi fare clic sul " +"pulsante :guilabel:`Registra`." #: ../../subscription.rst:51 msgid "" -"If the procedure is successful the Subscription page displays the ``System " -"ID``, ``Plan`` type and ``Expiration`` date." +"If the procedure is successful the Subscription page displays the " +"``System ID``, ``Plan`` type and ``Expiration`` date." msgstr "" "Se la procedura termina con successo, la pagina Subscription visualizza " "l'``ID Sistema``, il tipo di ``Piano`` e la data di ``Scadenza``." @@ -11877,43 +12003,44 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti programmati" #: ../../subscription.rst:60 msgid "" -"An overnight scheduled task installs software updates available from managed " -"software repositories. The task runs daily, from Tuesday through Friday, " -"within a randomly selected time slot between midnight and 6 AM. This " -"variability helps distribute the load on the network and servers. Updates " -"concern:" +"An overnight scheduled task installs software updates available from " +"managed software repositories. The task runs daily, from Tuesday through " +"Friday, within a randomly selected time slot between midnight and 6 AM. " +"This variability helps distribute the load on the network and servers. " +"Updates concern:" msgstr "" -"Un'attività pianificata notturna si occupa di installare gli aggiornamenti " -"software disponibili nei repository software gestiti. Il task viene eseguito " -"ogni giorno, da martedì a venerdì, all'interno di uno slot temporale " -"selezionato casualmente tra mezzanotte e le 6 del mattino. Questa " -"variabilità aiuta a distribuire il carico sulla rete e sui server. Gli " -"aggiornamenti riguardano:" +"Un'attività pianificata notturna si occupa di installare gli " +"aggiornamenti software disponibili nei repository software gestiti. Il " +"task viene eseguito ogni giorno, da martedì a venerdì, all'interno di uno" +" slot temporale selezionato casualmente tra mezzanotte e le 6 del " +"mattino. Questa variabilità aiuta a distribuire il carico sulla rete e " +"sui server. Gli aggiornamenti riguardano:" #: ../../subscription.rst:66 msgid "" "**Operating system**: updates are sourced from Nethesis managed " -"repositories, specifically from DNF repositories labeled as ``ns-baseos`` " -"and ``ns-appstream``. These repositories provide delayed snapshots of Rocky " -"Linux repositories, aiming to prevent the distribution of updates that may " -"lead to unexpected issues." -msgstr "" -"**Sistema operativo**: gli aggiornamenti provengono da repository gestiti da " -"Nethesis, in particolare da repository DNF etichettati come ``ns-baseos`` e " -"``ns-appstream``. Questi repository sono delle copie controllate dei " -"repository di Rocky Linux, il cui obiettivo è prevenire la distribuzione di " -"aggiornamenti che possano introdurre problemi inaspettati." +"repositories, specifically from DNF repositories labeled as ``ns-baseos``" +" and ``ns-appstream``. These repositories provide delayed snapshots of " +"Rocky Linux repositories, aiming to prevent the distribution of updates " +"that may lead to unexpected issues." +msgstr "" +"**Sistema operativo**: gli aggiornamenti provengono da repository gestiti" +" da Nethesis, in particolare da repository DNF etichettati come ``ns-" +"baseos`` e ``ns-appstream``. Questi repository sono delle copie " +"controllate dei repository di Rocky Linux, il cui obiettivo è prevenire " +"la distribuzione di aggiornamenti che possano introdurre problemi " +"inaspettati." #: ../../subscription.rst:72 msgid "" -"**Core components**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` repository" +"**Core components**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` " +"repository" msgstr "" "**Componenti core**: Gli aggiornamenti vengono scaricati dal repository " "``subscription``" #: ../../subscription.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Applications**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` repository" +msgid "**Applications**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` repository" msgstr "" "**Applicazioni**: Gli aggiornamenti vengono scaricati dal repository " "``subscription``" @@ -11929,8 +12056,8 @@ msgid "" "Subscription`` link." msgstr "" "Spostarsi nella pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda " -"``Subscription``. In alternativa, dalla dashboard del cluster fare clic sul " -"link ``Vai a Subscription``." +"``Subscription``. In alternativa, dalla dashboard del cluster fare clic " +"sul link ``Vai a Subscription``." #: ../../subscription.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -11950,32 +12077,32 @@ msgstr "Disponibile solo per Nethesis Enterprise" #: ../../subscription.rst:96 msgid "" -"Depending on the subscription type and plan, the ``Subscription`` page can " -"allow starting and controlling a remote support session:" +"Depending on the subscription type and plan, the ``Subscription`` page " +"can allow starting and controlling a remote support session:" msgstr "" "A seconda del tipo e del piano di subscription attivi, la pagina " -"``Subscription`` può consentire l'avvio e il controllo di una sessione di " -"supporto remoto:" +"``Subscription`` può consentire l'avvio e il controllo di una sessione di" +" supporto remoto:" #: ../../subscription.rst:99 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Start session` to activate a special access for the " -"Nethesis support team. Both SSH and cluster-admin administrative access are " -"granted to the support team. Support connections are routed in a private VPN " -"tunnel." +"Nethesis support team. Both SSH and cluster-admin administrative access " +"are granted to the support team. Support connections are routed in a " +"private VPN tunnel." msgstr "" -"Fare clic su :guilabel:`Avvia sessione` per attivare un accesso speciale per " -"il team di supporto Nethesis. Al team di supporto sarà consentito l'accesso " -"amministrativo sia SSH che al cluster-admin. Le connessioni di supporto sono " -"veicolate attraverso un tunnel VPN privato." +"Fare clic su :guilabel:`Avvia sessione` per attivare un accesso speciale " +"per il team di supporto Nethesis. Al team di supporto sarà consentito " +"l'accesso amministrativo sia SSH che al cluster-admin. Le connessioni di " +"supporto sono veicolate attraverso un tunnel VPN privato." #: ../../subscription.rst:104 msgid "" "When the access is granted, a unique ``Session ID`` secret is displayed: " "copy and paste it in your support request." msgstr "" -"Quando l'accesso è consentito, viene visualizzato nella pagina un segreto " -"denominato ``ID sessione``: il segreto va copiato e incollato nella " +"Quando l'accesso è consentito, viene visualizzato nella pagina un segreto" +" denominato ``ID sessione``: il segreto va copiato e incollato nella " "richiesta di supporto." #: ../../subscription.rst:107 @@ -11989,20 +12116,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:110 msgid "" -"The support session is valid only to reach the leader node. The support team " -"can access worker nodes by starting individual support sessions in the " -"worker nodes. For example, if node 2 is a worker node, this is a command to " -"start a support session for it: ::" +"The support session is valid only to reach the leader node. The support " +"team can access worker nodes by starting individual support sessions in " +"the worker nodes. For example, if node 2 is a worker node, this is a " +"command to start a support session for it: ::" msgstr "" "La sessione di supporto è valida solo per raggiungere il nodo leader. Il " -"team di supporto può accedere agli altri nodi del cluster avviando sessioni " -"di supporto individuali nei nodi worker. Per esempio, se il nodo 2 è un nodo " -"worker, il comando per avviare una sessione di supporto per esso è il " -"seguente: ::" +"team di supporto può accedere agli altri nodi del cluster avviando " +"sessioni di supporto individuali nei nodi worker. Per esempio, se il nodo" +" 2 è un nodo worker, il comando per avviare una sessione di supporto per " +"esso è il seguente: ::" #: ../../subscription.rst:117 -msgid "" -"The Session ID is printed to the standard output. To stop the session: ::" +msgid "The Session ID is printed to the standard output. To stop the session: ::" msgstr "" "L'ID sessione viene stampato sullo standard output. Per interrompere la " "sessione: ::" @@ -12010,17 +12136,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:121 msgid "Check the support session status for any node with: ::" msgstr "" -"È possibile verificare lo stato della sessione di supporto su un qualsiasi " -"nodo con il comando: ::" +"È possibile verificare lo stato della sessione di supporto su un " +"qualsiasi nodo con il comando: ::" #: ../../subscription.rst:125 msgid "" -"If a worker node (e.g., node 2) becomes unreachable from the leader node, " -"you can manually start a support session for it with the following procedure:" +"If a worker node (e.g., node 2) becomes unreachable from the leader node," +" you can manually start a support session for it with the following " +"procedure:" msgstr "" "Se un nodo worker (ad esempio, nodo 2) diventa irraggiungibile dal nodo " -"leader, è possibile avviare manualmente una sessione di supporto per esso " -"con la seguente procedura:" +"leader, è possibile avviare manualmente una sessione di supporto per esso" +" con la seguente procedura:" #: ../../subscription.rst:129 msgid "Log in on the worker node, using the console or SSH access." @@ -12037,8 +12164,8 @@ msgstr "Ottenere l'ID sessione con: ::" #: ../../subscription.rst:139 msgid "The Session ID is always recorded in the system journal and node log." msgstr "" -"L'ID sessione viene sempre registrato nel journal di sistema e nel log dei " -"nodi." +"L'ID sessione viene sempre registrato nel journal di sistema e nel log " +"dei nodi." #: ../../subscription.rst:141 msgid "To end the support session: ::" @@ -12053,8 +12180,8 @@ msgid "" "NethServer 8 (NS8) can be deployed on a single node or across multiple " "nodes. In both cases it is called \"cluster\"." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 (NS8) può essere distribuito su un solo nodo o attraverso più " -"nodi. In entrambi i casi prende il nome di \"cluster\"." +"NethServer 8 (NS8) può essere distribuito su un solo nodo o attraverso " +"più nodi. In entrambi i casi prende il nome di \"cluster\"." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:10 msgid "Minimum hardware requirements for a single node installation:" @@ -12074,21 +12201,21 @@ msgstr "20GB di disco" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:16 msgid "" -"More nodes can be added later, and when adding a new node, it is recommended " -"to use similar hardware and the same Linux distribution installed on the " -"other nodes." +"More nodes can be added later, and when adding a new node, it is " +"recommended to use similar hardware and the same Linux distribution " +"installed on the other nodes." msgstr "" -"Ulteriori nodi possono essere aggiunti in seguito, e, quando si aggiunge un " -"nuovo nodo, si consiglia di utilizzare hardware simile e la stessa " +"Ulteriori nodi possono essere aggiunti in seguito, e, quando si aggiunge " +"un nuovo nodo, si consiglia di utilizzare hardware simile e la stessa " "distribuzione Linux installata sugli altri nodi." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:20 msgid "" -"The above requirements must be increased to match users, applications, and " -"load needs." +"The above requirements must be increased to match users, applications, " +"and load needs." msgstr "" -"I requisiti di cui sopra devono essere aumentati per soddisfare le esigenze " -"di carico legate al numero di utenti e applicazioni installati." +"I requisiti di cui sopra devono essere aumentati per soddisfare le " +"esigenze di carico legate al numero di utenti e applicazioni installati." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:26 msgid "Linux distribution" @@ -12096,8 +12223,8 @@ msgstr "Distribuzione Linux" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:28 msgid "" -"Install NS8 on a clean Linux server distribution, avoiding installation on " -"desktop systems or servers already running other services." +"Install NS8 on a clean Linux server distribution, avoiding installation " +"on desktop systems or servers already running other services." msgstr "" "È necessario installare NS8 su una distribuzione di server Linux pulita, " "evitando sistemi desktop o server con altri servizi già in esecuzione." @@ -12129,20 +12256,21 @@ msgstr "Indirizzo IP statico" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:44 msgid "" "A working internet connection is necessary for the installation, " -"configuration, and updating of the system. It is required also if an active :" -"ref:`subscription ` is in place." +"configuration, and updating of the system. It is required also if an " +"active :ref:`subscription ` is in place." msgstr "" "Per l'installazione, la configurazione e l'aggiornamento del sistema è " -"necessaria una connessione internet funzionante. È richiesta connettività " -"anche per l'attivazione di una :ref:`subscription `." +"necessaria una connessione internet funzionante. È richiesta connettività" +" anche per l'attivazione di una :ref:`subscription `." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:48 msgid "" "Assign a static IP address to the system. DHCP and any other dynamic IP " "discovery protocols are not allowed." msgstr "" -"Utilizzare per il sistema un indirizzo IP statico. DHCP e altri protocolli " -"di discovery di IP dinamici non sono ammessi." +"Utilizzare per il sistema un indirizzo IP statico. DHCP e altri " +"protocolli di discovery di IP dinamici non sono ammessi." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:54 msgid "DNS configuration" @@ -12151,22 +12279,22 @@ msgstr "Configurazione DNS" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:56 msgid "" "As you are configuring a server, network clients must resolve its fully " -"qualified domain name (FQDN) to a routable IP address with the DNS. This is " -"a requirement to connect with the server. Register the FQDN with DNS record " -"type A for IPv4 addresses, and type AAAA for IPv6 addresses." +"qualified domain name (FQDN) to a routable IP address with the DNS. This " +"is a requirement to connect with the server. Register the FQDN with DNS " +"record type A for IPv4 addresses, and type AAAA for IPv6 addresses." msgstr "" "Poiché si sta configurando un server, è necessario che i client di rete " -"sappiano risolvere il suo fully qualified domain name (FQDN) tramite DNS in " -"un indirizzo IP raggiungibile. Questo requisito è indispensabile per " -"connettersi con il server. Sarà quindi necessario registrare l'FQDN sul DNS " -"utilizzando record di tipo A per gli indirizzi IPv4 e di tipo AAAA per gli " -"indirizzi IPv6." +"sappiano risolvere il suo fully qualified domain name (FQDN) tramite DNS " +"in un indirizzo IP raggiungibile. Questo requisito è indispensabile per " +"connettersi con il server. Sarà quindi necessario registrare l'FQDN sul " +"DNS utilizzando record di tipo A per gli indirizzi IPv4 e di tipo AAAA " +"per gli indirizzi IPv6." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:61 msgid "" "A correct FQDN and DNS setup is also a requirement for TLS encryption to " -"work properly. Once connected with the server, network clients check if the " -"TLS certificate is valid for the given FQDN." +"work properly. Once connected with the server, network clients check if " +"the TLS certificate is valid for the given FQDN." msgstr "" "Una corretta configurazione di FQDN e DNS è anche un requisito per il " "corretto funzionamento della crittografia TLS. Una volta connessi con il " @@ -12175,27 +12303,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:65 msgid "" -"Depending on your server purpose, DNS can be provided by a public internet " -"service, a private network appliance, or even both of them. Read carefully " -"and understand their documentation." +"Depending on your server purpose, DNS can be provided by a public " +"internet service, a private network appliance, or even both of them. Read" +" carefully and understand their documentation." msgstr "" -"A seconda dello scopo del server, il DNS può essere erogato da un servizio " -"internet pubblico, da un appliance di rete privato, o da entrambi. Leggere " -"attentamente la relativa documentazione." +"A seconda dello scopo del server, il DNS può essere erogato da un " +"servizio internet pubblico, da un appliance di rete privato, o da " +"entrambi. Leggere attentamente la relativa documentazione." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:69 msgid "" -"Decide the FQDN of your server and register it in the DNS with the server " -"public IP address. A FQDN is composed by the host name prefix (a single " -"word) and the DNS domain suffix. For instance, host name can be ``jupiter`` " -"and domain suffix ``example.org``: the resulting FQDN is ``jupiter.example." -"org``." -msgstr "" -"Scelto l'FQDN del server, questo andrà registrato nel DNS con il relativo " -"indirizzo IP pubblico. Un FQDN è composto da un prefisso, il nome host (una " -"sola parola), e da un suffisso, il dominio DNS. Per esempio, se il nome host " -"è ``jupiter`` e il suffisso di dominio ``example.org`` l'FQDN risultante è " +"Decide the FQDN of your server and register it in the DNS with the server" +" public IP address. A FQDN is composed by the host name prefix (a single " +"word) and the DNS domain suffix. For instance, host name can be " +"``jupiter`` and domain suffix ``example.org``: the resulting FQDN is " "``jupiter.example.org``." +msgstr "" +"Scelto l'FQDN del server, questo andrà registrato nel DNS con il relativo" +" indirizzo IP pubblico. Un FQDN è composto da un prefisso, il nome host " +"(una sola parola), e da un suffisso, il dominio DNS. Per esempio, se il " +"nome host è ``jupiter`` e il suffisso di dominio ``example.org`` l'FQDN " +"risultante è ``jupiter.example.org``." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:79 msgid "Worker node requirements" @@ -12206,16 +12334,16 @@ msgid "" "Among network clients, a worker node has some special requirements to be " "installed and configured." msgstr "" -"Tra i client di rete, un nodo worker ha alcuni requisiti speciali che devono " -"essere soddisfatti." +"Tra i client di rete, un nodo worker ha alcuni requisiti speciali che " +"devono essere soddisfatti." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:84 msgid "" "The worker node reaches the leader during the join procedure at the " "following URL: ::" msgstr "" -"Il nodo worker raggiunge il leader durante la procedura di join usando il " -"seguente URL::" +"Il nodo worker raggiunge il leader durante la procedura di join usando il" +" seguente URL::" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:89 msgid "Ensure the following requirements are met:" @@ -12223,30 +12351,33 @@ msgstr "Assicurarsi che i seguenti requisiti siano soddisfatti:" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:91 msgid "" -"the worker node must resolve the leader FQDN to the correct routable address" +"the worker node must resolve the leader FQDN to the correct routable " +"address" msgstr "" "il nodo worker deve risolvere correttamente l'FQDN del nodo leader nel " "relativo indirizzo IP" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:94 msgid "" -"the HTTPS server (TCP port 443) at that address must handle the API request" +"the HTTPS server (TCP port 443) at that address must handle the API " +"request" msgstr "" -"il server HTTPS (porta 443 TCP) a tale indirizzo deve gestire la richiesta " -"API" +"il server HTTPS (porta 443 TCP) a tale indirizzo deve gestire la " +"richiesta API" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:97 msgid "" -"the API server response contains the leader ``VPN endpoint``: it is a host " -"address with a UDP port number used to set up a Wireguard VPN. The VPN " -"endpoint is configured during the :ref:`cluster creation ` procedure. Ensure it is not blocked by other network appliances." +"the API server response contains the leader ``VPN endpoint``: it is a " +"host address with a UDP port number used to set up a Wireguard VPN. The " +"VPN endpoint is configured during the :ref:`cluster creation ` procedure. Ensure it is not blocked by other network " +"appliances." msgstr "" -"la risposta del server API contiene un``endpoint VPN``: è un indirizzo host " -"con un numero di porta UDP utilizzato per configurare una VPN Wireguard. " -"L'endpoint VPN è configurato durante la procedura :ref:`cluster Creation " -"`. Assicurarsi che non sia bloccato da altri appliance " -"di rete." +"la risposta del server API contiene un``endpoint VPN``: è un indirizzo " +"host con un numero di porta UDP utilizzato per configurare una VPN " +"Wireguard. L'endpoint VPN è configurato durante la procedura " +":ref:`cluster Creation `. Assicurarsi che non sia " +"bloccato da altri appliance di rete." #: ../../system_requirements.rst:105 msgid "Web browser requirements" @@ -12254,12 +12385,13 @@ msgstr "Requisiti per il browser Web" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:107 msgid "" -"To access the cluster administration web user interface, you need an up-to-" -"date release of Firefox, Chrome, or Chromium browser as the web client." +"To access the cluster administration web user interface, you need an up-" +"to-date release of Firefox, Chrome, or Chromium browser as the web " +"client." msgstr "" -"Per accedere all'interfaccia utente web di amministrazione del cluster, è " -"necessario utilizzare come client web una versione aggiornata di Firefox, " -"Chrome o Chromium." +"Per accedere all'interfaccia utente web di amministrazione del cluster, è" +" necessario utilizzare come client web una versione aggiornata di " +"Firefox, Chrome o Chromium." #: ../../updates.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -12302,11 +12434,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:17 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster " -"status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster" +" status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-" +"section`." msgstr "" -"You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster " -"status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster" +" status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-" +"section`." #: ../../updates.rst:23 #, fuzzy @@ -12321,11 +12455,11 @@ msgstr "The core is composed by the following modules:" #: ../../updates.rst:27 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that " -"manage the containers and backup engines" +"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that" +" manage the containers and backup engines" msgstr "" -"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that " -"manage the containers and backup engines" +"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that" +" manage the containers and backup engines" #: ../../updates.rst:28 #, fuzzy @@ -12364,22 +12498,24 @@ msgstr ":ref:`openldap-section`" #: ../../updates.rst:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version mismatch." +"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version " +"mismatch." msgstr "" -"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version mismatch." +"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version " +"mismatch." #: ../../updates.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of ``Updates`` " -"tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on ``Update details`` " -"to see the list of modules that require an update. Click on :guilabel:" -"`Update core` button to apply the updates." +"When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of " +"``Updates`` tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on " +"``Update details`` to see the list of modules that require an update. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." msgstr "" -"When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of ``Updates`` " -"tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on ``Update details`` " -"to see the list of modules that require an update. Click on :guilabel:" -"`Update core` button to apply the updates." +"When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of " +"``Updates`` tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on " +"``Update details`` to see the list of modules that require an update. " +"Click on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." #: ../../updates.rst:43 #, fuzzy @@ -12389,37 +12525,37 @@ msgstr "Module updates" #: ../../updates.rst:45 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of :ref:" -"`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for each " -"application with available updates." +"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of " +":ref:`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for " +"each application with available updates." msgstr "" -"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of :ref:" -"`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for each " -"application with available updates." +"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of " +":ref:`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for " +"each application with available updates." #: ../../updates.rst:48 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all apps` " -"button." +"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all " +"apps` button." msgstr "" -"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all apps` " -"button." +"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all " +"apps` button." #: ../../updates.rst:50 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will " -"see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " +"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will" +" see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " "instance separately by clicking on the :guilabel:`Update` button. If you " -"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click :guilabel:" -"`Update all instances` button." +"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click " +":guilabel:`Update all instances` button." msgstr "" -"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will " -"see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " +"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will" +" see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " "instance separately by clicking on the :guilabel:`Update` button. If you " -"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click :guilabel:" -"`Update all instances` button." +"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click " +":guilabel:`Update all instances` button." #: ../../user_domains.rst:5 msgid "User domains" @@ -12428,13 +12564,14 @@ msgstr "Domini utente" #: ../../user_domains.rst:7 msgid "" "Users and groups are stored in an LDAP database, served by one **account " -"provider module**. Multiple modules can work together to serve the same LDAP " -"database as replicas. An LDAP database represents an account **domain**." +"provider module**. Multiple modules can work together to serve the same " +"LDAP database as replicas. An LDAP database represents an account " +"**domain**." msgstr "" -"Gli utenti e i gruppi vengono memorizzati in un database LDAP, servito da un " -"modulo **account provider**. Molti moduli possono lavorare insieme per " -"servire lo stesso database LDAP come repliche. Un database LDAP rappresenta " -"un **dominio** di account." +"Gli utenti e i gruppi vengono memorizzati in un database LDAP, servito da" +" un modulo **account provider**. Molti moduli possono lavorare insieme " +"per servire lo stesso database LDAP come repliche. Un database LDAP " +"rappresenta un **dominio** di account." #: ../../user_domains.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -12460,26 +12597,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:19 msgid "" -"Besides choosing to bind an external provider or install an internal one, " -"the administrator has to decide which backend type suits his needs. The " -"*File server* application can authenticate SMB/CIFS clients only when using " -"an Active Directory domain. On the other hand, the internal OpenLDAP " -"provider is easier to install and configure. In the end, if the SMB file " -"sharing protocol support is not required, an LDAP provider is the best " -"choice." +"Besides choosing to bind an external provider or install an internal one," +" the administrator has to decide which backend type suits his needs. The " +"*File server* application can authenticate SMB/CIFS clients only when " +"using an Active Directory domain. On the other hand, the internal " +"OpenLDAP provider is easier to install and configure. In the end, if the " +"SMB file sharing protocol support is not required, an LDAP provider is " +"the best choice." msgstr "" "Oltre a scegliere di collegare un provider esterno o installarne uno " -"interno, l'amministratore deve decidere quale tipo di backend si adatta alle " -"sue esigenze. L'applicazione *File server* può autenticare i client SMB/CIFS " -"solo quando si utilizza un dominio Active Directory. D'altra parte, il " -"provider OpenLDAP interno è più facile da installare e configurare. Alla " -"fine, se il supporto del protocollo di condivisione dei file SMB non è " -"richiesto, un provider LDAP è la scelta migliore." +"interno, l'amministratore deve decidere quale tipo di backend si adatta " +"alle sue esigenze. L'applicazione *File server* può autenticare i client " +"SMB/CIFS solo quando si utilizza un dominio Active Directory. D'altra " +"parte, il provider OpenLDAP interno è più facile da installare e " +"configurare. Alla fine, se il supporto del protocollo di condivisione dei" +" file SMB non è richiesto, un provider LDAP è la scelta migliore." #: ../../user_domains.rst:28 msgid "" -"Also note that you can host multiple OpenLDAP instances on the same node, " -"while you can install only one Samba instance per node." +"Also note that you can host multiple OpenLDAP instances on the same node," +" while you can install only one Samba instance per node." msgstr "" "Notare anche che è possibile ospitare più istanze OpenLDAP sullo stesso " "nodo, mentre è possibile installare solo un'istanza Samba per nodo." @@ -12490,7 +12627,8 @@ msgstr "Active Directory" #: ../../user_domains.rst:36 msgid "" -"To install a new user domain with a local Samba Active Directory as provider:" +"To install a new user domain with a local Samba Active Directory as " +"provider:" msgstr "" "Per installare un nuovo dominio utente con Samba Active Directory come " "provider locale:" @@ -12501,15 +12639,13 @@ msgstr "accedere alla pagina ``Domini e utenti`" #: ../../user_domains.rst:39 ../../user_domains.rst:110 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Create domain` button and choose ``Internal``" -msgstr "" -"fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" +msgstr "fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Crea dominio` e scegliere ``Interno``" #: ../../user_domains.rst:40 -msgid "" -"select ``Samba`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" +msgid "select ``Samba`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" msgstr "" -"selezionare ``Samba`` nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic su :guilabel:" -"`Installa provider`" +"selezionare ``Samba`` nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic su " +":guilabel:`Installa provider`" #: ../../user_domains.rst:42 ../../user_domains.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -12521,70 +12657,73 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:44 msgid "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. It defines the DNS " -"suffix of the new domain. The Domain Controller (DC) acts as an " -"authoritative DNS server for that domain. If unsure, keep the proposed value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. It defines the " +"DNS suffix of the new domain. The Domain Controller (DC) acts as an " +"authoritative DNS server for that domain. If unsure, keep the proposed " +"value." msgstr "" "``Dominio``: il dominio utente, che dovrebbe essere un FQDN valido. " -"Definisce il suffisso DNS del nuovo dominio. Il Domain Controller (DC) funge " -"da server DNS autoritativo per quel dominio. Se non si è sicuri, mantenere " -"il valore proposto." +"Definisce il suffisso DNS del nuovo dominio. Il Domain Controller (DC) " +"funge da server DNS autoritativo per quel dominio. Se non si è sicuri, " +"mantenere il valore proposto." #: ../../user_domains.rst:47 msgid "" -"``NetBIOS domain``: a valid `NetBIOS `_ domain (also known as \"domain short name\", \"NT domain name\"), " -"it is the alternative Active Directory domain identifier, compatible with " -"older clients. Maximum length is 15 ASCII characters. If unsure, keep the " -"proposed value." -msgstr "" -"``NetBIOS domain``: un dominio `NetBIOS `_ valido (noto anche come \"domain short name\", \"NT domain " -"name\"), è l'identificatore di dominio Active Directory alternativo, " -"compatibile con i client più datati. La lunghezza massima è di 15 caratteri " -"ASCII. Se non si è sicuri, mantenere il valore proposto." +"``NetBIOS domain``: a valid `NetBIOS " +"`_ domain (also known as \"domain " +"short name\", \"NT domain name\"), it is the alternative Active Directory" +" domain identifier, compatible with older clients. Maximum length is 15 " +"ASCII characters. If unsure, keep the proposed value." +msgstr "" +"``NetBIOS domain``: un dominio `NetBIOS " +"`_ valido (noto anche come " +"\"domain short name\", \"NT domain name\"), è l'identificatore di dominio" +" Active Directory alternativo, compatibile con i client più datati. La " +"lunghezza massima è di 15 caratteri ASCII. Se non si è sicuri, mantenere " +"il valore proposto." #: ../../user_domains.rst:51 msgid "" "``Samba admin username`` and ``Samba admin password``: set the initial " -"administrative account credentials; it is possible to use ``administrator`` " -"(default) or any other user name. In the latter case, the given user name " -"is added to the ``Domain Admins`` group, whilst ``administrator`` user is " -"disabled and a random password is set on it" +"administrative account credentials; it is possible to use " +"``administrator`` (default) or any other user name. In the latter case, " +"the given user name is added to the ``Domain Admins`` group, whilst " +"``administrator`` user is disabled and a random password is set on it" msgstr "" "``Scegli il nome utente dell'amministratore di Samba`` e ``Scegli una " -"password per l'utente amministratore di Samba``: impostare le credenziali " -"iniziali dell'account amministrativo; è possibile utilizzare " -"``administrator`` (default) o qualsiasi altro nome utente. In quest'ultimo " -"caso, il nome utente specificato viene aggiunto al gruppo ``Domain Admins``, " -"mentre l'utente ``administrator`` viene disabilitato e configurato con una " -"password casuale" +"password per l'utente amministratore di Samba``: impostare le credenziali" +" iniziali dell'account amministrativo; è possibile utilizzare " +"``administrator`` (default) o qualsiasi altro nome utente. In " +"quest'ultimo caso, il nome utente specificato viene aggiunto al gruppo " +"``Domain Admins``, mentre l'utente ``administrator`` viene disabilitato e" +" configurato con una password casuale" #: ../../user_domains.rst:57 msgid "" "``Hostname``: the Domain Controller (DC) hostname. If unsure, keep the " "proposed value." msgstr "" -"``Nome host`: il nome host del Domain Controller (DC). Se non si è sicuri, " -"mantenere il valore proposto." +"``Nome host`: il nome host del Domain Controller (DC). Se non si è " +"sicuri, mantenere il valore proposto." #: ../../user_domains.rst:59 msgid "" -"``Provide file shares and authentication to Windows clients``. If enabled " -"the DC shared folders are accessible from the local network. Only one DC of " -"the Active Directory domain can offer shared folders, authentication and DNS " -"services. See :ref:`File server ` for more information." +"``Provide file shares and authentication to Windows clients``. If enabled" +" the DC shared folders are accessible from the local network. Only one DC" +" of the Active Directory domain can offer shared folders, authentication " +"and DNS services. See :ref:`File server ` for more " +"information." msgstr "" -"``Fornire condivisioni di file e autenticazione per i client Windows``. Se " -"abilitato, le cartelle condivise del DC sono accessibili dalla rete locale. " -"Solo uno dei DC del dominio Active Directory può offrire cartelle condivise, " -"autenticazione e servizi DNS. Per ulteriori informazioni, consultare :ref:" -"`file-server-section`." +"``Fornire condivisioni di file e autenticazione per i client Windows``. " +"Se abilitato, le cartelle condivise del DC sono accessibili dalla rete " +"locale. Solo uno dei DC del dominio Active Directory può offrire cartelle" +" condivise, autenticazione e servizi DNS. Per ulteriori informazioni, " +"consultare :ref:`file-server-section`." #: ../../user_domains.rst:67 msgid "" -"Apart from the administrative credentials, other Active Directory parameters " -"cannot be changed once that the domain has been created" +"Apart from the administrative credentials, other Active Directory " +"parameters cannot be changed once that the domain has been created" msgstr "" "A parte le credenziali amministrative, gli altri parametri di Active " "Directory non possono essere modificati una volta che il dominio è stato " @@ -12593,15 +12732,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:70 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " -"can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, :ref:`add a " -"replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind settings " -"` to connect an external application." +"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. " +"You can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, " +":ref:`add a replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind " +"settings ` to connect an external application." msgstr "" -"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " -"can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, :ref:`add a " -"replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind settings " -"` to connect an external application." +"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. " +"You can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, " +":ref:`add a replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind " +"settings ` to connect an external application." #: ../../user_domains.rst:75 #, fuzzy @@ -12611,13 +12750,13 @@ msgstr "DNS and AD domain" #: ../../user_domains.rst:77 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is a " -"good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. The AD " -"sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." +"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is " +"a good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. " +"The AD sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." msgstr "" -"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is a " -"good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. The AD " -"sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." +"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is " +"a good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. " +"The AD sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." #: ../../user_domains.rst:83 #, fuzzy @@ -12642,22 +12781,22 @@ msgstr "domain controller FQDN: ``dc1.ad.nethserver.org``" #: ../../user_domains.rst:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain which " -"is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" +"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain " +"which is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" msgstr "" -"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain which " -"is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" +"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain " +"which is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" #: ../../user_domains.rst:93 #, fuzzy msgid "" "https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/34981.active-" -"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-names." -"aspx#Recommendation" +"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-" +"names.aspx#Recommendation" msgstr "" "https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/34981.active-" -"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-names." -"aspx#Recommendation" +"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-" +"names.aspx#Recommendation" #: ../../user_domains.rst:95 #, fuzzy @@ -12673,11 +12812,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in ``/etc/resolv.conf`` " -"for name resolution request forwarding." +"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in " +"``/etc/resolv.conf`` for name resolution request forwarding." msgstr "" -"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in ``/etc/resolv.conf`` " -"for name resolution request forwarding." +"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in " +"``/etc/resolv.conf`` for name resolution request forwarding." #: ../../user_domains.rst:105 #, fuzzy @@ -12692,18 +12831,20 @@ msgstr "To install a new user domain with a local OpenLDAP as provider:" #: ../../user_domains.rst:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" +"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install " +"provider`" msgstr "" -"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" +"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install " +"provider`" #: ../../user_domains.rst:115 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep the " -"proposed value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep " +"the proposed value." msgstr "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep the " -"proposed value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep " +"the proposed value." #: ../../user_domains.rst:116 #, fuzzy @@ -12717,19 +12858,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:118 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You can " -"now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add a " -"replica `." +"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " +"can now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add" +" a replica `." msgstr "" -"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You can " -"now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add a " -"replica `." +"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " +"can now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add" +" a replica `." #: ../../user_domains.rst:121 #, fuzzy msgid "OpenLDAP provider is not currently accessible from outside the cluster." -msgstr "" -"OpenLDAP provider is not currently accessible from outside the cluster." +msgstr "OpenLDAP provider is not currently accessible from outside the cluster." #: ../../user_domains.rst:126 #, fuzzy @@ -12748,15 +12888,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:131 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " -"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the :guilabel:" -"`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with the " -"installation." +"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting " +"the ``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with " +"the installation." msgstr "" -"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " -"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the :guilabel:" -"`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with the " -"installation." +"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting " +"the ``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the " +":guilabel:`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with " +"the installation." #: ../../user_domains.rst:134 #, fuzzy @@ -12766,12 +12906,12 @@ msgstr "Replicas are configured in master-master mode." #: ../../user_domains.rst:136 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore " -"Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " +"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore" +" Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " "replicas." msgstr "" -"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore " -"Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " +"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore" +" Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " "replicas." #: ../../user_domains.rst:142 @@ -12782,31 +12922,35 @@ msgstr "LDAP bind settings" #: ../../user_domains.rst:144 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory provider." +"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory " +"provider." msgstr "" -"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory provider." +"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory " +"provider." #: ../../user_domains.rst:146 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client and, " -"if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows client access." +"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client " +"and, if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows " +"client access." msgstr "" -"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client and, " -"if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows client access." +"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client " +"and, if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows " +"client access." #: ../../user_domains.rst:149 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 user " -"domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the ``Configuration`` " -"link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are displayed on the top " -"of the page." +"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 " +"user domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the " +"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are " +"displayed on the top of the page." msgstr "" -"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 user " -"domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the ``Configuration`` " -"link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are displayed on the top " -"of the page." +"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 " +"user domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the " +"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are " +"displayed on the top of the page." #: ../../user_domains.rst:156 #, fuzzy @@ -12840,15 +12984,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, but " -"it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For example, " -"if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain name would be " -"\"example.org\"." +"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, " +"but it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For " +"example, if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain " +"name would be \"example.org\"." msgstr "" -"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, but " -"it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For example, " -"if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain name would be " -"\"example.org\"." +"``Domain``: This should be in fully qualified domain name (FQDN) syntax, " +"but it can be any logical name matching the LDAP base DN structure. For " +"example, if your LDAP base DN is `dc=example,dc=org`, a suitable domain " +"name would be \"example.org\"." #: ../../user_domains.rst:172 #, fuzzy @@ -12859,32 +13003,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:174 msgid "" -"``Port``: Specify the TCP port number of the remote LDAP service. Standard " -"values are 389 for LDAP and 636 for LDAPS. However, with Active Directory, " -"certain applications like Mail [#admail]_ may require setting LDAP port 3268 " -"or LDAPS port 3269. This is because they do not support \"LDAP subordinate " -"referrals\"." +"``Port``: Specify the TCP port number of the remote LDAP service. " +"Standard values are 389 for LDAP and 636 for LDAPS. However, with Active " +"Directory, certain applications like Mail [#admail]_ may require setting " +"LDAP port 3268 or LDAPS port 3269. This is because they do not support " +"\"LDAP subordinate referrals\"." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:180 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote LDAP " -"server." +"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote " +"LDAP server." msgstr "" -"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote LDAP " -"server." +"``Bind DN`` and ``Password``: Credentials required to access the remote " +"LDAP server." #: ../../user_domains.rst:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base for " -"user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct value " -"from the LDAP server itself." +"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base " +"for user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct" +" value from the LDAP server itself." msgstr "" -"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base for " -"user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct value " -"from the LDAP server itself." +"``Base DN``: Define the level of the LDAP hierarchy to use as the base " +"for user and group lookup. Leaving this field empty retrieves the correct" +" value from the LDAP server itself." #: ../../user_domains.rst:187 #, fuzzy @@ -12898,20 +13042,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server provides a " -"valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the certificate " -"name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. Continue reading " -"to fully understand the implications of this option." +"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server " +"provides a valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the " +"certificate name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. " +"Continue reading to fully understand the implications of this option." msgstr "" -"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server provides a " -"valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the certificate " -"name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. Continue reading " -"to fully understand the implications of this option." +"``TLS verify``: Enable this switch to ensure that the LDAP server " +"provides a valid TLS certificate signed by a trusted authority, with the " +"certificate name matching the hostname specified in the \"Host\" field. " +"Continue reading to fully understand the implications of this option." #: ../../user_domains.rst:197 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once all fields are filled, click on the :guilabel:`Configure domain` button." +"Once all fields are filled, click on the :guilabel:`Configure domain` " +"button." msgstr "click on :guilabel:`Configure domain` button" #: ../../user_domains.rst:202 @@ -12923,27 +13068,27 @@ msgstr "Once configured, domain settings cannot be changed later!" #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you choose not to verify TLS, you can configure additional hosts as " -"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary " -"LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " -"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible from " -"any cluster node." +"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary" +" LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " +"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible " +"from any cluster node." msgstr "" "If you choose not to verify TLS, you can configure additional hosts as " -"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary " -"LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " -"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible from " -"any cluster node." +"backup providers. The first configured provider is considered the primary" +" LDAP backend server. If a cluster node cannot reach it, it switches to " +"another provider. It's crucial that all domain providers are accessible " +"from any cluster node." #: ../../user_domains.rst:210 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the " -"first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection recovery " -"is not possible." +"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the" +" first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection " +"recovery is not possible." msgstr "" -"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the " -"first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection recovery " -"is not possible." +"Enabling \"TLS verify\" adds extra security but has limitations: only the" +" first provider is considered. If it becomes unreachable, connection " +"recovery is not possible." #: ../../user_domains.rst:214 #, fuzzy @@ -12968,23 +13113,22 @@ msgstr "Password policy" #: ../../user_domains.rst:224 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password complexity " -"and the password expiration time. You can configure the password policy from " -"the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the interested domain and " -"clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the three-dots menu of the " -"``Password`` card." +"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password " +"complexity and the password expiration time. You can configure the " +"password policy from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " +"interested domain and clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the " +"three-dots menu of the ``Password`` card." msgstr "" -"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password complexity " -"and the password expiration time. You can configure the password policy from " -"the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the interested domain and " -"clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the three-dots menu of the " -"``Password`` card." +"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password " +"complexity and the password expiration time. You can configure the " +"password policy from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " +"interested domain and clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the " +"three-dots menu of the ``Password`` card." #: ../../user_domains.rst:226 #, fuzzy msgid "You can configure password age and password strength policy separately." -msgstr "" -"You can configure password age and password strength policy separately." +msgstr "You can configure password age and password strength policy separately." #: ../../user_domains.rst:229 #, fuzzy @@ -13003,24 +13147,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass before a " -"new password change." +"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass " +"before a new password change." msgstr "" -"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass before a " -"new password change." +"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass " +"before a new password change." #: ../../user_domains.rst:234 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``Maximum password age``: password expiration time in days. After this " "period, the password is no longer valid for logins and must be changed. " -"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-portal-" -"section`." +"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-" +"portal-section`." msgstr "" "``Maximum password age``: password expiration time in days. After this " "period, the password is no longer valid for logins and must be changed. " -"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-portal-" -"section`." +"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-" +"portal-section`." #: ../../user_domains.rst:237 #, fuzzy @@ -13057,20 +13201,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:243 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see note " -"for more details." +"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see " +"note for more details." msgstr "" -"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see note " -"for more details." +"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see " +"note for more details." #: ../../user_domains.rst:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of the " -"following rules:" +"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of " +"the following rules:" msgstr "" -"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of the " -"following rules:" +"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of " +"the following rules:" #: ../../user_domains.rst:247 #, fuzzy @@ -13095,15 +13239,15 @@ msgstr "The password must contain at least one special character." #: ../../user_domains.rst:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit password " -"policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do not affect " -"old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes are " -"retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." +"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit " +"password policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do " +"not affect old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes" +" are retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." msgstr "" -"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit password " -"policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do not affect " -"old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes are " -"retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." +"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit " +"password policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do " +"not affect old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes" +" are retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." #: ../../user_domains.rst:257 #, fuzzy @@ -13205,11 +13349,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:290 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref:" -"`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." +"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref" +":`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." msgstr "" -"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref:" -"`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." +"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref" +":`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." #: ../../user_domains.rst:292 #, fuzzy @@ -13220,12 +13364,12 @@ msgstr "The portal is available at the following URL: ::" #, fuzzy msgid "" "Where ```` is the FQDN of the node where the provider is and " -"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring the " -"domain." +"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring " +"the domain." msgstr "" "Where ```` is the FQDN of the node where the provider is and " -"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring the " -"domain." +"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring " +"the domain." #: ../../user_domains.rst:298 #, fuzzy @@ -13244,17 +13388,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:302 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User Management`` " -"page, where they can proceed to change the password. The password must " -"comply with the domain password policy during this process. The list of " -"applications where the new password is effective is displayed next to the " -"password changing form." +"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User " +"Management`` page, where they can proceed to change the password. The " +"password must comply with the domain password policy during this process." +" The list of applications where the new password is effective is " +"displayed next to the password changing form." msgstr "" -"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User Management`` " -"page, where they can proceed to change the password. The password must " -"comply with the domain password policy during this process. The list of " -"applications where the new password is effective is displayed next to the " -"password changing form." +"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User " +"Management`` page, where they can proceed to change the password. The " +"password must comply with the domain password policy during this process." +" The list of applications where the new password is effective is " +"displayed next to the password changing form." #: ../../webserver.rst:5 #, fuzzy @@ -13264,31 +13408,31 @@ msgstr "WebServer" #: ../../webserver.rst:7 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web server " -"with `PHP `_ programming language and `SFTPGo `_ to upload files." +"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web " +"server with `PHP `_ programming language and " +"`SFTPGo `_ to upload files." msgstr "" -"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web server " -"with `PHP `_ programming language and `SFTPGo `_ to upload files." +"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web " +"server with `PHP `_ programming language and " +"`SFTPGo `_ to upload files." #: ../../webserver.rst:11 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the " +":ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../webserver.rst:18 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, eg. " -"``/sftpgo``" +"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, " +"eg. ``/sftpgo``" msgstr "" -"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, eg. " -"``/sftpgo``" +"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, " +"eg. ``/sftpgo``" #: ../../webserver.rst:19 #, fuzzy @@ -13298,11 +13442,13 @@ msgstr "choose a public TCP port for the sFTP server" #: ../../webserver.rst:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the ``https:///" -"``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of SFTPGo are:" +"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the " +"``https:///``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of" +" SFTPGo are:" msgstr "" -"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the ``https:///" -"``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of SFTPGo are:" +"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the " +"``https:///``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of" +" SFTPGo are:" #: ../../webserver.rst:35 #, fuzzy @@ -13312,13 +13458,13 @@ msgstr "Virtual hosts" #: ../../webserver.rst:37 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site inside " -"the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on :guilabel:" -"`Create a virtual host` button." +"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site " +"inside the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on " +":guilabel:`Create a virtual host` button." msgstr "" -"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site inside " -"the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on :guilabel:" -"`Create a virtual host` button." +"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site " +"inside the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on " +":guilabel:`Create a virtual host` button." #: ../../webserver.rst:40 #, fuzzy @@ -13332,11 +13478,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:43 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload files " -"to your virtual host." +"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload " +"files to your virtual host." msgstr "" -"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload files " -"to your virtual host." +"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload " +"files to your virtual host." #: ../../webtop.rst:5 msgid "WebTop groupware" @@ -13344,35 +13490,35 @@ msgstr "WebTop groupware" #: ../../webtop.rst:7 msgid "" -"WebTop is a full-featured groupware which implements ActiveSync, CalDAV and " -"CardDAV protocols." +"WebTop is a full-featured groupware which implements ActiveSync, CalDAV " +"and CardDAV protocols." msgstr "" -"WebTop è un groupware completo che implementa Protocolli ActiveSync, CalDAV " -"e CardDAV." +"WebTop è un groupware completo che implementa Protocolli ActiveSync, " +"CalDAV e CardDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:9 msgid "" -"You can install multiple WebTop instances on the same node from the :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebTop instances on the same node from the :ref" +":`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare più istanze WebTop sullo stesso nodo dal :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare più istanze WebTop sullo stesso nodo dal :ref" +":`software_center-section`." #: ../../webtop.rst:14 msgid "" -"WebTop needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``webtop.nethserver." -"org``." +"WebTop needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " +"``webtop.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" -"WebTop ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come ``webtop." -"nethserver.org``." +"WebTop ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come " +"``webtop.nethserver.org``." #: ../../webtop.rst:21 msgid "" "access the application configuration page and enter a valid FQDN inside " "``WebTop virtual host`` field" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un FQDN " -"valido all'interno del campo ``Host virtuale WebTop (FQDN)``" +"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un " +"FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Host virtuale WebTop (FQDN)``" #: ../../webtop.rst:22 msgid "enable ``Request Let's Encrypt certificate``" @@ -13390,8 +13536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:27 msgid "Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure:" -msgstr "" -"All'interno della sezione ``Avanzate``, è inoltre possibile configurare:" +msgstr "All'interno della sezione ``Avanzate``, è inoltre possibile configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:29 msgid "the debug mode" @@ -13411,11 +13556,11 @@ msgstr "Autenticazione" #: ../../webtop.rst:36 msgid "" -"Always use the full user name format ``@`` for login to the " -"web application and Active Sync." +"Always use the full user name format ``@`` for login to the" +" web application and Active Sync." msgstr "" -"Utilizzare sempre il formato completo del nome utente ``@`` " -"per accedere all'applicazione web e Active Sync." +"Utilizzare sempre il formato completo del nome utente " +"``@`` per accedere all'applicazione web e Active Sync." #: ../../webtop.rst:39 ../../webtop.rst:74 msgid "**Example**" @@ -13439,11 +13584,11 @@ msgstr "Login: goofy@mightydomain.com" #: ../../webtop.rst:47 msgid "" -"Active Sync protocol is supported only on Android and iOS devices. Outlook " -"is not supported." +"Active Sync protocol is supported only on Android and iOS devices. " +"Outlook is not supported." msgstr "" -"Il protocollo Active Sync è supportato solo su dispositivi Android e iOS. " -"Outlook non è supportato." +"Il protocollo Active Sync è supportato solo su dispositivi Android e iOS." +" Outlook non è supportato." #: ../../webtop.rst:54 msgid "Admin user" @@ -13451,16 +13596,16 @@ msgstr "Utente amministratore" #: ../../webtop.rst:56 msgid "" -"After installation, WebTop will be accessible using the administrator user. " -"The administrator user can change global settings and login as any other " -"user, however, it's not a system user and can't access any other service " -"like Mail, Calendar, etc." +"After installation, WebTop will be accessible using the administrator " +"user. The administrator user can change global settings and login as any " +"other user, however, it's not a system user and can't access any other " +"service like Mail, Calendar, etc." msgstr "" "Dopo l'installazione, WebTop sarà accessibile utilizzando l'utente " "amministratore. L'utente amministratore può modificare le impostazioni " -"globali e accedere come qualsiasi altro utente, tuttavia, non è un utente di " -"sistema e non può accedere a qualsiasi altro servizio come Posta, Calendari, " -"ecc." +"globali e accedere come qualsiasi altro utente, tuttavia, non è un utente" +" di sistema e non può accedere a qualsiasi altro servizio come Posta, " +"Calendari, ecc." #: ../../webtop.rst:60 msgid "Default credentials are:" @@ -13484,13 +13629,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:68 msgid "Remember to change the admin password after installation!" -msgstr "" -"Ricorda di cambiare la password di amministratore dopo l'installazione!" +msgstr "Ricorda di cambiare la password di amministratore dopo l'installazione!" #: ../../webtop.rst:71 msgid "" "To check the mail of the system's user admin account use the following " -"login: admin@ where ```` is the domain part of server FQDN." +"login: admin@ where ```` is the domain part of server " +"FQDN." msgstr "" "Per controllare la posta dell'account admin di sistema, utilizzare il " "seguente login: admin@ dove ```` è il TLD dell'FQDN." @@ -13509,12 +13654,12 @@ msgstr "Cambiare password di admin" #: ../../webtop.rst:85 msgid "" -"Access WebTop using the ``admin`` user, then open user settings by clicking " -"on the |hamburger| menu in the top-right corner." +"Access WebTop using the ``admin`` user, then open user settings by " +"clicking on the |hamburger| menu in the top-right corner." msgstr "" "Accedere a WebTop utilizzando l'utente ``admin``, quindi aprire le " -"impostazioni dell'utente facendo clic sul menu |hamburger| nell'angolo in " -"alto a destra." +"impostazioni dell'utente facendo clic sul menu |hamburger| nell'angolo in" +" alto a destra." #: ../../webtop.rst:83 msgid "hamburger" @@ -13532,13 +13677,14 @@ msgstr "Modifica del logo" #: ../../webtop.rst:93 msgid "" -"To modify and customize the initial logo that appears on the login page of " -"WebTop, you must upload the custom image file on the public images of the " -"admin user and rename it ``login.png``." +"To modify and customize the initial logo that appears on the login page " +"of WebTop, you must upload the custom image file on the public images of " +"the admin user and rename it ``login.png``." msgstr "" -"Per modificare e personalizzare il logo iniziale che appare nella pagina di " -"login di WebTop, è necessario caricare il file immagine personalizzato sulle " -"immagini pubbliche dell'utente amministratore e rinominarlo ``login.png``." +"Per modificare e personalizzare il logo iniziale che appare nella pagina " +"di login di WebTop, è necessario caricare il file immagine personalizzato" +" sulle immagini pubbliche dell'utente amministratore e rinominarlo " +"``login.png``." #: ../../webtop.rst:96 msgid "Proceed as follows:" @@ -13565,8 +13711,8 @@ msgid "" "rename the loaded image so that its name is **\"login.png\"** (use right " "click -> Rename):" msgstr "" -"rinominare l'immagine caricata in modo che il suo nome sia **\"login.png\"** " -"(usare click destro -> Rinominare):" +"rinominare l'immagine caricata in modo che il suo nome sia " +"**\"login.png\"** (usare click destro -> Rinominare):" #: ../../webtop.rst:110 msgid "the next login will show the new logo on the login page" @@ -13581,14 +13727,14 @@ msgid "" "Most user settings can be directly managed by the user itself via the " "settings menu. Locked settings require administrative privileges." msgstr "" -"La maggior parte delle impostazioni utente può essere gestita direttamente " -"dall'utente stesso tramite il menu delle impostazioni. Le impostazioni " -"bloccate richiedono privilegi amministrativi." +"La maggior parte delle impostazioni utente può essere gestita " +"direttamente dall'utente stesso tramite il menu delle impostazioni. Le " +"impostazioni bloccate richiedono privilegi amministrativi." #: ../../webtop.rst:118 msgid "" -"The administrator can :index:`impersonate` users, to check existing accounts " -"using special login credentials:" +"The administrator can :index:`impersonate` users, to check existing " +"accounts using special login credentials:" msgstr "" "L'amministratore può :index:`impersonare` utenti, per controllare gli " "account esistenti utilizzando credenziali di login speciali:" @@ -13604,22 +13750,22 @@ msgstr "**Password**: ````" #: ../../webtop.rst:123 msgid "" "While impersonating you receive similar user privileges, allowing you to " -"control exactly what the user can see. Full administration of user settings " -"is available directly in the administration interface, by right-clicking on " -"a user: the settings menu will open the full user settings panel, with all " -"options unlocked." -msgstr "" -"Mentre si assume l'identità di un utente si ricevono gli stessi privilegi " -"dell'utente, avendo la possibilità di controllare ciò che l'utente può " -"vedere. La gestione completa delle impostazioni dell'utente è disponibile " -"direttamente nell'interfaccia di amministrazione, cliccando con il pulsante " -"destro del mouse su un utente: il menu impostazioni aprirà il pannello delle " -"impostazioni complete dell'utente, con tutte le opzioni sbloccate." +"control exactly what the user can see. Full administration of user " +"settings is available directly in the administration interface, by right-" +"clicking on a user: the settings menu will open the full user settings " +"panel, with all options unlocked." +msgstr "" +"Mentre si assume l'identità di un utente si ricevono gli stessi privilegi" +" dell'utente, avendo la possibilità di controllare ciò che l'utente può " +"vedere. La gestione completa delle impostazioni dell'utente è disponibile" +" direttamente nell'interfaccia di amministrazione, cliccando con il " +"pulsante destro del mouse su un utente: il menu impostazioni aprirà il " +"pannello delle impostazioni complete dell'utente, con tutte le opzioni " +"sbloccate." #: ../../webtop.rst:126 msgid "You can also change the email of all selected users:" -msgstr "" -"È inoltre possibile modificare l'email di tutti gli utenti selezionati:" +msgstr "È inoltre possibile modificare l'email di tutti gli utenti selezionati:" #: ../../webtop.rst:128 msgid "select the users (Click + CTRL for multiple selection)" @@ -13628,26 +13774,26 @@ msgstr "selezionare gli utenti (Click + CTRL per la selezione multipla)" #: ../../webtop.rst:129 msgid "right-click on :guilabel:`Bulk update email domain`" msgstr "" -"cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse su :guilabel:`Aggiorna il dominio " -"email`" +"cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse su :guilabel:`Aggiorna il " +"dominio email`" #: ../../webtop.rst:134 msgid "" "WebTop supports :index:`two factor authentication`. The user can choose " "between:" msgstr "" -"WebTop supporta :index:`two factor Authentication`. L'utente può scegliere " -"tra:" +"WebTop supporta :index:`two factor Authentication`. L'utente può " +"scegliere tra:" #: ../../webtop.rst:137 msgid "" -"Google Authenticator app (`Android `_, `iOS `_)" +"Google Authenticator app (`Android " +"`_," +" `iOS `_)" msgstr "" -"App di Google Authenticator (`Android `_, `iOS `_," +" `iOS `_." +"Access your :index:`iOS device`, navigate to Settings and add an Exchange" +" account following the `official guide `_." msgstr "" "Accedi al tuo :index:`iOS device`, naviga su Impostazioni e aggiungi un " -"account Exchange seguendo la `guida ufficiale `_." +"account Exchange seguendo la `guida ufficiale `_." #: ../../webtop.rst:159 ../../webtop.rst:177 msgid "Fill the required fields with:" @@ -13705,13 +13853,14 @@ msgstr "Compila i campi richiesti con:" #: ../../webtop.rst:161 msgid "**E-mail**: add your mail address, eg: goofy@nethserver.org" msgstr "" -"**E-mail**: aggiungi il tuo indirizzo email, ad esempio: goofy@nethserver.org" +"**E-mail**: aggiungi il tuo indirizzo email, ad esempio: " +"goofy@nethserver.org" #: ../../webtop.rst:162 msgid "**Server**: add your server public name, eg: mail.nethserver.org" msgstr "" -"**Server**: aggiungi il nome pubblico del tuo server, ad esempio: mail." -"nethserver.org" +"**Server**: aggiungi il nome pubblico del tuo server, ad esempio: " +"mail.nethserver.org" #: ../../webtop.rst:163 msgid "**Domain**: leave blank" @@ -13729,11 +13878,11 @@ msgstr "**Password**: inserire la password" #: ../../webtop.rst:169 msgid "" -"iOS devices require a valid SSL certificate on the server. See :ref:" -"`certificate_manager-section`" +"iOS devices require a valid SSL certificate on the server. See :ref" +":`certificate_manager-section`" msgstr "" -"i dispositivi iOS richiedono un certificato SSL valido sul server. Vedi :ref:" -"`certificate_manager-section`" +"i dispositivi iOS richiedono un certificato SSL valido sul server. Vedi " +":ref:`certificate_manager-section`" #: ../../webtop.rst:173 ../../webtop.rst:254 msgid "Google Android" @@ -13741,8 +13890,8 @@ msgstr "Google Android" #: ../../webtop.rst:175 msgid "" -"Access your :index:`Android device`, navigate to Settings, then select :" -"guilabel:`Add account` -> :guilabel:`Exchange` (or `Company` for older " +"Access your :index:`Android device`, navigate to Settings, then select " +":guilabel:`Add account` -> :guilabel:`Exchange` (or `Company` for older " "releases)." msgstr "" "Accedi al tuo :index:`Android device`, naviga nelle Impostazioni, quindi " @@ -13752,26 +13901,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:182 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Manual configuration` and change the name of the " -"*Server* field accordingly to your server public name. Finally, if you have " -"a self-signed certificate on your server, make sure to select :guilabel:`SSL/" -"TLS (accept all certificates)` option." +"*Server* field accordingly to your server public name. Finally, if you " +"have a self-signed certificate on your server, make sure to select " +":guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accept all certificates)` option." msgstr "" -"Quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Configurazione manuale` e modificare il nome " -"del campo *Server* con il nome pubblico del server. Infine, se hai un " -"certificato autofirmato sul tuo server, assicurati di selezionare l'opzione :" -"guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accetta tutti i certificati)`." +"Quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Configurazione manuale` e modificare il " +"nome del campo *Server* con il nome pubblico del server. Infine, se hai " +"un certificato autofirmato sul tuo server, assicurati di selezionare " +"l'opzione :guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accetta tutti i certificati)`." #: ../../webtop.rst:188 msgid "" -"On some Android releases (notably Samsung), the User name and Domain must be " -"entered in the same line. In this case, leave blank the field before the " -"backslash character ``\\``, and enter the user name in the following format: " -"``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" +"On some Android releases (notably Samsung), the User name and Domain must" +" be entered in the same line. In this case, leave blank the field before " +"the backslash character ``\\``, and enter the user name in the following " +"format: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" msgstr "" "Su alcune versioni Android (in particolare Samsung), il nome utente e il " -"dominio devono essere inseriti nella stessa riga. In questo caso, lasciare " -"vuoto il campo prima del carattere backslash ``\\``, e inserire il nome " -"utente nel seguente formato: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" +"dominio devono essere inseriti nella stessa riga. In questo caso, " +"lasciare vuoto il campo prima del carattere backslash ``\\``, e inserire " +"il nome utente nel seguente formato: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" #: ../../webtop.rst:192 msgid "Multiple calendars and contacts" @@ -13779,11 +13928,11 @@ msgstr "Calendario e contatti multipli" #: ../../webtop.rst:194 msgid "" -"Shared calendars and address books can be synchronized using the ActiveSync " -"protocol." +"Shared calendars and address books can be synchronized using the " +"ActiveSync protocol." msgstr "" -"I calendari e i contatti condivisi possono essere sincronizzati utilizzando " -"il protocollo ActiveSync." +"I calendari e i contatti condivisi possono essere sincronizzati " +"utilizzando il protocollo ActiveSync." #: ../../webtop.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -13792,18 +13941,18 @@ msgid "" "synchronized." msgstr "" "Le risorse condivise vengono visualizzate con il nome e la categoria del " -"proprietario. Il numero tra parentesi quadrate è l'ID interno. Gli eventi " -"privati non sono sincronizzati." +"proprietario. Il numero tra parentesi quadrate è l'ID interno. Gli eventi" +" privati non sono sincronizzati." #: ../../webtop.rst:199 msgid "" "Mobile devices based on Apple iOS fully support folders/categories for " -"calendars, contacts and activities (called reminders), including original " -"colors." +"calendars, contacts and activities (called reminders), including original" +" colors." msgstr "" -"Dispositivi mobili basati su Apple iOS supportano completamente cartelle/" -"categorie per calendari, contatti e attività (chiamati promemoria), compresi " -"i colori originali." +"Dispositivi mobili basati su Apple iOS supportano completamente " +"cartelle/categorie per calendari, contatti e attività (chiamati " +"promemoria), compresi i colori originali." #: ../../webtop.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -13812,8 +13961,8 @@ msgid "" "items will have the same color." msgstr "" "I dispositivi mobili basati sul Android supportano solo calendari e " -"contatti, le attività non sono supportate. Utilizzando l'applicazione Google " -"Calendar tutti gli elementi avranno lo stesso colore." +"contatti, le attività non sono supportate. Utilizzando l'applicazione " +"Google Calendar tutti gli elementi avranno lo stesso colore." #: ../../webtop.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -13821,28 +13970,29 @@ msgid "" "application, you can change the colors associated with each calendar, " "including shared ones." msgstr "" -"Installazione e utilizzo dell'applicazione `CloudCal `_, è possibile modificare i colori associati a ciascun " -"calendario, compresi quelli condivisi." +"Installazione e utilizzo dell'applicazione `CloudCal " +"`_, è possibile modificare i colori " +"associati a ciascun calendario, compresi quelli condivisi." #: ../../webtop.rst:207 msgid "" "On Android devices, contacts from shared phone books are merged with the " -"personal phone book and displayed in a single view. Contacts can be modified " -"and changes will be saved in the original source." +"personal phone book and displayed in a single view. Contacts can be " +"modified and changes will be saved in the original source." msgstr "" -"Su dispositivi Android, i contatti da rubriche condivise vengono uniti con " -"la rubrica personale e visualizzati in una sola vista. I contatti possono " -"essere modificati e le modifiche verranno salvate nella sorgente originale." +"Su dispositivi Android, i contatti da rubriche condivise vengono uniti " +"con la rubrica personale e visualizzati in una sola vista. I contatti " +"possono essere modificati e le modifiche verranno salvate nella sorgente " +"originale." #: ../../webtop.rst:212 msgid "" "In order to receive data via EAS on mobile devices, shared resources " -"(Calendars and Contacts) should have synchronization enabled (Full or Read-" -"only):" +"(Calendars and Contacts) should have synchronization enabled (Full or " +"Read-only):" msgstr "" -"Al fine di ricevere i dati tramite EAS sui dispositivi mobili, le risorse " -"condivise (Calendari e contatti) dovrebbero avere attivato la " +"Al fine di ricevere i dati tramite EAS sui dispositivi mobili, le risorse" +" condivise (Calendari e contatti) dovrebbero avere attivato la " "sincronizzazione (con permessi completi o in sola lettura):" #: ../../webtop.rst:215 @@ -13859,8 +14009,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:220 msgid "" -"To do so, just right-click on the shared resource :menuselection:`Customize " -"→ Devices sync.`:" +"To do so, just right-click on the shared resource " +":menuselection:`Customize → Devices sync.`:" msgstr "" "Per farlo, basta cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse sulla risorsa " "condivisa :menuselection:`Personalizza → Sincr. Dispositivi`:" @@ -13879,33 +14029,33 @@ msgstr "Sincronizzazione CalDAV e CardDAV" #: ../../webtop.rst:230 msgid "" -"Calendars and address books can be synchronized also through the :index:" -"`CalDAV and CardDAV protocols`." +"Calendars and address books can be synchronized also through the " +":index:`CalDAV and CardDAV protocols`." msgstr "" -"I calendari e le rubriche possono essere sincronizzate anche attraverso i " -"protocolli :index:`CalDAV e CardDAV`." +"I calendari e le rubriche possono essere sincronizzate anche attraverso i" +" protocolli :index:`CalDAV e CardDAV`." #: ../../webtop.rst:232 msgid "" -"To synchronize a calendar, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on the " -"calendar and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this calendar`, then use it to " -"configure your third-party client." +"To synchronize a calendar, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on the" +" calendar and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this calendar`, then use it " +"to configure your third-party client." msgstr "" -"Per sincronizzare un calendario, selezionare il link ``URL`` facendo clic " -"con il tasto destro del mouse sul calendario e selezionando :guilabel:" -"`Collegamenti al calendario`, quindi utilizzarlo per configurare il client " -"di terze parti." +"Per sincronizzare un calendario, selezionare il link ``URL`` facendo clic" +" con il tasto destro del mouse sul calendario e selezionando " +":guilabel:`Collegamenti al calendario`, quindi utilizzarlo per " +"configurare il client di terze parti." #: ../../webtop.rst:235 msgid "" -"To synchronize an address book, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on " -"the address book and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this address book`, then " -"use it to configure your third-party client." +"To synchronize an address book, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking " +"on the address book and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this address book`," +" then use it to configure your third-party client." msgstr "" -"Per sincronizzare una rubrica, selezionare il link ``URL``` facendo clic con " -"il pulsante destro del mouse sulla rubrica e selezionando :guilabel:" -"`Collegamenti alla rubrica`, quindi usarlo per configurare il client di " -"terze parti." +"Per sincronizzare una rubrica, selezionare il link ``URL``` facendo clic " +"con il pulsante destro del mouse sulla rubrica e selezionando " +":guilabel:`Collegamenti alla rubrica`, quindi usarlo per configurare il " +"client di terze parti." #: ../../webtop.rst:238 msgid "To authenticate, provide your credentials in the following form:" @@ -13921,36 +14071,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some third-party clients allow simplifying the configuration through the " "*auto-discovery* feature that automatically discovers the synchronizable " -"resources, as in the case of mobile devices (i.e. Android or iOS devices)." +"resources, as in the case of mobile devices (i.e. Android or iOS " +"devices)." msgstr "" -"Alcuni client di terze parti permettono di semplificare la configurazione " -"tramite la funzione *auto-discovery* che scopre automaticamente le risorse " -"sincronizzabili, come nel caso dei dispositivi mobili (ad esempio " -"dispositivi Android o iOS)." +"Alcuni client di terze parti permettono di semplificare la configurazione" +" tramite la funzione *auto-discovery* che scopre automaticamente le " +"risorse sincronizzabili, come nel caso dei dispositivi mobili (ad esempio" +" dispositivi Android o iOS)." #: ../../webtop.rst:249 msgid "" -"If you are using clients that do not support auto-discovery, you need to use " -"the full URL: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" +"If you are using clients that do not support auto-discovery, you need to " +"use the full URL: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" msgstr "" -"Se si utilizzano client che non supportano l'auto-discovery, è necessario " -"utilizzare l'URL completo: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" +"Se si utilizzano client che non supportano l'auto-discovery, è necessario" +" utilizzare l'URL completo: ``https:///webtop-" +"dav/server.php``" #: ../../webtop.rst:251 msgid "" -"If you are using clients that support auto-discovery use the URL: ``https://" -"``" -msgstr "" -"Se si utilizzano client che supportano l'auto-discovery utilizzare l'URL: " +"If you are using clients that support auto-discovery use the URL: " "``https://``" +msgstr "" +"Se si utilizzano client che supportano l'auto-discovery utilizzare l'URL:" +" ``https://``" #: ../../webtop.rst:256 msgid "" -"A good, free, Android third-party client is `Opensync `_." +"A good, free, Android third-party client is `Opensync " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Un buon client di terze parti Android è `Opensync `_ ." +"Un buon client di terze parti Android è `Opensync " +"`_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:258 msgid "install the suggested app from the store" @@ -13958,11 +14110,11 @@ msgstr "installare l'app suggerita dallo store" #: ../../webtop.rst:259 msgid "" -"add a new account clicking on :guilabel:`+` key and select :guilabel:`Login " -"with URL and username` method" +"add a new account clicking on :guilabel:`+` key and select " +":guilabel:`Login with URL and username` method" msgstr "" -"aggiungere un nuovo account cliccando sul :guilabel:`+` e selezionare :" -"guilabel:`Login con URL e username`" +"aggiungere un nuovo account cliccando sul :guilabel:`+` e selezionare " +":guilabel:`Login con URL e username`" #: ../../webtop.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -13973,8 +14125,7 @@ msgstr "" "*goofy@nethserver.org*) e password" #: ../../webtop.rst:261 -msgid "" -"click on the new profile and select the resources you want to synchronize" +msgid "click on the new profile and select the resources you want to synchronize" msgstr "clicca sul nuovo profilo e seleziona le risorse che vuoi sincronizzare" #: ../../webtop.rst:266 @@ -13985,27 +14136,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:268 msgid "" -"go to :guilabel:`Settings` -> :guilabel:`Account and Password` -> :guilabel:" -"`Add account`" +"go to :guilabel:`Settings` -> :guilabel:`Account and Password` -> " +":guilabel:`Add account`" msgstr "" "andare su :guilabel:`Impostazioni` -> :guilabel:`Account e Password` - > " "`Aggiungi account`" #: ../../webtop.rst:269 msgid "" -"select :guilabel:`Other` -> Add :guilabel:`CalDAV` or :guilabel:`CardDAV` " -"account" +"select :guilabel:`Other` -> Add :guilabel:`CalDAV` or :guilabel:`CardDAV`" +" account" msgstr "" -"selezionare :guilabel:`Altro` -> Aggiungi :guilabel:`CalDAV` o :guilabel:" -"`CardDAV` account" +"selezionare :guilabel:`Altro` -> Aggiungi :guilabel:`CalDAV` o " +":guilabel:`CardDAV` account" #: ../../webtop.rst:270 msgid "" -"insert the server name (i.e. *server.nethserver.org*), full username (i.e. " -"*goofy@nethserver.org*) and password" +"insert the server name (i.e. *server.nethserver.org*), full username " +"(i.e. *goofy@nethserver.org*) and password" msgstr "" -"inserire il nome del server (es: *server.nethserver.org*), il nome utente " -"completo (es: *goofy@nethserver.org*) e la password" +"inserire il nome del server (es: *server.nethserver.org*), il nome utente" +" completo (es: *goofy@nethserver.org*) e la password" #: ../../webtop.rst:273 msgid "Desktop clients" @@ -14017,14 +14168,14 @@ msgstr "**Thunderbird**" #: ../../webtop.rst:277 msgid "" -"Thunderbird already includes support for CalDAV calendars. To synchronize " -"the contacts with CardDAV you need a third-party add-on like `Cardbook " +"Thunderbird already includes support for CalDAV calendars. To synchronize" +" the contacts with CardDAV you need a third-party add-on like `Cardbook " "`_." msgstr "" "Thunderbird include già il supporto per i calendari CalDAV. Per " -"sincronizzare i contatti con CardDAV è necessario un add-on di terze parti " -"come `Cardbook `_ ." +"sincronizzare i contatti con CardDAV è necessario un add-on di terze " +"parti come `Cardbook " +"`_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:280 msgid "**Outlook**" @@ -14035,8 +14186,9 @@ msgid "" "The Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer `_ " "plugin for Outlook supports both CardDAV and CalDAV." msgstr "" -"Il plugin Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer `_ per Outlook supporta sia CardDAV che CalDAV." +"Il plugin Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer " +"`_ per Outlook supporta sia CardDAV che " +"CalDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -14048,11 +14200,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:288 msgid "" -"The use of CalDAV/CardDAV through third-party clients **cannot be considered " -"a web interface alternative**." +"The use of CalDAV/CardDAV through third-party clients **cannot be " +"considered a web interface alternative**." msgstr "" -"L'uso di CalDAV/CardDAV attraverso clienti di terze parti **non può essere " -"considerato un'alternativa all'interfaccia web**." +"L'uso di CalDAV/CardDAV attraverso clienti di terze parti **non può " +"essere considerato un'alternativa all'interfaccia web**." #: ../../webtop.rst:292 msgid "Sharing email" @@ -14061,12 +14213,12 @@ msgstr "Condivisione e-mail" #: ../../webtop.rst:294 msgid "" "It is possible to share a single folder or the entire account with all " -"subfolders. Select the folder to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Manage " -"sharing`:" +"subfolders. Select the folder to share -> right click -> " +":guilabel:`Manage sharing`:" msgstr "" -"È possibile condividere una singola cartella o l'intero account con tutte le " -"sottocartelle. Selezionare la cartella da condividere -> click destro -> :" -"guilabel:`Gestisci condivisione`:" +"È possibile condividere una singola cartella o l'intero account con tutte" +" le sottocartelle. Selezionare la cartella da condividere -> click destro" +" -> :guilabel:`Gestisci condivisione`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:299 msgid "select the user to share the resource (1)" @@ -14074,11 +14226,11 @@ msgstr "selezionare l'utente per condividere la risorsa (1)" #: ../../webtop.rst:300 msgid "" -"select if you want to share your identity with the user and even to force " -"your signature (2)" +"select if you want to share your identity with the user and even to force" +" your signature (2)" msgstr "" -"selezionare se si desidera condividere la propria identità con l'utente e " -"anche forzare la firma (2)" +"selezionare se si desidera condividere la propria identità con l'utente e" +" anche forzare la firma (2)" #: ../../webtop.rst:301 msgid "choose the level of permissions associated with this share (3)" @@ -14092,16 +14244,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:303 msgid "" -"finally, choose whether to apply sharing only to the folder from which you " -"started, or only to the branch of subfolders or to the entire account (5)" +"finally, choose whether to apply sharing only to the folder from which " +"you started, or only to the branch of subfolders or to the entire account" +" (5)" msgstr "" -"infine, scegliere se applicare la condivisione solo alla cartella da cui hai " -"iniziato, o solo al ramo delle sottocartelle o all'intero account (5)" +"infine, scegliere se applicare la condivisione solo alla cartella da cui " +"hai iniziato, o solo al ramo delle sottocartelle o all'intero account (5)" #: ../../webtop.rst:309 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Force mailcard` option can be used only if the mailcard has " -"been associated to the mail address." +"The :guilabel:`Force mailcard` option can be used only if the mailcard " +"has been associated to the mail address." msgstr "" "L'opzione: `Forza firma` può essere utilizzata solo se la firma è stata " "associata all'indirizzo di posta." @@ -14116,8 +14269,8 @@ msgstr "Condivisione Calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:317 msgid "" -"You can share each personal calendar individually. Select the calendar to " -"share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`:" +"You can share each personal calendar individually. Select the calendar to" +" share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`:" msgstr "" "Puoi condividere ogni calendario personale singolarmente. Selezionare il " "calendario da condividere -> click destro -> :guilabel:`Condivisione e " @@ -14125,11 +14278,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:322 msgid "" -"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group) and enable permissions for " -"both the folder and the individual items:" +"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group) and enable permissions " +"for both the folder and the individual items:" msgstr "" -"Selezionare l'utente destinatario della condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare " -"le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella che per i singoli elementi:" +"Selezionare l'utente destinatario della condivisione (o Gruppo) e " +"abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella che per i singoli " +"elementi:" #: ../../webtop.rst:327 msgid "Sharing Contacts" @@ -14137,16 +14291,16 @@ msgstr "Condivisione Contatti" #: ../../webtop.rst:329 msgid "" -"In the same way, you can share your contacts by selecting the directory you " -"want to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`. Select " -"the recipient user of the share (or Group), and enable permissions for both " -"the folder and the individual items." +"In the same way, you can share your contacts by selecting the directory " +"you want to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`. " +"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group), and enable permissions" +" for both the folder and the individual items." msgstr "" "Allo stesso modo, è possibile condividere i contatti selezionando la " "directory che si desidera condividere -> click destro -> :guilabel: " "`Condivisione e permessi`. Selezionare l'utente destinatario della " -"condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella " -"che per i singoli elementi." +"condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella" +" che per i singoli elementi." #: ../../webtop.rst:334 msgid "Custom labels" @@ -14154,8 +14308,8 @@ msgstr "Etichette personalizzate" #: ../../webtop.rst:336 msgid "" -"It is possible to add one or more labels to an email, a calendar event or a " -"task." +"It is possible to add one or more labels to an email, a calendar event or" +" a task." msgstr "" "È possibile aggiungere una o più etichette nelle e-mail, in un evento di " "calendario o un'attività." @@ -14165,8 +14319,7 @@ msgid "There are two types of labels:" msgstr "Ci sono due tipi di etichette:" #: ../../webtop.rst:340 -msgid "" -"**Private**: not usable for custom fields and not visible to other users" +msgid "**Private**: not usable for custom fields and not visible to other users" msgstr "" "**Private**: non utilizzabile per campi personalizzati e non visibile ad " "altri utenti" @@ -14174,8 +14327,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:341 msgid "**Shared**: usable for custom field panels and visible to other users" msgstr "" -"**Shared**: utilizzabile per pannelli di campi personalizzati e visibile ad " -"altri utenti" +"**Shared**: utilizzabile per pannelli di campi personalizzati e visibile " +"ad altri utenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -14189,23 +14342,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:346 ../../webtop.rst:371 msgid "" -"go to the Administration menu, then choose :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:" -"`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Groups` -> :guilabel:`Users` -> :guilabel:" -"`Authorization`" +"go to the Administration menu, then choose :guilabel:`Domains` -> " +":guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Groups` -> :guilabel:`Users` -> " +":guilabel:`Authorization`" msgstr "" -"andare nel menù Amministrazione, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Domini` - > :" -"guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Gruppi` - > :guilabel:`Utenti` - > :" -"guilabel:`Authorizzazioni`" +"andare nel menù Amministrazione, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Domini` - " +"> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Gruppi` - > :guilabel:`Utenti` - >" +" :guilabel:`Authorizzazioni`" #: ../../webtop.rst:347 msgid "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Action` -" -"> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> " +":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" msgstr "" -"aggiungere (+) -> :guilabel:`Servizio` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Contesto` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Azione` -" -"> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"aggiungere (+) -> :guilabel:`Servizio` -> " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Contesto` -> " +":guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Azione` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:348 msgid "click :guilabel:`OK` then :guilabel:`Save and exit`" @@ -14216,8 +14369,8 @@ msgid "" "You can manage the labels from the tools |tools| button icon at the top " "right corner." msgstr "" -"È possibile gestire le etichette tramite il pulsante |tools| nell'angolo in " -"alto a destra." +"È possibile gestire le etichette tramite il pulsante |tools| nell'angolo " +"in alto a destra." #: ../../webtop.rst:350 msgid "tools" @@ -14225,29 +14378,29 @@ msgstr "tools" #: ../../webtop.rst:354 msgid "" -"The same functionality can also be reached from the individual modules by " -"right-clicking -> :guilabel:`Labels` -> :guilabel:`Manage labels`." +"The same functionality can also be reached from the individual modules by" +" right-clicking -> :guilabel:`Labels` -> :guilabel:`Manage labels`." msgstr "" -"La stessa funzionalità può essere raggiunta anche dai singoli moduli facendo " -"clic con il tasto destro -> :guilabel: `Etichette` -> :guilabel:`Gestisci " -"etichette`." +"La stessa funzionalità può essere raggiunta anche dai singoli moduli " +"facendo clic con il tasto destro -> :guilabel: `Etichette` -> " +":guilabel:`Gestisci etichette`." #: ../../webtop.rst:356 msgid "" "Visibility can be set only during label creation. To change the label " "visibility you need to delete the label and create it again." msgstr "" -"La visibilità può essere impostata solo durante la creazione di etichette. " -"Per modificare la visibilità dell'etichetta è necessario eliminare " -"l'etichetta e crearla di nuovo." +"La visibilità può essere impostata solo durante la creazione di " +"etichette. Per modificare la visibilità dell'etichetta è necessario " +"eliminare l'etichetta e crearla di nuovo." #: ../../webtop.rst:358 msgid "" -"The created labels can be used in any other module like Mail, Address Book, " -"Calendar and Tasks." +"The created labels can be used in any other module like Mail, Address " +"Book, Calendar and Tasks." msgstr "" -"Le etichette create possono essere utilizzate in qualsiasi altro modulo come " -"Posta, Rubrica, Calendario e Attività." +"Le etichette create possono essere utilizzate in qualsiasi altro modulo " +"come Posta, Rubrica, Calendario e Attività." #: ../../webtop.rst:363 msgid "Custom fields" @@ -14264,11 +14417,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:367 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and Tasks " -"modules and are specific to each different module." +"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and " +"Tasks modules and are specific to each different module." msgstr "" -"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and Tasks " -"modules and are specific to each different module." +"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and " +"Tasks modules and are specific to each different module." #: ../../webtop.rst:369 #, fuzzy @@ -14283,12 +14436,12 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> :guilabel:" -"`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> " +":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" msgstr "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> :guilabel:" -"`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> " +":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:373 #, fuzzy @@ -14298,33 +14451,35 @@ msgstr "click :guilabel:`OK` then save and exit" #: ../../webtop.rst:375 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available at " -"the top right:" +"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available" +" at the top right:" msgstr "" -"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available at " -"the top right:" +"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available" +" at the top right:" #: ../../webtop.rst:379 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the :" -"guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" +"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the " +":guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" msgstr "" -"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the :" -"guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" +"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the " +":guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:383 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including ``-`` " -"and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The :guilabel:" -"`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the :guilabel:" -"`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along with the field." +"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including " +"``-`` and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The " +":guilabel:`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the" +" :guilabel:`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along " +"with the field." msgstr "" -"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including ``-`` " -"and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The :guilabel:" -"`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the :guilabel:" -"`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along with the field." +"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including " +"``-`` and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The " +":guilabel:`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the" +" :guilabel:`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along " +"with the field." #: ../../webtop.rst:387 #, fuzzy @@ -14334,64 +14489,64 @@ msgstr "For each field it is possible to enable two options:" #: ../../webtop.rst:389 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search " -"window (a new access will be required)" +":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search" +" window (a new access will be required)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search " -"window (a new access will be required)" +":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search" +" window (a new access will be required)" #: ../../webtop.rst:390 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of a " -"contact" +":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of " +"a contact" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of a " -"contact" +":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of " +"a contact" #: ../../webtop.rst:392 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available " -"for each type." +"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available" +" for each type." msgstr "" -"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available " -"for each type." +"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available" +" for each type." #: ../../webtop.rst:394 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values to " -"be selected:" +"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values " +"to be selected:" msgstr "" -"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values to " -"be selected:" +"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values " +"to be selected:" #: ../../webtop.rst:398 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to create " -"similar ones:" +"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to " +"create similar ones:" msgstr "" -"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to create " -"similar ones:" +"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to " +"create similar ones:" #: ../../webtop.rst:403 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create up " -"to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in Address " -"Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it is " -"necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a dedicated " -"license on `Nethesis shop `_" +"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create" +" up to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in " +"Address Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it " +"is necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a " +"dedicated license on `Nethesis shop `_" msgstr "" -"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create up " -"to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in Address " -"Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it is " -"necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a dedicated " -"license on `Nethesis shop `_" +"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create" +" up to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in " +"Address Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it " +"is necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a " +"dedicated license on `Nethesis shop `_" #: ../../webtop.rst:406 #, fuzzy @@ -14402,12 +14557,12 @@ msgstr "Searches on custom fields" #, fuzzy msgid "" "One of the best functionalities of custom fields is the possibility to " -"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option :" -"guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." +"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option " +":guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." msgstr "" "One of the best functionalities of custom fields is the possibility to " -"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option :" -"guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." +"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option " +":guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." #: ../../webtop.rst:412 #, fuzzy @@ -14417,11 +14572,11 @@ msgstr "Custom panels" #: ../../webtop.rst:414 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated them " -"with resources." +"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated " +"them with resources." msgstr "" -"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated them " -"with resources." +"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated " +"them with resources." #: ../../webtop.rst:416 #, fuzzy @@ -14435,24 +14590,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:420 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the :guilabel:`Name` " -"that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a :guilabel:" -"`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." +"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the " +":guilabel:`Name` that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a " +":guilabel:`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" -"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the :guilabel:`Name` " -"that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a :guilabel:" -"`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." +"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the " +":guilabel:`Name` that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a " +":guilabel:`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." #: ../../webtop.rst:422 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Using shared labels, you can easily assign panels to specific resource " -"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every " -"available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." +"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every" +" available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." msgstr "" "Using shared labels, you can easily assign panels to specific resource " -"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every " -"available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." +"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every" +" available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." #: ../../webtop.rst:425 #, fuzzy @@ -14467,42 +14622,42 @@ msgstr "Mailcards" #: ../../webtop.rst:430 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the opportunity " -"to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." +"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the " +"opportunity to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." msgstr "" -"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the opportunity " -"to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." +"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the " +"opportunity to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." #: ../../webtop.rst:432 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the " -"WebTop admin user like this:" +"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the" +" WebTop admin user like this:" msgstr "" -"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the " -"WebTop admin user like this:" +"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the" +" WebTop admin user like this:" #: ../../webtop.rst:436 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at the " -"bottom or simply via drag & drop." +"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at " +"the bottom or simply via drag & drop." msgstr "" -"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at the " -"bottom or simply via drag & drop." +"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at " +"the bottom or simply via drag & drop." #: ../../webtop.rst:440 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Remember that the public images inserted in the signature are actually " -"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the server " -"must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name must be " -"publicly resolvable." +"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the " +"server must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name " +"must be publicly resolvable." msgstr "" "Remember that the public images inserted in the signature are actually " -"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the server " -"must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name must be " -"publicly resolvable." +"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the " +"server must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name " +"must be publicly resolvable." #: ../../webtop.rst:443 #, fuzzy @@ -14516,33 +14671,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:445 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the administration " -"panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :" -"guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and enter the data in the :" -"guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " -"configured:" +"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the " +"administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " +":guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " +"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " +"according to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" -"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the administration " -"panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :" -"guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and enter the data in the :" -"guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " -"configured:" +"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the " +"administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " +":guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " +"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " +"according to the key to be configured:" #: ../../webtop.rst:447 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" -msgstr "" -"``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" +msgid "``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" +msgstr "``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" #: ../../webtop.rst:450 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To change the signature, each user can access the :menuselection:`Settings --" -"> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" +"To change the signature, each user can access the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" msgstr "" -"To change the signature, each user can access the :menuselection:`Settings --" -"> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" +"To change the signature, each user can access the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:454 #, fuzzy @@ -14552,24 +14705,26 @@ msgstr "You can use the uploaded image inside the mailcard with this button:" #: ../../webtop.rst:460 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail address. " -"Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use the mailcard." +"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail " +"address. Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use " +"the mailcard." msgstr "" -"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail address. " -"Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use the mailcard." +"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail " +"address. Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use " +"the mailcard." #: ../../webtop.rst:463 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( :" -"menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user` ) " -"it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " +"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( " +":menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user`" +" ) it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " "automatically set for all users who have not configured their personal " "mailcard:" msgstr "" -"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( :" -"menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user` ) " -"it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " +"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( " +":menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user`" +" ) it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " "automatically set for all users who have not configured their personal " "mailcard:" @@ -14581,20 +14736,22 @@ msgstr "Furthermore, it will also be possible to modify personal details:" #: ../../webtop.rst:471 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain mailcard " -"editor:" +"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain " +"mailcard editor:" msgstr "" -"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain mailcard " -"editor:" +"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain " +"mailcard editor:" #: ../../webtop.rst:475 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In this way it is possible to create a single mailcard that will be " -"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own mailcard." +"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own " +"mailcard." msgstr "" "In this way it is possible to create a single mailcard that will be " -"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own mailcard." +"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own " +"mailcard." #: ../../webtop.rst:478 #, fuzzy @@ -14604,11 +14761,11 @@ msgstr "Multiple mailcards" #: ../../webtop.rst:480 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each " -"user." +"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each" +" user." msgstr "" -"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each " -"user." +"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each" +" user." #: ../../webtop.rst:482 #, fuzzy @@ -14622,13 +14779,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> " -"Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the :guilabel:" -"`edit mailcard` button" +"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail " +"--> Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the " +":guilabel:`edit mailcard` button" msgstr "" -"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> " -"Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the :guilabel:" -"`edit mailcard` button" +"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail " +"--> Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the " +":guilabel:`edit mailcard` button" #: ../../webtop.rst:491 #, fuzzy @@ -14637,10 +14794,8 @@ msgstr "When finished, close the window and click YES:" #: ../../webtop.rst:495 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" -msgstr "" -"to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" +msgid "to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" +msgstr "to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" #: ../../webtop.rst:500 #, fuzzy @@ -14659,13 +14814,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:504 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` menu, " -"under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named :guilabel:`Show quick " -"preview on message row`." +"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"menu, under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named " +":guilabel:`Show quick preview on message row`." msgstr "" -"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` menu, " -"under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named :guilabel:`Show quick " -"preview on message row`." +"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"menu, under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named " +":guilabel:`Show quick preview on message row`." #: ../../webtop.rst:508 #, fuzzy @@ -14694,11 +14849,11 @@ msgstr "The system automatically creates a new special Archives folder" #: ../../webtop.rst:519 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon login, " -"it will appear at the first archiving." +"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon " +"login, it will appear at the first archiving." msgstr "" -"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon login, " -"it will appear at the first archiving." +"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon " +"login, it will appear at the first archiving." #: ../../webtop.rst:521 #, fuzzy @@ -14723,11 +14878,11 @@ msgstr "**By year / month:** a root for each year and month" #: ../../webtop.rst:529 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate :" -"guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" +"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate" +" :guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" msgstr "" -"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate :" -"guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" +"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate" +" :guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" #: ../../webtop.rst:533 #, fuzzy @@ -14740,10 +14895,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:537 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." -msgstr "" -"The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." +msgid "The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." +msgstr "The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." #: ../../webtop.rst:540 #, fuzzy @@ -14753,51 +14906,53 @@ msgstr "IMAP folders subscription" #: ../../webtop.rst:542 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed and " -"therefore visible since the first login." +"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed " +"and therefore visible since the first login." msgstr "" -"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed and " -"therefore visible since the first login." +"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed " +"and therefore visible since the first login." #: ../../webtop.rst:544 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you want to hide some folders from the view, which is equivalent to " -"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to hide " -"and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from the list`." +"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to " +"hide and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from " +"the list`." msgstr "" "If you want to hide some folders from the view, which is equivalent to " -"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to hide " -"and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from the list`." +"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to " +"hide and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from " +"the list`." #: ../../webtop.rst:547 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this list, " -"just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" +"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this " +"list, just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" msgstr "" -"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this list, " -"just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" +"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this " +"list, just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting the :" -"guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" +"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting " +"the :guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" msgstr "" -"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting the :" -"guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" +"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting " +"the :guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" #: ../../webtop.rst:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the :guilabel:" -"`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden folders and " -"click on the icon on the left:" +"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the " +":guilabel:`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden " +"folders and click on the icon on the left:" msgstr "" -"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the :guilabel:" -"`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden folders and " -"click on the icon on the left:" +"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the " +":guilabel:`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden " +"folders and click on the icon on the left:" #: ../../webtop.rst:561 #, fuzzy @@ -14807,37 +14962,37 @@ msgstr "Customize proactive security on emails" #: ../../webtop.rst:563 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible security " -"risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will also be warned " -"when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or links contained in " -"emails." +"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible " +"security risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will " +"also be warned when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or " +"links contained in emails." msgstr "" -"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible security " -"risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will also be warned " -"when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or links contained in " -"emails." +"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible " +"security risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will " +"also be warned when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or " +"links contained in emails." #: ../../webtop.rst:566 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and the " -"WebTop **admin**." +"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and " +"the WebTop **admin**." msgstr "" -"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and the " -"WebTop **admin**." +"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and " +"the WebTop **admin**." #: ../../webtop.rst:568 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it is " -"recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to click " -"directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the :guilabel:" -"`Mark as trusted` entry." +"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it " +"is recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to " +"click directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the " +":guilabel:`Mark as trusted` entry." msgstr "" -"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it is " -"recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to click " -"directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the :guilabel:" -"`Mark as trusted` entry." +"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it " +"is recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to " +"click directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the " +":guilabel:`Mark as trusted` entry." #: ../../webtop.rst:573 #, fuzzy @@ -14853,23 +15008,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:576 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of the " -"PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so, it is " -"necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or the group " -"of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` and for the " -"``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" +"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of " +"the PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so," +" it is necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or " +"the group of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` " +"and for the ``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" msgstr "" -"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of the " -"PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so, it is " -"necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or the group " -"of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` and for the " -"``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" +"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of " +"the PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so," +" it is necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or " +"the group of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` " +"and for the ``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" #: ../../webtop.rst:581 #, fuzzy msgid "Below is an explanation of every single entry available as ``Action`` :" -msgstr "" -"Below is an explanation of every single entry available as ``Action`` :" +msgstr "Below is an explanation of every single entry available as ``Action`` :" #: ../../webtop.rst:583 #, fuzzy @@ -14879,27 +15033,29 @@ msgstr "``DISABLED``: completely disables PAS" #: ../../webtop.rst:584 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the sender’s " -"domain" +"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the " +"sender’s domain" msgstr "" -"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the sender’s " -"domain" +"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the " +"sender’s domain" #: ../../webtop.rst:585 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my domain" +"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my " +"domain" msgstr "" -"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my domain" +"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my " +"domain" #: ../../webtop.rst:586 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my contacts " -"which are saved automatically" +"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my " +"contacts which are saved automatically" msgstr "" -"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my contacts " -"which are saved automatically" +"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my " +"contacts which are saved automatically" #: ../../webtop.rst:587 #, fuzzy @@ -14913,40 +15069,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:588 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns in " -"the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the " -"sender’s email address)" +"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns " +"in the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the" +" sender’s email address)" msgstr "" -"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns in " -"the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the " -"sender’s email address)" +"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns " +"in the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the" +" sender’s email address)" #: ../../webtop.rst:589 #, fuzzy msgid "" "``NO_UNSUBSCRIBE_DIRECTIVES_CHECK``: do not check the entry for the " -"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is green)" +"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is " +"green)" msgstr "" "``NO_UNSUBSCRIBE_DIRECTIVES_CHECK``: do not check the entry for the " -"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is green)" +"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is " +"green)" #: ../../webtop.rst:590 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with the " -"contact in my address book with the same email" +"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with " +"the contact in my address book with the same email" msgstr "" -"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with the " -"contact in my address book with the same email" +"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with " +"the contact in my address book with the same email" #: ../../webtop.rst:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score displayed " -"in the message header" +"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score " +"displayed in the message header" msgstr "" -"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score displayed " -"in the message header" +"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score " +"displayed in the message header" #: ../../webtop.rst:592 #, fuzzy @@ -14961,24 +15119,24 @@ msgstr "``NO_ZIP_CHECK``: do not give warning about zip attachments" #: ../../webtop.rst:595 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some " -"users who might not want all the actions to be active." +"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some" +" users who might not want all the actions to be active." msgstr "" -"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some " -"users who might not want all the actions to be active." +"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some" +" users who might not want all the actions to be active." #: ../../webtop.rst:597 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The administrator can also choose the list of **file extensions for " "attachments** which are considered a threat. As default, these are the " -"extensions that are considered dangerous: ``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js," -"jar``" +"extensions that are considered dangerous: " +"``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js,jar``" msgstr "" "The administrator can also choose the list of **file extensions for " "attachments** which are considered a threat. As default, these are the " -"extensions that are considered dangerous: ``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js," -"jar``" +"extensions that are considered dangerous: " +"``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js,jar``" #: ../../webtop.rst:600 #, fuzzy @@ -14998,11 +15156,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Key` = ``pas.dangerous.extensions``" #: ../../webtop.rst:605 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are " -"considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" +"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are" +" considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" msgstr "" -"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are " -"considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" +"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are" +" considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" #: ../../webtop.rst:607 #, fuzzy @@ -15021,22 +15179,22 @@ msgstr "Export events (CSV)" #: ../../webtop.rst:613 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click on " -"the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP export " -"(CSV)`" +"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click " +"on the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP " +"export (CSV)`" msgstr "" -"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click on " -"the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP export " -"(CSV)`" +"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click " +"on the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP " +"export (CSV)`" #: ../../webtop.rst:615 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export into " -"a CSV file." +"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export " +"into a CSV file." msgstr "" -"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export into " -"a CSV file." +"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export " +"into a CSV file." #: ../../webtop.rst:618 #, fuzzy @@ -15051,42 +15209,44 @@ msgstr "Quick view filters" #: ../../webtop.rst:623 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to select " -"the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to today's " -"activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" +"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to " +"select the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to " +"today's activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" msgstr "" -"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to select " -"the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to today's " -"activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" +"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to " +"select the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to " +"today's activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" #: ../../webtop.rst:628 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start date " -"up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to today " -"(inclusive)" +"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start " +"date up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to " +"today (inclusive)" msgstr "" -"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start date " -"up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to today " -"(inclusive)" +"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start " +"date up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to " +"today (inclusive)" #: ../../webtop.rst:629 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting up " -"to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to now " -"(inclusive)" +"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting " +"up to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to " +"now (inclusive)" msgstr "" -"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting up " -"to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to now " -"(inclusive)" +"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting " +"up to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to " +"now (inclusive)" #: ../../webtop.rst:631 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick views:" +"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick " +"views:" msgstr "" -"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick views:" +"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick " +"views:" #: ../../webtop.rst:635 #, fuzzy @@ -15109,31 +15269,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:637 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any date " -"range" +"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any " +"date range" msgstr "" -"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any date " -"range" +"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any " +"date range" #: ../../webtop.rst:638 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed and " -"start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first instance of " -"the series still to be completed is shown)" +"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed " +"and start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first " +"instance of the series still to be completed is shown)" msgstr "" -"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed and " -"start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first instance of " -"the series still to be completed is shown)" +"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed " +"and start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first " +"instance of the series still to be completed is shown)" #: ../../webtop.rst:639 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the series " -"icon main is shown)" +"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the " +"series icon main is shown)" msgstr "" -"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the series " -"icon main is shown)" +"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the " +"series icon main is shown)" #: ../../webtop.rst:642 #, fuzzy @@ -15153,22 +15313,22 @@ msgstr "Editing a recurring activity can be done in two different ways:" #: ../../webtop.rst:650 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view other " -"than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from the " -"recurrence and its icon will become this one:" +"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view " +"other than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from" +" the recurrence and its icon will become this one:" msgstr "" -"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view other " -"than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from the " -"recurrence and its icon will become this one:" +"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view " +"other than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from" +" the recurrence and its icon will become this one:" #: ../../webtop.rst:655 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or by " -"using the following button on the single task already open:" +"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or" +" by using the following button on the single task already open:" msgstr "" -"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or by " -"using the following button on the single task already open:" +"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or" +" by using the following button on the single task already open:" #: ../../webtop.rst:660 #, fuzzy @@ -15178,26 +15338,28 @@ msgstr "Sub-tasks" #: ../../webtop.rst:662 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one Master/Slave " -"level only) simply by using the right button and selecting :guilabel:`Add " -"sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master and in the slave, a " -"link is available at the bottom right to open the related tasks:" +"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one " +"Master/Slave level only) simply by using the right button and selecting " +":guilabel:`Add sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master " +"and in the slave, a link is available at the bottom right to open the " +"related tasks:" msgstr "" -"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one Master/Slave " -"level only) simply by using the right button and selecting :guilabel:`Add " -"sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master and in the slave, a " -"link is available at the bottom right to open the related tasks:" +"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one " +"Master/Slave level only) simply by using the right button and selecting " +":guilabel:`Add sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master " +"and in the slave, a link is available at the bottom right to open the " +"related tasks:" #: ../../webtop.rst:667 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click -" -"> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities " -"through an option active by default." +"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click" +" -> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities" +" through an option active by default." msgstr "" -"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click -" -"> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities " -"through an option active by default." +"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click" +" -> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities" +" through an option active by default." #: ../../webtop.rst:670 #, fuzzy @@ -15221,22 +15383,22 @@ msgstr "Nextcloud integration" #: ../../webtop.rst:680 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been installed " -"from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been " +"installed from the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been installed " -"from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been " +"installed from the :ref:`software_center-section`." #: ../../webtop.rst:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable it, " -"use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop admin " -"password" +"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable " +"it, use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop " +"admin password" msgstr "" -"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable it, " -"use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop admin " -"password" +"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable " +"it, use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop " +"admin password" #: ../../webtop.rst:686 #, fuzzy @@ -15260,11 +15422,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:696 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` and " -"``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" +"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` " +"and ``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" msgstr "" -"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` and " -"``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" +"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` " +"and ``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" #: ../../webtop.rst:703 #, fuzzy @@ -15288,13 +15450,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:712 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud resource " -"by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then :guilabel:`Add " -"resource` in this way:" +"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud " +"resource by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then " +":guilabel:`Add resource` in this way:" msgstr "" -"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud resource " -"by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then :guilabel:`Add " -"resource` in this way:" +"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud " +"resource by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then " +":guilabel:`Add resource` in this way:" #: ../../webtop.rst:716 #, fuzzy @@ -15304,28 +15466,30 @@ msgstr "A pre-filled wizard will open:" #: ../../webtop.rst:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access to " -"the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the public " -"link to the shared files" +"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access " +"to the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the " +"public link to the shared files" msgstr "" -"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access to " -"the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the public " -"link to the shared files" +"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access " +"to the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the " +"public link to the shared files" #: ../../webtop.rst:727 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. ``nextcloud." -"mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from `/nextcloud/remote." -"php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that `/nextcloud` prefix " -"has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of the custom virtual " -"host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. ``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." +"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. " +"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from " +"`/nextcloud/remote.php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that " +"`/nextcloud` prefix has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of" +" the custom virtual host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. " +"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." msgstr "" -"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. ``nextcloud." -"mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from `/nextcloud/remote." -"php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that `/nextcloud` prefix " -"has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of the custom virtual " -"host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. ``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." +"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. " +"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from " +"`/nextcloud/remote.php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that " +"`/nextcloud` prefix has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of" +" the custom virtual host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. " +"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." #: ../../webtop.rst:729 #, fuzzy @@ -15340,11 +15504,11 @@ msgstr "Personal Cloud" #: ../../webtop.rst:734 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via web " -"links." +"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via " +"web links." msgstr "" -"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via web " -"links." +"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via " +"web links." #: ../../webtop.rst:737 #, fuzzy @@ -15359,11 +15523,11 @@ msgstr "To create the link, select the button at the top right:" #: ../../webtop.rst:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to " -"set the deadline." +"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to" +" set the deadline." msgstr "" -"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to " -"set the deadline." +"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to" +" set the deadline." #: ../../webtop.rst:747 #, fuzzy @@ -15397,11 +15561,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:766 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. The " -"link will be automatically inserted into the message:" +"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. " +"The link will be automatically inserted into the message:" msgstr "" -"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. The " -"link will be automatically inserted into the message:" +"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. " +"The link will be automatically inserted into the message:" #: ../../webtop.rst:770 #, fuzzy @@ -15411,18 +15575,20 @@ msgstr "A request email will be sent to upload the document to the Cloud:" #: ../../webtop.rst:774 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be uploaded:" +"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be " +"uploaded:" msgstr "" -"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be uploaded:" +"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be " +"uploaded:" #: ../../webtop.rst:778 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud --> " -"Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" +"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud -->" +" Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" msgstr "" -"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud --> " -"Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" +"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud -->" +" Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" #: ../../webtop.rst:783 #, fuzzy @@ -15432,8 +15598,7 @@ msgstr "Chat integration" #: ../../webtop.rst:785 #, fuzzy msgid "Web chat integration installation is disabled by default for all users." -msgstr "" -"Web chat integration installation is disabled by default for all users." +msgstr "Web chat integration installation is disabled by default for all users." #: ../../webtop.rst:787 #, fuzzy @@ -15442,10 +15607,8 @@ msgstr "To enable chat integration:" #: ../../webtop.rst:789 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." -msgstr "" -"Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." +msgid "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." +msgstr "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." #: ../../webtop.rst:791 #, fuzzy @@ -15455,20 +15618,20 @@ msgstr "Access WebTop as admin user then enable the web chat authorization:" #: ../../webtop.rst:793 ../../webtop.rst:806 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains --> " -"NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" +"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains " +"--> NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" msgstr "" -"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains --> " -"NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" +"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains " +"--> NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" #: ../../webtop.rst:794 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" -"> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" +" --> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" msgstr "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" -"> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" +" --> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" #: ../../webtop.rst:795 ../../webtop.rst:808 #, fuzzy @@ -15485,19 +15648,19 @@ msgstr "Jitsi integration" msgid "" "With this integration it is possible to start a new video conference and " "send the invitation via email, or schedule one by creating the event " -"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary to " -"configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would like to " -"use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global settings " -"`_" +"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary " +"to configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would " +"like to use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global" +" settings `_" msgstr "" "With this integration it is possible to start a new video conference and " "send the invitation via email, or schedule one by creating the event " -"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary to " -"configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would like to " -"use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global settings " -"`_" +"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary " +"to configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would " +"like to use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global" +" settings `_" #: ../../webtop.rst:803 #, fuzzy @@ -15513,11 +15676,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:807 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" -"> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" +" --> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" msgstr "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" -"> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" +" --> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:810 #, fuzzy @@ -15555,11 +15718,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start immediately " -"(instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." +"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start " +"immediately (instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." msgstr "" -"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start immediately " -"(instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." +"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start " +"immediately (instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." #: ../../webtop.rst:826 #, fuzzy @@ -15578,46 +15741,46 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:831 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this case " -"an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be copied " -"(e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this " +"case an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be" +" copied (e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this case " -"an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be copied " -"(e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this " +"case an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be" +" copied (e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" #: ../../webtop.rst:832 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be asked " -"if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, which will " -"then be inserted in the newly generated email:" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be " +"asked if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, " +"which will then be inserted in the newly generated email:" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be asked " -"if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, which will " -"then be inserted in the newly generated email:" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be " +"asked if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, " +"which will then be inserted in the newly generated email:" #: ../../webtop.rst:836 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case you " -"will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time of the " -"meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to invite " -"other participants." +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case " +"you will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time " +"of the meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to " +"invite other participants." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case you " -"will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time of the " -"meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to invite " -"other participants." +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case " +"you will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time " +"of the meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to " +"invite other participants." #: ../../webtop.rst:838 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the buttons " -"that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" +"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the " +"buttons that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" msgstr "" -"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the buttons " -"that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" +"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the " +"buttons that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" #: ../../webtop.rst:844 #, fuzzy @@ -15627,15 +15790,17 @@ msgstr "Third-party video calls" #: ../../webtop.rst:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition to " -"Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add additional " -"platforms through a `global setting `_." +"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition" +" to Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add " +"additional platforms through a `global setting " +"`_." msgstr "" -"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition to " -"Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add additional " -"platforms through a `global setting `_." +"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition" +" to Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add " +"additional platforms through a `global setting " +"`_." #: ../../webtop.rst:851 #, fuzzy @@ -15658,28 +15823,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:856 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API keys " -"(``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " -"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here `_ ." +"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API " +"keys (``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " +"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here " +"`_ ." msgstr "" -"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API keys " -"(``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " -"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here `_ ." +"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API " +"keys (``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " +"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here " +"`_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:859 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties " -"(system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` " -"fields according to the key to be configured:" +"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> " +":guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the data in the " +":guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " +"configured:" msgstr "" -"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties " -"(system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` " -"fields according to the key to be configured:" +"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> " +":guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the data in the " +":guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " +"configured:" #: ../../webtop.rst:861 #, fuzzy @@ -15704,33 +15871,35 @@ msgstr "``sms.sender`` = (default optional)" #: ../../webtop.rst:869 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default sender " -"when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 characters) or " -"a text (max 11 characters)." +"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default " +"sender when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 " +"characters) or a text (max 11 characters)." msgstr "" -"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default sender " -"when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 characters) or " -"a text (max 11 characters)." +"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default " +"sender when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 " +"characters) or a text (max 11 characters)." #: ../../webtop.rst:874 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through its " -"settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and SMS` -" -"> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default sender`" +"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through " +"its settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and" +" SMS` -> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default" +" sender`" msgstr "" -"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through its " -"settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and SMS` -" -"> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default sender`" +"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through " +"its settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and" +" SMS` -> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default" +" sender`" #: ../../webtop.rst:876 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has the " -"mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" +"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has " +"the mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" msgstr "" -"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has the " -"mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" +"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has " +"the mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" #: ../../webtop.rst:879 #, fuzzy @@ -15749,11 +15918,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:884 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and select -" -"> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Launcher` :" +"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and " +"select -> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> " +":guilabel:`Launcher` :" msgstr "" -"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and select -" -"> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Launcher` :" +"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and " +"select -> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> " +":guilabel:`Launcher` :" #: ../../webtop.rst:889 #, fuzzy @@ -15782,26 +15953,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:895 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the icon " -"on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards images. " -"Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> :guilabel:" -"`Public Images`, then insert a URL like ``https:///" -"webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." +"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the " +"icon on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards " +"images. Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> " +":guilabel:`Public Images`, then insert a URL like " +"``https:///webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." msgstr "" -"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the icon " -"on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards images. " -"Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> :guilabel:" -"`Public Images`, then insert a URL like ``https:///" -"webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." +"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the " +"icon on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards " +"images. Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> " +":guilabel:`Public Images`, then insert a URL like " +"``https:///webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." #: ../../webtop.rst:900 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next " -"login." +"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next" +" login." msgstr "" -"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next " -"login." +"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next" +" login." #: ../../webtop.rst:904 #, fuzzy @@ -15835,11 +16006,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:915 #, fuzzy msgid "" -":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only when " -"the browser is in the background" +":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only " +"when the browser is in the background" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only when " -"the browser is in the background" +":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only " +"when the browser is in the background" #: ../../webtop.rst:917 #, fuzzy @@ -15849,11 +16020,11 @@ msgstr "Make sure to allow notifications inside your browser." #: ../../webtop.rst:919 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just click " -"on the appropriate button:" +"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just " +"click on the appropriate button:" msgstr "" -"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just click " -"on the appropriate button:" +"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just " +"click on the appropriate button:" #: ../../webtop.rst:925 #, fuzzy @@ -15863,11 +16034,11 @@ msgstr "External IMAP accounts (Beta)" #: ../../webtop.rst:927 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can have " -"a maximum of 3 external accounts." +"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can " +"have a maximum of 3 external accounts." msgstr "" -"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can have " -"a maximum of 3 external accounts." +"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can " +"have a maximum of 3 external accounts." #: ../../webtop.rst:930 #, fuzzy @@ -15886,17 +16057,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:933 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop." -"mail`" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail`" msgstr "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop." -"mail`" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail`" #: ../../webtop.rst:934 #, fuzzy msgid "Create a new key named ``external-account.enabled`` with value ``true``" -msgstr "" -"Create a new key named ``external-account.enabled`` with value ``true``" +msgstr "Create a new key named ``external-account.enabled`` with value ``true``" #: ../../webtop.rst:935 #, fuzzy @@ -15921,11 +16091,11 @@ msgstr "Action: ``CHANGE``" #: ../../webtop.rst:941 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the :" -"guilabel:`Settings` section." +"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the " +":guilabel:`Settings` section." msgstr "" -"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the :" -"guilabel:`Settings` section." +"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the " +":guilabel:`Settings` section." #: ../../webtop.rst:944 #, fuzzy @@ -15935,11 +16105,11 @@ msgstr "Subscribing remote resources" #: ../../webtop.rst:946 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts (directory) " -"using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." +"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts " +"(directory) using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." msgstr "" -"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts (directory) " -"using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." +"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts " +"(directory) using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." #: ../../webtop.rst:949 #, fuzzy @@ -15949,24 +16119,26 @@ msgstr "Remote calendars" #: ../../webtop.rst:951 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click the " -"right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet Calendar`. Two " -"types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS format) and CalDAV." +"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click " +"the right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet " +"Calendar`. Two types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS " +"format) and CalDAV." msgstr "" -"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click the " -"right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet Calendar`. Two " -"types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS format) and CalDAV." +"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click " +"the right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet " +"Calendar`. Two types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS " +"format) and CalDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:957 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Synchronization of Webcal calendars (ICS) is always done by downloading " -"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences " -"are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" +"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences" +" are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" msgstr "" "Synchronization of Webcal calendars (ICS) is always done by downloading " -"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences " -"are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" +"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences" +" are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" #: ../../webtop.rst:960 #, fuzzy @@ -15976,40 +16148,46 @@ msgstr "Example of Google Cal remote calendar (Webcal only - ICS)" #: ../../webtop.rst:962 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: :guilabel:" -"`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in iCal format`" +"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: " +":guilabel:`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in " +"iCal format`" msgstr "" -"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: :guilabel:" -"`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in iCal format`" +"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: " +":guilabel:`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in " +"iCal format`" #: ../../webtop.rst:964 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied URL " -"without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the wizard." +"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied " +"URL without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the " +"wizard." msgstr "" -"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied URL " -"without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the wizard." +"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied " +"URL without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the " +"wizard." #: ../../webtop.rst:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change " -"the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." +"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change" +" the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." msgstr "" -"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change " -"the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." +"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change" +" the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." #: ../../webtop.rst:970 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If you " -"receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources you " -"need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate attempt." +"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If " +"you receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources " +"you need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate " +"attempt." msgstr "" -"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If you " -"receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources you " -"need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate attempt." +"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If " +"you receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources " +"you need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate " +"attempt." #: ../../webtop.rst:974 #, fuzzy @@ -16029,48 +16207,48 @@ msgstr "Steps:" #: ../../webtop.rst:981 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on :guilabel:" -"`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and enter a URL of " -"this type in step 1 of the wizard: ``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/" -"principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/`` Replace the ``X`` with your " -"GMail account" +"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on " +":guilabel:`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and " +"enter a URL of this type in step 1 of the wizard: " +"``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/``" +" Replace the ``X`` with your GMail account" msgstr "" -"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on :guilabel:" -"`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and enter a URL of " -"this type in step 1 of the wizard: ``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/" -"principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/`` Replace the ``X`` with your " -"GMail account" +"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on " +":guilabel:`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and " +"enter a URL of this type in step 1 of the wizard: " +"``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/``" +" Replace the ``X`` with your GMail account" #: ../../webtop.rst:985 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address of " -"gmail):" +"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address " +"of gmail):" msgstr "" -"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address of " -"gmail):" +"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address " +"of gmail):" #: ../../webtop.rst:989 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving the " -"possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " +"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving " +"the possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " "synchronization" msgstr "" -"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving the " -"possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " +"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving " +"the possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " "synchronization" #: ../../webtop.rst:991 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You must enable the synchronization into your Google account and enable " -"access for `App Password `_." +"access for `App Password " +"`_." msgstr "" "You must enable the synchronization into your Google account and enable " -"access for `App Password `_." +"access for `App Password " +"`_." #: ../../webtop.rst:993 #, fuzzy @@ -16089,17 +16267,17 @@ msgstr "Automatic synchronization" #: ../../webtop.rst:998 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals: " -"15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in the " -"creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-click on " -"the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, :guilabel:" -"`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" +"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals:" +" 15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in " +"the creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-" +"click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, " +":guilabel:`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" msgstr "" -"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals: " -"15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in the " -"creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-click on " -"the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, :guilabel:" -"`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" +"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals:" +" 15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in " +"the creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-" +"click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, " +":guilabel:`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" #: ../../webtop.rst:1005 msgid "Manual synchronization" @@ -16110,25 +16288,26 @@ msgid "" "To update a remote address book, for example, click on it with the right " "mouse button and then select the item \"Synchronize\":" msgstr "" -"Per aggiornare una rubrica remota, ad esempio, fare clic su di essa con il " -"pulsante destro del mouse e quindi selezionare \"Sincronizza\":" +"Per aggiornare una rubrica remota, ad esempio, fare clic su di essa con " +"il pulsante destro del mouse e quindi selezionare \"Sincronizza\":" #: ../../webtop.rst:1011 msgid "" -"For CardDAV address books, as well as for remote CalDAV calendars, you can " -"select whether to perform a full synchronization or only for changes. To do " -"this, right-click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit " -"Category`:" +"For CardDAV address books, as well as for remote CalDAV calendars, you " +"can select whether to perform a full synchronization or only for changes." +" To do this, right-click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), " +":guilabel:`Edit Category`:" msgstr "" "Per le rubriche CardDAV, così come per i calendari di CalDAV remoti, è " -"possibile selezionare se eseguire una sincronizzazione completa o solo per " -"le modifiche. Per fare questo, fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse " -"sulla rubrica (o sul calendario), :guilabel:`Modifica categoria`:" +"possibile selezionare se eseguire una sincronizzazione completa o solo " +"per le modifiche. Per fare questo, fare clic con il pulsante destro del " +"mouse sulla rubrica (o sul calendario), :guilabel:`Modifica categoria`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1016 msgid "Select the desired mode next to the synchronization button:" msgstr "" -"Selezionare la modalità desiderata accanto al pulsante di sincronizzazione:" +"Selezionare la modalità desiderata accanto al pulsante di " +"sincronizzazione:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1021 msgid "User access and user session logs" @@ -16136,21 +16315,23 @@ msgstr "Accesso utente e log di sessione utenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:1023 msgid "" -"The table showing the entire log of accesses and sessions for each user is " -"available under the administrator panel. Access the :guilabel:" -"`Administration` menu, then :guilabel:`Domains` --> :guilabel:`NethServer` --" -"> :guilabel:`Audit (domain)` --> :guilabel:`Access log`." +"The table showing the entire log of accesses and sessions for each user " +"is available under the administrator panel. Access the " +":guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :guilabel:`Domains` --> " +":guilabel:`NethServer` --> :guilabel:`Audit (domain)` --> " +":guilabel:`Access log`." msgstr "" "La tabella che mostra l'intero registro di accessi e sessioni per ogni " -"utente è disponibile sotto il pannello di amministratore. Accedere al menu: " -"`Amministrazione`, poi :guilabel:`Domini` --> :guilabel:`NethServer` --> :" -"guilabel:`Audit (dominio)` --> :guilabel:`Log accessi`." +"utente è disponibile sotto il pannello di amministratore. Accedere al " +"menu: `Amministrazione`, poi :guilabel:`Domini` --> " +":guilabel:`NethServer` --> :guilabel:`Audit (dominio)` --> :guilabel:`Log" +" accessi`." #: ../../webtop.rst:1026 msgid "" -"For each access, the table reports the following data in columns: session " -"ID, user name, date and time, session duration, authentication status and " -"any login errors." +"For each access, the table reports the following data in columns: session" +" ID, user name, date and time, session duration, authentication status " +"and any login errors." msgstr "" "Per ogni accesso, la tabella riporta i seguenti dati nelle colonne: ID " "sessione, nome utente, data e ora, durata della sessione, stato di " @@ -16158,23 +16339,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1028 msgid "" -"You can enable public IP geolocation. First, you need to register an account " -"on `ipstack `_ and obtain the ``API KEY`` to insert in " -"the configuration db." +"You can enable public IP geolocation. First, you need to register an " +"account on `ipstack `_ and obtain the ``API KEY`` " +"to insert in the configuration db." msgstr "" -"È possibile abilitare la geolocalizzazione IP pubblica. In primo luogo, è " -"necessario registrare un account su `ipstack `_ e " +"È possibile abilitare la geolocalizzazione IP pubblica. In primo luogo, è" +" necessario registrare un account su `ipstack `_ e " "ottenere la ``API KEY`` da inserire nel db di configurazione." #: ../../webtop.rst:1030 msgid "" -"Login to the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Property (system)` -> :" -"guilabel:`add` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> enter the " -"following data in the fields :guilabel:`Key` e :guilabel:`Value` :" +"Login to the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Property (system)` -> " +":guilabel:`add` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> enter " +"the following data in the fields :guilabel:`Key` e :guilabel:`Value` :" msgstr "" -"Login al pannello di amministrazione -> :guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :" -"guilabel:`aggiungi` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> " -"inserire i seguenti dati nei campi :guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel:`Valore` :" +"Login al pannello di amministrazione -> :guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema)` " +"-> :guilabel:`aggiungi` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` " +"-> inserire i seguenti dati nei campi :guilabel:`Chiave` e " +":guilabel:`Valore` :" #: ../../webtop.rst:1032 msgid "``geolocation.provider`` = ``ipstack``" @@ -16186,11 +16368,11 @@ msgstr "``geolocation.ipstack.apikey`` = ````" #: ../../webtop.rst:1035 msgid "" -"Then, logout and a login again. To show the IP geolocation please click on " -"the icon at the far right of the row:" +"Then, logout and a login again. To show the IP geolocation please click " +"on the icon at the far right of the row:" msgstr "" -"Poi, logout e un nuovo login. Per mostrare la geolocalizzazione IP cliccare " -"sull'icona all'estrema destra della riga:" +"Poi, logout e un nuovo login. Per mostrare la geolocalizzazione IP " +"cliccare sull'icona all'estrema destra della riga:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1039 msgid "**Impersonate login**" @@ -16198,9 +16380,9 @@ msgstr "**Impersonate login**" #: ../../webtop.rst:1041 msgid "" -"By default, the logins made through impersonate (``admin!``) are not " -"shown in the access logs table. In order to also add this type of access, " -"you need to add the following key for the core service:" +"By default, the logins made through impersonate (``admin!``) are " +"not shown in the access logs table. In order to also add this type of " +"access, you need to add the following key for the core service:" msgstr "" "Per impostazione predefinita, i login effettuati tramite impersonate " "(``admin!``) non vengono visualizzati nella tabella dei log di " @@ -16233,17 +16415,18 @@ msgid "" "unintentional false positives on first login." msgstr "" "Per impostazione predefinita, per evitare troppi falsi positivi non " -"intenzionali sul primo login, questa funzione è disabilitata per tutti gli " -"utenti." +"intenzionali sul primo login, questa funzione è disabilitata per tutti " +"gli utenti." #: ../../webtop.rst:1054 msgid "" -"You can `customize this feature `_ by accessing the administrator panel." +"You can `customize this feature " +"`_ by " +"accessing the administrator panel." msgstr "" -"È possibile `personalizzare questa funzione `_ accedendo al pannello di " -"amministratore." +"È possibile `personalizzare questa funzione " +"`_ " +"accedendo al pannello di amministratore." #: ../../webtop.rst:1058 msgid "" @@ -16264,8 +16447,8 @@ msgstr "Ci sono limiti predefiniti relativi alla dimensione massima del file:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1065 msgid "Maximum file size for chat uploads (internal default = 10 MB)" msgstr "" -"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload di chat (impostazione predefinita " -"interna = 10 MB)" +"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload di chat (impostazione " +"predefinita interna = 10 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1066 msgid "Maximum file size single message attachment (internal default = 10 MB)" @@ -16274,28 +16457,28 @@ msgstr "" "predefinita interna = 10 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1067 -msgid "" -"Maximum file size for cloud internal uploads (internal default = 500 MB)" +msgid "Maximum file size for cloud internal uploads (internal default = 500 MB)" msgstr "" -"Dimensione massima del file per caricamenti interni nel cloud (impostazione " -"predefinita interna = 500 MB)" +"Dimensione massima del file per caricamenti interni nel cloud " +"(impostazione predefinita interna = 500 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1068 msgid "Maximum file size for cloud public uploads (internal default = 100 MB)" msgstr "" -"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload pubblici nel cloud (impostazione " -"predefinita interna = 100 MB)" +"Dimensione massima del file per gli upload pubblici nel cloud " +"(impostazione predefinita interna = 100 MB)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1070 msgid "" "To change these default values for all users, the following keys can be " -"added via the admin interface: :guilabel:`Properties (system) -> Add`. The " -"value must be expressed in ``bytes``. Example: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." +"added via the admin interface: :guilabel:`Properties (system) -> Add`. " +"The value must be expressed in ``bytes``. Example: ``10MB = 10485760 " +"bytes``." msgstr "" -"Per modificare questi valori predefiniti per tutti gli utenti, le seguenti " -"chiavi possono essere aggiunte tramite l'interfaccia di amministrazione: :" -"guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema) `-> `Aggiungi`. Il valore deve essere espresso " -"in ``bytes``. Esempio: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." +"Per modificare questi valori predefiniti per tutti gli utenti, le " +"seguenti chiavi possono essere aggiunte tramite l'interfaccia di " +"amministrazione: :guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema) `-> `Aggiungi`. Il valore" +" deve essere espresso in ``bytes``. Esempio: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." #: ../../webtop.rst:1073 msgid "**Maximum file size for chat uploads**" @@ -16347,10 +16530,11 @@ msgstr "Importa contatti e calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:1097 msgid "" -"WebTop supports importing contacts and calendars from various file formats." +"WebTop supports importing contacts and calendars from various file " +"formats." msgstr "" -"WebTop supporta l'importazione di contatti e calendari da vari formati di " -"file." +"WebTop supporta l'importazione di contatti e calendari da vari formati di" +" file." #: ../../webtop.rst:1100 msgid "Contacts" @@ -16382,23 +16566,24 @@ msgstr "Per importare contatti:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1112 msgid "" -"right click on the target phone book, then select :guilabel:`Import contacts`" +"right click on the target phone book, then select :guilabel:`Import " +"contacts`" msgstr "" "cliccare a destra sulla rubrica, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Importare " "contatti`" #: ../../webtop.rst:1116 msgid "" -"select the import format and make sure that the fields on the file match the " -"ones available on WebTop" +"select the import format and make sure that the fields on the file match " +"the ones available on WebTop" msgstr "" -"selezionare il formato di importazione e assicurarsi che i campi sul file " -"corrispondono a quelli disponibili su WebTop" +"selezionare il formato di importazione e assicurarsi che i campi sul file" +" corrispondono a quelli disponibili su WebTop" #: ../../webtop.rst:1120 msgid "" -"If you are importing a phone book exported from Outlook, make sure to set :" -"guilabel:`Text qualifier` to ``\"`` value." +"If you are importing a phone book exported from Outlook, make sure to set" +" :guilabel:`Text qualifier` to ``\"`` value." msgstr "" "Se si sta importando una rubrica esportata da Outlook, assicurarsi di " "impostare :guilabel:`Testo qualificante` come ``\"`` valore." @@ -16410,19 +16595,18 @@ msgstr "Calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:1128 msgid "Supported calendar format: iCalendar (\\*.ics, \\*.ical, \\*.icalendar)" msgstr "" -"Formati di calendario supportati: iCalendar (\\*.ics, \\*.ical, \\*." -"icalendar)" +"Formati di calendario supportati: iCalendar (\\*.ics, \\*.ical, " +"\\*.icalendar)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1130 msgid "To import events:" msgstr "Per importare eventi:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"right click on the target calendar, then select :guilabel:`Import events`" +msgid "right click on the target calendar, then select :guilabel:`Import events`" msgstr "" -"cliccare a destra sul calendario di destinazione, quindi selezionare :" -"guilabel:`Importa eventi`" +"cliccare a destra sul calendario di destinazione, quindi selezionare " +":guilabel:`Importa eventi`" #: ../../webtop.rst:1136 msgid "select the import format" @@ -16430,12 +16614,12 @@ msgstr "selezionare il formato di importazione" #: ../../webtop.rst:1140 msgid "" -"then choose if you want to delete all existing events and import new ones, " -"or just append imported data to existing calendar events" +"then choose if you want to delete all existing events and import new " +"ones, or just append imported data to existing calendar events" msgstr "" "quindi scegliere se si desidera eliminare tutti gli eventi esistenti e " -"importare nuovi, o semplicemente aggiungere i dati importati agli eventi di " -"calendario esistenti" +"importare nuovi, o semplicemente aggiungere i dati importati agli eventi " +"di calendario esistenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:1146 msgid "Mail composer customization" @@ -16447,17 +16631,17 @@ msgstr "Nascondere il destinatario auto suggerito" #: ../../webtop.rst:1151 msgid "" -"You can disable the suggestion of automatically saved addresses. Access the " -"web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:" -"`Add` ->, select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the " -"data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the " -"key to be configured:" +"You can disable the suggestion of automatically saved addresses. Access " +"the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " +":guilabel:`Add` ->, select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` " +"and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " +"according to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" "È possibile disabilitare il suggerimento degli indirizzi salvati " -"automaticamente. Accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> :guilabel:" -"`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` ->, selezionare :guilabel:`com." -"sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` e inserire i dati in :guilabel:`Chiave` e :" -"guilabel:`Valore` secondo la chiave da configurare:" +"automaticamente. Accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> " +":guilabel:`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` ->, selezionare " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` e inserire i dati in " +":guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel:`Valore` secondo la chiave da configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1155 msgid "``recipient.provider.auto.enabled`` = false (default is true)" @@ -16470,16 +16654,17 @@ msgstr "Modificare oggetto di una mail e salvare" #: ../../webtop.rst:1160 msgid "" "To enable the modification of the subject for received and sent emails, " -"access the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :" -"guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " -"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according " -"to the key to be configured:" +"access the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` ->" +" :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and" +" enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " +"according to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" "Per consentire la modifica dell'oggetto sulle e-mail ricevute o inviate, " "accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> :guilabel:`Proprietà " -"(sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` -> selezionare :guilabel:`com.sonicle." -"webtop.mail (Mail)` e inserire i dati nel :guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel: " -"`Valore` campi secondo la chiave da configurare:" +"(sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` -> selezionare " +":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` e inserire i dati nel " +":guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel: `Valore` campi secondo la chiave da " +"configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1162 msgid "``message.edit.subject`` = true (default is false)" @@ -16492,308 +16677,16 @@ msgstr "Eliminare gli indirizzi email suggeriti automaticamente" #: ../../webtop.rst:1167 msgid "" "When compiling the recipient of a mail, some automatically saved email " -"addresses are suggested. If you need to delete someone because it is wrong, " -"move with the arrow keys until you select the one you want to delete " -"(without clicking on it), then delete it with :guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" +"addresses are suggested. If you need to delete someone because it is " +"wrong, move with the arrow keys until you select the one you want to " +"delete (without clicking on it), then delete it with :guilabel:`Shift + " +"Canc`" msgstr "" "Quando si compila il destinatario di una mail, vengono suggeriti alcuni " "indirizzi e-mail salvati automaticamente. Se è necessario eliminarne " -"qualcuno errato, passare con i tasti freccia fino a selezionare quello che " -"si desidera eliminare (senza fare clic su di esso), quindi cancellarlo con :" -"guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" - -#: ../../mail.rst:5 -msgid "Mail server" -msgstr "Server di posta" - -#: ../../mail.rst:9 -msgid "" -"`Postfix `_: `SMTP `_ server for sending and receiving" -msgstr "" -"`Postfix `_: `SMTP `_ server per l'invio e la ricezione" - -#: ../../mail.rst:10 -msgid "" -"`Dovecot `_: `IMAP `_ and `POP3 `_ server to read email, and `Sieve `_ language to organize it" -msgstr "" -"`Dovecot `_: `IMAP `_ e `POP3 `_ server per leggere e-mail e `Sieve `_ lingua per " -"organizzarlo" - -#: ../../mail.rst:24 -msgid "See also the following related topics:" -msgstr "Vedi anche i seguenti argomenti correlati:" - -#: ../../mail.rst:26 -msgid "How `electronic mail `_ works" -msgstr "Come `email elettronica `_ lavora" - -#: ../../mail.rst:27 -msgid "`MX DNS `_ record" -msgstr "`MX DNS `_ record" - -#: ../../mail.rst:28 -msgid "" -"`Simple Mail Transfer Protocol `_ " -"(SMTP)" -msgstr "" -"`Protocollo di trasferimento di posta semplice `_ (SMTP)" - -#: ../../mail.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can install only one mail server per node from the :ref:`software_center-" -"section`." -msgstr "" -"È possibile installare un solo server di posta per nodo dal :ref:" -"`software_center-section`." - -#: ../../migration.rst:272 -msgid "SMTP mail relay rules" -msgstr "Regole di relay di posta SMTP" - -#: ../../mail.rst:7 -msgid "The Email module is split into three main parts:" -msgstr "Il modulo Email è diviso in tre parti principali:" - -#: ../../mail.rst:13 -msgid "" -"`RSPAMD `_: antispam filter, antivirus and attachments " -"blocker" -msgstr "" -"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e allegati" - -#: ../../mail.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` module can be connected to Mail. It " -"allows scheduling fetch jobs or migrating emails from external IMAP servers " -"to local user mailboxes." -msgstr "" -"Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section` può essere collegato a Mail. " -"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di migrazione " -"da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." - -#: ../../mail.rst:36 -msgid "" -"The mail module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` already configured." -msgstr "" -"Il modulo di posta richiede almeno uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." - -#: ../../mail.rst:40 -msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the " -"same name configured inside your MX DNS record" -msgstr "" -"``Mail server hostname``: inserire il nome del server di posta, questo " -"dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome configurato all'interno del record MX DNS" - -#: ../../mail.rst:42 -msgid "" -"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``; " -"you will be able to add more domains later" -msgstr "" -"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come ``nethserver." -"org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" - -#: ../../mail.rst:54 -msgid "" -"NethServer can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable from " -"the ``Domains`` page." -msgstr "" -"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, configurabili " -"dalla pagina ``Domains``." - -#: ../../mail.rst:66 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " -"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* " -"to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :guilabel:`Copy " -"inbound messages` switch." -msgstr "" -"NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " -"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* " -"to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :guilabel:`Copy " -"inbound messages` switch." - -#: ../../mail.rst:86 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides a way to validate the sending " -"MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " -"headers." -msgstr "" -"DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides a way to validate the sending " -"MTA, which adds a cryptographic signature to the outbound message MIME " -"headers." - -#: ../../mail.rst:96 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." -"_domainKey\"" -msgstr "" -"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." -"_domainKey\"" - -#: ../../mail.rst:98 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" -msgstr "" -"Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" - -#: ../../mail.rst:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" -msgstr "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" - -#: ../../mail.rst:155 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Email address *info* bound to any domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, " -"``info@example.com``" -msgstr "" -"Email address *info* bound to any domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, " -"``info@example.com``" - -#: ../../mail.rst:157 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" -msgstr "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" - -#: ../../mail.rst:159 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " -"using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " -"possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " -"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts of " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " -"using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " -"possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " -"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts of " -"the system." - -#: ../../mail.rst:170 -#, fuzzy -msgid "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" -msgstr "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" - -#: ../../mail.rst:180 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " -"messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated periodically." -msgstr "" -"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " -"messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated periodically." - -#: ../../mail.rst:189 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " -"`SPAM `_ messages using heuristic " -"criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations of the content of " -"messages." -msgstr "" -"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " -"`SPAM `_ messages using heuristic " -"criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations of the content of " -"messages." - -#: ../../mail.rst:194 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " -"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score is " -"associated with each rule." -msgstr "" -"The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " -"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score is " -"associated with each rule." - -#: ../../mail.rst:200 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve and quickly " -"adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." -msgstr "" -"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve and quickly " -"adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." - -#: ../../mail.rst:209 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by the " -"following sections." -msgstr "" -"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by the " -"following sections." - -#: ../../mail.rst:217 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They should " -"not be changed in production:" -msgstr "" -"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They should " -"not be changed in production:" - -#: ../../mail.rst:224 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " -"address of the server" -msgstr "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " -"address of the server" - -#: ../../mail.rst:226 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" -msgstr "" -"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" - -#: ../../mail.rst:228 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" -msgstr "" -"`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" - -#: ../../mail.rst:230 -#, fuzzy -msgid "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" -msgstr "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" - -#: ../../mail.rst:277 -#, fuzzy -msgid "user name of the master user, eg. ``master``" -msgstr "user name of the master user, eg. ``master``" - -#: ../../mail.rst:306 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " -"still does not support STARTTLS:" -msgstr "" -"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " -"still does not support STARTTLS:" +"qualcuno errato, passare con i tasti freccia fino a selezionare quello " +"che si desidera eliminare (senza fare clic su di esso), quindi " +"cancellarlo con :guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" #~ msgid "This is an ALPHA release, do not use it on production!" #~ msgstr "Questa è una release ALPHA, non usare in produzione!" @@ -16802,99 +16695,133 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Metriche" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the :" -#~ "ref:`software_center-section`, but the module requires ref:`NethVoice " -#~ "proxy ` already configured and running." +#~ "You can install multiple NethVoice " +#~ "instances on the same node from " +#~ "the :ref:`software_center-section`, but the" +#~ " module requires ref:`NethVoice proxy " +#~ "` already configured and" +#~ " running." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "È possibile installare più istanze NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal:ref: " -#~ "`software_center-sezione`, ma il modulo richiede ref: `NethVoice proxy " -#~ "` già configurato ed in esecuzione." +#~ "È possibile installare più istanze " +#~ "NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal:ref: " +#~ "`software_center-sezione`, ma il modulo " +#~ "richiede ref: `NethVoice proxy " +#~ "` già configurato ed " +#~ "in esecuzione." #~ msgid "fill all required fields" #~ msgstr "fill all required fields" #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Port``: Specify the TCP port number of the remote LDAP service. " -#~ "Standard values are 389 for LDAP and 636 for LDAPS." +#~ "``Port``: Specify the TCP port number" +#~ " of the remote LDAP service. Standard" +#~ " values are 389 for LDAP and " +#~ "636 for LDAPS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "In the end, you will be able to bind locally installed applications with " -#~ "the external LDAP server." +#~ "In the end, you will be able " +#~ "to bind locally installed applications " +#~ "with the external LDAP server." #~ msgid "NethVoice module is split into seven main parts:" #~ msgstr "Il modulo NethVoice è diviso in sette parti principali:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "NethVoice is a full-feature integrate voice, video, mobile communication " +#~ "NethVoice is a full-feature integrate" +#~ " voice, video, mobile communication " #~ "systems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "NethVoice è un sistema completo di comunicazione vocale, video e mobile." +#~ "NethVoice è un sistema completo di " +#~ "comunicazione vocale, video e mobile." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the " -#~ "NethVoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " -#~ "add more." +#~ "If the phone makes more keys " +#~ "available than those displayed in the" +#~ " NethVoice administration interface, there " +#~ "is a ``View more`` button to add" +#~ " more." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If the phone makes more keys available than those displayed in the " -#~ "NethVoice administration interface, there is a ``View more`` button to " -#~ "add more." +#~ "If the phone makes more keys " +#~ "available than those displayed in the" +#~ " NethVoice administration interface, there " +#~ "is a ``View more`` button to add" +#~ " more." #~ msgid "See also :ref: `Firmware upgrade `." #~ msgstr "See also :ref: `Firmware upgrade `." #~ msgid "" -#~ "To get a list of protected applications, access the server using SSH and " -#~ "type:" +#~ "To get a list of protected " +#~ "applications, access the server using " +#~ "SSH and type:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per ottenere un elenco di applicazioni protette, accedere al server " -#~ "utilizzando SSH e digitare:" +#~ "Per ottenere un elenco di applicazioni" +#~ " protette, accedere al server utilizzando" +#~ " SSH e digitare:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Almost everything is logged inside journalctl and sent to the local log " -#~ "server." +#~ "Almost everything is logged inside " +#~ "journalctl and sent to the local " +#~ "log server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Almost everything is logged inside journalctl and sent to the local log " -#~ "server." +#~ "Almost everything is logged inside " +#~ "journalctl and sent to the local " +#~ "log server." #~ msgid "" -#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki `_ is installed " -#~ "on the leader node, it collects the logs from all cluster nodes. A " -#~ "rootful `Promtail `_ container runs on all nodes, including the leader one. It sends all " +#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki " +#~ "`_ is installed on" +#~ " the leader node, it collects the " +#~ "logs from all cluster nodes. A " +#~ "rootful `Promtail " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "container runs on all nodes, including" +#~ " the leader one. It sends all " #~ "logs to the Loki server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki `_ is installed " -#~ "on the leader node, it collects the logs from all cluster nodes. A " -#~ "rootful `Promtail `_ container runs on all nodes, including the leader one. It sends all " +#~ "By default, `Grafana Loki " +#~ "`_ is installed on" +#~ " the leader node, it collects the " +#~ "logs from all cluster nodes. A " +#~ "rootful `Promtail " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "container runs on all nodes, including" +#~ " the leader one. It sends all " #~ "logs to the Loki server." #~ msgid "From the leader node, it is possible to query the logs of all nodes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "From the leader node, it is possible to query the logs of all nodes." +#~ msgstr "From the leader node, it is possible to query the logs of all nodes." #~ msgid "``cluster``: all logs from any source" #~ msgstr "``cluster``: all logs from any source" #~ msgid "" -#~ "``app``: logs from a given application instance, regardless where it's " -#~ "currently running" +#~ "``app``: logs from a given application" +#~ " instance, regardless where it's currently" +#~ " running" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``app``: logs from a given application instance, regardless where it's " -#~ "currently running" +#~ "``app``: logs from a given application" +#~ " instance, regardless where it's currently" +#~ " running" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can see only a subset of the lines or follow the log to see what's " -#~ "happening in real time." +#~ "You can see only a subset of " +#~ "the lines or follow the log to " +#~ "see what's happening in real time." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can see only a subset of the lines or follow the log to see what's " -#~ "happening in real time." +#~ "You can see only a subset of " +#~ "the lines or follow the log to " +#~ "see what's happening in real time." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the logs of two applications side-by-side. " -#~ "You can do it by following these steps:" +#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the " +#~ "logs of two applications side-by-" +#~ "side. You can do it by following" +#~ " these steps:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the logs of two applications side-by-side. " -#~ "You can do it by following these steps:" +#~ "Sometimes is useful to compare the " +#~ "logs of two applications side-by-" +#~ "side. You can do it by following" +#~ " these steps:" #~ msgid "setup the filter for a refined search" #~ msgstr "setup the filter for a refined search" @@ -16909,29 +16836,41 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Command line" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you're familiar with the command line, recent logs are visible using " -#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services can be inspected using the " -#~ "``systemctl`` command. As root use ``journalctl`` to see messages from " -#~ "agents, rootful and rootless modules." +#~ "If you're familiar with the command " +#~ "line, recent logs are visible using " +#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services " +#~ "can be inspected using the ``systemctl``" +#~ " command. As root use ``journalctl`` " +#~ "to see messages from agents, rootful " +#~ "and rootless modules." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you're familiar with the command line, recent logs are visible using " -#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services can be inspected using the " -#~ "``systemctl`` command. As root use ``journalctl`` to see messages from " -#~ "agents, rootful and rootless modules." +#~ "If you're familiar with the command " +#~ "line, recent logs are visible using " +#~ "the ``journalctl`` command and services " +#~ "can be inspected using the ``systemctl``" +#~ " command. As root use ``journalctl`` " +#~ "to see messages from agents, rootful " +#~ "and rootless modules." #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also use the ``api-server-logs`` to query directly the Loki " -#~ "server. Example to inspect the log of the `traefik1` module: ::" +#~ "You can also use the ``api-" +#~ "server-logs`` to query directly the " +#~ "Loki server. Example to inspect the " +#~ "log of the `traefik1` module: ::" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can also use the ``api-server-logs`` to query directly the Loki " -#~ "server. Example to inspect the log of the `traefik1` module: ::" +#~ "You can also use the ``api-" +#~ "server-logs`` to query directly the " +#~ "Loki server. Example to inspect the " +#~ "log of the `traefik1` module: ::" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also enable the automatic completion of the above command. First, " -#~ "install the ``bash-completion`` package." +#~ "You can also enable the automatic " +#~ "completion of the above command. First," +#~ " install the ``bash-completion`` package." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "You can also enable the automatic completion of the above command. First, " -#~ "install the ``bash-completion`` package." +#~ "You can also enable the automatic " +#~ "completion of the above command. First," +#~ " install the ``bash-completion`` package." #~ msgid "On RHEL-like distributions: ::" #~ msgstr "On RHEL-like distributions: ::" @@ -16946,47 +16885,69 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr "Logout and login from the shell to enable the completion." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS certificate for the hostname " -#~ "entered in :guilabel:`PBX Address` to function correctly." +#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS " +#~ "certificate for the hostname entered in" +#~ " :guilabel:`PBX Address` to function " +#~ "correctly." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS certificate for the hostname " -#~ "entered in :guilabel:PBX Address to function correctly." +#~ "``Encryption`` requires a valid SSL/TLS " +#~ "certificate for the hostname entered in" +#~ " :guilabel:PBX Address to function " +#~ "correctly." #~ msgid "" -#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP address or the hostname of NethVoice, " -#~ "correctly entered in the DNS used by phones and in the SSL/TLS " +#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP " +#~ "address or the hostname of NethVoice," +#~ " correctly entered in the DNS used" +#~ " by phones and in the SSL/TLS " #~ "certificate used by the system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP address or the hostname of Nethvoice, " -#~ "correctly entered in the DNS used by phones and in the SSL/TLS " +#~ "``PBX Address`` can be the IP " +#~ "address or the hostname of Nethvoice," +#~ " correctly entered in the DNS used" +#~ " by phones and in the SSL/TLS " #~ "certificate used by the system." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption and PBX Address settings depends on " -#~ "how the phones will reach NethVoice." +#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption" +#~ " and PBX Address settings depends on" +#~ " how the phones will reach NethVoice." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption and PBX Address settings depends on " -#~ "how the phones will reach NethVoice." +#~ "The choice of the previous Encryption" +#~ " and PBX Address settings depends on" +#~ " how the phones will reach NethVoice." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the phones are all in the same network as the PBX (LAN), " -#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and ``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " +#~ "If the phones are all in the " +#~ "same network as the PBX (LAN), " +#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and " +#~ "``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " #~ "address." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If the phones are all in the same network as the PBX (LAN), " -#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and ``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " +#~ "If the phones are all in the " +#~ "same network as the PBX (LAN), " +#~ "``Encryption`` can be disabled, and " +#~ "``PBX Address`` can contain an IP " #~ "address." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If one or more phones reach NethVoice via the public network (WAN), such " -#~ "as when the PBX is hosted on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption`` must be " -#~ "enabled, and ``PBX Address`` must contain the fully qualified domain name " -#~ "present in the public DNS." +#~ "If one or more phones reach " +#~ "NethVoice via the public network (WAN)," +#~ " such as when the PBX is hosted" +#~ " on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption``" +#~ " must be enabled, and ``PBX Address``" +#~ " must contain the fully qualified " +#~ "domain name present in the public " +#~ "DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "If one or more phones reach NethVoice via the public network (WAN), such " -#~ "as when the PBX is hosted on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption`` must be " -#~ "enabled, and ``PBX Address`` must contain the fully qualified domain name " -#~ "present in the public DNS." +#~ "If one or more phones reach " +#~ "NethVoice via the public network (WAN)," +#~ " such as when the PBX is hosted" +#~ " on a cloud VPS, then ``Encryption``" +#~ " must be enabled, and ``PBX Address``" +#~ " must contain the fully qualified " +#~ "domain name present in the public " +#~ "DNS." #~ msgid "Other settings that can be changed:" #~ msgstr "Other settings that can be changed:" @@ -16995,24 +16956,343 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgstr ":ref:`LDAP Phonebook `" #~ msgid "" -#~ "`Domain Keys Identified Mail signature `_ (DKIM)" +#~ "`Domain Keys Identified Mail signature " +#~ "`_ (DKIM)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "`Domain Keys Identificati Firma della posta `_ (DKIM)" +#~ "`Domain Keys Identificati Firma della " +#~ "posta `_ (DKIM)" #~ msgid "DKIM is not currently configurable from the web user interface." #~ msgstr "DKIM is not currently configurable from the web user interface." #~ msgid "" -#~ "A mail address can be bound to any mail domain or be specific to one mail " -#~ "domain. For example:" +#~ "A mail address can be bound to " +#~ "any mail domain or be specific to" +#~ " one mail domain. For example:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "A mail address can be bound to any mail domain or be specific to one mail " -#~ "domain. For example:" +#~ "A mail address can be bound to " +#~ "any mail domain or be specific to" +#~ " one mail domain. For example:" #~ msgid "First domain: ``mydomain.net``" #~ msgstr "First domain: ``mydomain.net``" #~ msgid "Second domain: ``example.com``" #~ msgstr "Second domain: ``example.com``" + +#~ msgid "Mail server" +#~ msgstr "Server di posta" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Postfix `_: `SMTP " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "server for sending and receiving" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`Postfix `_: `SMTP " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "server per l'invio e la ricezione" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Dovecot `_: `IMAP " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "and `POP3 " +#~ "`_ server" +#~ " to read email, and `Sieve " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "language to organize it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`Dovecot `_: `IMAP " +#~ "`_ " +#~ "e `POP3 " +#~ " `_ " +#~ "server per leggere e-mail e `Sieve " +#~ " " +#~ "`_ lingua per organizzarlo" + +#~ msgid "See also the following related topics:" +#~ msgstr "Vedi anche i seguenti argomenti correlati:" + +#~ msgid "How `electronic mail `_ works" +#~ msgstr "Come `email elettronica `_ lavora" + +#~ msgid "`MX DNS `_ record" +#~ msgstr "`MX DNS `_ record" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`Simple Mail Transfer Protocol " +#~ "`_ (SMTP)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`Protocollo di trasferimento di posta " +#~ "semplice `_ " +#~ "(SMTP)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You can install only one mail " +#~ "server per node from the :ref" +#~ ":`software_center-section`." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "È possibile installare un solo server" +#~ " di posta per nodo dal :ref" +#~ ":`software_center-section`." + +#~ msgid "SMTP mail relay rules" +#~ msgstr "Regole di relay di posta SMTP" + +#~ msgid "The Email module is split into three main parts:" +#~ msgstr "Il modulo Email è diviso in tre parti principali:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`RSPAMD `_: antispam filter," +#~ " antivirus and attachments blocker" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam," +#~ " blocco antivirus e allegati" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` module" +#~ " can be connected to Mail. It " +#~ "allows scheduling fetch jobs or " +#~ "migrating emails from external IMAP " +#~ "servers to local user mailboxes." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section`" +#~ " può essere collegato a Mail. " +#~ "Consente di pianificare i lavori di " +#~ "acquisizione o di e-mail di migrazione" +#~ " da server IMAP esterni a caselle " +#~ "di posta degli utenti locali." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The mail module requires at least " +#~ "one :ref:`user domain ` already configured." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Il modulo di posta richiede almeno " +#~ "uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "``Mail server hostname``: insert the " +#~ "mail server name, this should be " +#~ "the same name configured inside your " +#~ "MX DNS record" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "``Mail server hostname``: inserire il " +#~ "nome del server di posta, questo " +#~ "dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome " +#~ "configurato all'interno del record MX " +#~ "DNS" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail" +#~ " domain, like ``nethserver.org``; you will" +#~ " be able to add more domains " +#~ "later" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "``Primary mail domain``: inserire il " +#~ "dominio della posta, come ``nethserver.org``;" +#~ " sarete in grado di aggiungere più" +#~ " domini in seguito" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "NethServer can handle an unlimited " +#~ "number of mail domains, configurable " +#~ "from the ``Domains`` page." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NethServer può gestire un numero " +#~ "illimitato di domini postali, configurabili" +#~ " dalla pagina ``Domains``." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy" +#~ " of all messages directed to a " +#~ "particular domain: they will be " +#~ "delivered to the final recipient *and" +#~ " also* to a custom email address. " +#~ "The hidden copy is enabled by the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy" +#~ " of all messages directed to a " +#~ "particular domain: they will be " +#~ "delivered to the final recipient *and" +#~ " also* to a custom email address. " +#~ "The hidden copy is enabled by the" +#~ " :guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides " +#~ "a way to validate the sending MTA," +#~ " which adds a cryptographic signature " +#~ "to the outbound message MIME headers." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) provides " +#~ "a way to validate the sending MTA," +#~ " which adds a cryptographic signature " +#~ "to the outbound message MIME headers." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add a TXT record to your public" +#~ " DNS service provider with key " +#~ "\"default._domainKey\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Add a TXT record to your public" +#~ " DNS service provider with key " +#~ "\"default._domainKey\"" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Copy and paste the given key text" +#~ " in the DNS record data (RDATA) " +#~ "section" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Copy and paste the given key text" +#~ " in the DNS record data (RDATA) " +#~ "section" + +#~ msgid "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" +#~ msgstr "``Forward messages``: forward all messages to another mail address" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Email address *info* bound to any " +#~ "domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, ``info@example.com``" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Email address *info* bound to any " +#~ "domain: ``info@mydomain.net``, ``info@example.com``" + +#~ msgid "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" +#~ msgstr "Email address *goofy* specific to one domain: ``goofy@example.com``" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Sometimes a company forbids communications " +#~ "from outside the organization using " +#~ "personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` " +#~ "check box blocks the possibility of " +#~ "an address to receive messages from " +#~ "the outside. Still an *internal* address" +#~ " can be used to exchange messages " +#~ "with other accounts of the system." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sometimes a company forbids communications " +#~ "from outside the organization using " +#~ "personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` " +#~ "check box blocks the possibility of " +#~ "an address to receive messages from " +#~ "the outside. Still an *internal* address" +#~ " can be used to exchange messages " +#~ "with other accounts of the system." + +#~ msgid "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" +#~ msgstr "All transiting email messages are subjected to a list of checks:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The antivirus component finds email " +#~ "messages containing viruses. Infected messages" +#~ " are discarded. The virus signature " +#~ "database is updated periodically." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The antivirus component finds email " +#~ "messages containing viruses. Infected messages" +#~ " are discarded. The virus signature " +#~ "database is updated periodically." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes " +#~ "emails by detecting and classifying " +#~ "`SPAM `_ messages" +#~ " using heuristic criteria, predetermined " +#~ "rules and statistical evaluations of the" +#~ " content of messages." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes " +#~ "emails by detecting and classifying " +#~ "`SPAM `_ messages" +#~ " using heuristic criteria, predetermined " +#~ "rules and statistical evaluations of the" +#~ " content of messages." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The filter can also check if the" +#~ " sending server is listed in one " +#~ "or more block lists (`DNSBL " +#~ "`_). A score " +#~ "is associated with each rule." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The filter can also check if the" +#~ " sending server is listed in one " +#~ "or more block lists (`DNSBL " +#~ "`_). A score " +#~ "is associated with each rule." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Statistical filters, called `Bayesian " +#~ "`_, are special rules " +#~ "that evolve and quickly adapt analyzing" +#~ " messages marked as **spam** or " +#~ "**ham**." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Statistical filters, called `Bayesian " +#~ "`_, are special rules " +#~ "that evolve and quickly adapt analyzing" +#~ " messages marked as **spam** or " +#~ "**ham**." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Module settings are split up and " +#~ "accessible under the cards described by" +#~ " the following sections." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Module settings are split up and " +#~ "accessible under the cards described by" +#~ " the following sections." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The following values are set at " +#~ "module first configuration time. They " +#~ "should not be changed in production:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "The following values are set at " +#~ "module first configuration time. They " +#~ "should not be changed in production:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`A` record, resolving the Mail server" +#~ " hostname to the public and static" +#~ " IP address of the server" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`A` record, resolving the Mail server" +#~ " hostname to the public and static" +#~ " IP address of the server" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP " +#~ "address to the Mail server hostaname" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP " +#~ "address to the Mail server hostaname" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "`MX` records, one for each mail " +#~ "domain handled by the Mail module " +#~ "instance" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "`MX` records, one for each mail " +#~ "domain handled by the Mail module " +#~ "instance" + +#~ msgid "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" +#~ msgstr "`TXT` records, as specified by DKIM, SPF and DMARC" + +#~ msgid "user name of the master user, eg. ``master``" +#~ msgstr "user name of the master user, eg. ``master``" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Also the following SSL-enabled ports " +#~ "are available for legacy software that" +#~ " still does not support STARTTLS:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Also the following SSL-enabled ports " +#~ "are available for legacy software that" +#~ " still does not support STARTTLS:" +